1 # This file was created automatically by SWIG 1.3.29. 
   2 # Don't modify this file, modify the SWIG interface instead. 
   6 new_instancemethod 
= new
.instancemethod
 
   7 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,static
=1): 
   8     if (name 
== "thisown"): return self
.this
.own(value
) 
  10         if type(value
).__name
__ == 'PySwigObject': 
  11             self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
 
  13     method 
= class_type
.__swig
_setmethods
__.get(name
,None) 
  14     if method
: return method(self
,value
) 
  15     if (not static
) or hasattr(self
,name
): 
  16         self
.__dict
__[name
] = value
 
  18         raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
) 
  20 def _swig_setattr(self
,class_type
,name
,value
): 
  21     return _swig_setattr_nondynamic(self
,class_type
,name
,value
,0) 
  23 def _swig_getattr(self
,class_type
,name
): 
  24     if (name 
== "thisown"): return self
.this
.own() 
  25     method 
= class_type
.__swig
_getmethods
__.get(name
,None) 
  26     if method
: return method(self
) 
  27     raise AttributeError,name
 
  30     try: strthis 
= "proxy of " + self
.this
.__repr
__() 
  32     return "<%s.%s; %s >" % (self
.__class
__.__module
__, self
.__class
__.__name
__, strthis
,) 
  36     _object 
= types
.ObjectType
 
  38 except AttributeError: 
  44 def _swig_setattr_nondynamic_method(set): 
  45     def set_attr(self
,name
,value
): 
  46         if (name 
== "thisown"): return self
.this
.own(value
) 
  47         if hasattr(self
,name
) or (name 
== "this"): 
  50             raise AttributeError("You cannot add attributes to %s" % self
) 
  54 #// Give a reference to the dictionary of this module to the C++ extension 
  56 _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
(vars()) 
  58 #// A little trick to make 'wx' be a reference to this module so wx.Names can 
  61 wx 
= _sys
.modules
[__name__
] 
  64 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  66 def _deprecated(callable, msg
=None): 
  68     Create a wrapper function that will raise a DeprecationWarning 
  69     before calling the callable. 
  72         msg 
= "%s is deprecated" % callable 
  73     def deprecatedWrapper(*args
, **kwargs
): 
  75         warnings
.warn(msg
, DeprecationWarning, stacklevel
=2) 
  76         return callable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
  77     deprecatedWrapper
.__doc
__ = msg
 
  78     return deprecatedWrapper
 
  81 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
  83 NOT_FOUND 
= _core_
.NOT_FOUND
 
  84 VSCROLL 
= _core_
.VSCROLL
 
  85 HSCROLL 
= _core_
.HSCROLL
 
  86 CAPTION 
= _core_
.CAPTION
 
  87 DOUBLE_BORDER 
= _core_
.DOUBLE_BORDER
 
  88 SUNKEN_BORDER 
= _core_
.SUNKEN_BORDER
 
  89 RAISED_BORDER 
= _core_
.RAISED_BORDER
 
  90 BORDER 
= _core_
.BORDER
 
  91 SIMPLE_BORDER 
= _core_
.SIMPLE_BORDER
 
  92 STATIC_BORDER 
= _core_
.STATIC_BORDER
 
  93 TRANSPARENT_WINDOW 
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT_WINDOW
 
  94 NO_BORDER 
= _core_
.NO_BORDER
 
  95 DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER 
= _core_
.DEFAULT_CONTROL_BORDER
 
  96 DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE 
= _core_
.DEFAULT_STATUSBAR_STYLE
 
  97 TAB_TRAVERSAL 
= _core_
.TAB_TRAVERSAL
 
  98 WANTS_CHARS 
= _core_
.WANTS_CHARS
 
  99 POPUP_WINDOW 
= _core_
.POPUP_WINDOW
 
 100 CENTER_FRAME 
= _core_
.CENTER_FRAME
 
 101 CENTRE_ON_SCREEN 
= _core_
.CENTRE_ON_SCREEN
 
 102 CENTER_ON_SCREEN 
= _core_
.CENTER_ON_SCREEN
 
 103 CLIP_CHILDREN 
= _core_
.CLIP_CHILDREN
 
 104 CLIP_SIBLINGS 
= _core_
.CLIP_SIBLINGS
 
 105 WINDOW_STYLE_MASK 
= _core_
.WINDOW_STYLE_MASK
 
 106 ALWAYS_SHOW_SB 
= _core_
.ALWAYS_SHOW_SB
 
 107 RETAINED 
= _core_
.RETAINED
 
 108 BACKINGSTORE 
= _core_
.BACKINGSTORE
 
 109 COLOURED 
= _core_
.COLOURED
 
 110 FIXED_LENGTH 
= _core_
.FIXED_LENGTH
 
 111 LB_NEEDED_SB 
= _core_
.LB_NEEDED_SB
 
 112 LB_ALWAYS_SB 
= _core_
.LB_ALWAYS_SB
 
 113 LB_SORT 
= _core_
.LB_SORT
 
 114 LB_SINGLE 
= _core_
.LB_SINGLE
 
 115 LB_MULTIPLE 
= _core_
.LB_MULTIPLE
 
 116 LB_EXTENDED 
= _core_
.LB_EXTENDED
 
 117 LB_OWNERDRAW 
= _core_
.LB_OWNERDRAW
 
 118 LB_HSCROLL 
= _core_
.LB_HSCROLL
 
 119 PROCESS_ENTER 
= _core_
.PROCESS_ENTER
 
 120 PASSWORD 
= _core_
.PASSWORD
 
 121 CB_SIMPLE 
= _core_
.CB_SIMPLE
 
 122 CB_DROPDOWN 
= _core_
.CB_DROPDOWN
 
 123 CB_SORT 
= _core_
.CB_SORT
 
 124 CB_READONLY 
= _core_
.CB_READONLY
 
 125 RA_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.RA_HORIZONTAL
 
 126 RA_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.RA_VERTICAL
 
 127 RA_SPECIFY_ROWS 
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_ROWS
 
 128 RA_SPECIFY_COLS 
= _core_
.RA_SPECIFY_COLS
 
 129 RA_USE_CHECKBOX 
= _core_
.RA_USE_CHECKBOX
 
 130 RB_GROUP 
= _core_
.RB_GROUP
 
 131 RB_SINGLE 
= _core_
.RB_SINGLE
 
 132 SB_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.SB_HORIZONTAL
 
 133 SB_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.SB_VERTICAL
 
 134 RB_USE_CHECKBOX 
= _core_
.RB_USE_CHECKBOX
 
 135 ST_SIZEGRIP 
= _core_
.ST_SIZEGRIP
 
 136 ST_NO_AUTORESIZE 
= _core_
.ST_NO_AUTORESIZE
 
 137 ST_DOTS_MIDDLE 
= _core_
.ST_DOTS_MIDDLE
 
 138 ST_DOTS_END 
= _core_
.ST_DOTS_END
 
 139 FLOOD_SURFACE 
= _core_
.FLOOD_SURFACE
 
 140 FLOOD_BORDER 
= _core_
.FLOOD_BORDER
 
 141 ODDEVEN_RULE 
= _core_
.ODDEVEN_RULE
 
 142 WINDING_RULE 
= _core_
.WINDING_RULE
 
 143 TOOL_TOP 
= _core_
.TOOL_TOP
 
 144 TOOL_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.TOOL_BOTTOM
 
 145 TOOL_LEFT 
= _core_
.TOOL_LEFT
 
 146 TOOL_RIGHT 
= _core_
.TOOL_RIGHT
 
 148 YES_NO 
= _core_
.YES_NO
 
 149 CANCEL 
= _core_
.CANCEL
 
 152 NO_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.NO_DEFAULT
 
 153 YES_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.YES_DEFAULT
 
 154 ICON_EXCLAMATION 
= _core_
.ICON_EXCLAMATION
 
 155 ICON_HAND 
= _core_
.ICON_HAND
 
 156 ICON_QUESTION 
= _core_
.ICON_QUESTION
 
 157 ICON_INFORMATION 
= _core_
.ICON_INFORMATION
 
 158 ICON_STOP 
= _core_
.ICON_STOP
 
 159 ICON_ASTERISK 
= _core_
.ICON_ASTERISK
 
 160 ICON_MASK 
= _core_
.ICON_MASK
 
 161 ICON_WARNING 
= _core_
.ICON_WARNING
 
 162 ICON_ERROR 
= _core_
.ICON_ERROR
 
 163 FORWARD 
= _core_
.FORWARD
 
 164 BACKWARD 
= _core_
.BACKWARD
 
 169 SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_WIDTH
 
 170 SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT
 
 171 SIZE_AUTO 
= _core_
.SIZE_AUTO
 
 172 SIZE_USE_EXISTING 
= _core_
.SIZE_USE_EXISTING
 
 173 SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE 
= _core_
.SIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE
 
 174 SIZE_FORCE 
= _core_
.SIZE_FORCE
 
 175 PORTRAIT 
= _core_
.PORTRAIT
 
 176 LANDSCAPE 
= _core_
.LANDSCAPE
 
 177 PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_HIGH
 
 178 PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_MEDIUM
 
 179 PRINT_QUALITY_LOW 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_LOW
 
 180 PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT 
= _core_
.PRINT_QUALITY_DRAFT
 
 181 ID_ANY 
= _core_
.ID_ANY
 
 182 ID_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.ID_SEPARATOR
 
 183 ID_NONE 
= _core_
.ID_NONE
 
 184 ID_LOWEST 
= _core_
.ID_LOWEST
 
 185 ID_OPEN 
= _core_
.ID_OPEN
 
 186 ID_CLOSE 
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE
 
 187 ID_NEW 
= _core_
.ID_NEW
 
 188 ID_SAVE 
= _core_
.ID_SAVE
 
 189 ID_SAVEAS 
= _core_
.ID_SAVEAS
 
 190 ID_REVERT 
= _core_
.ID_REVERT
 
 191 ID_EXIT 
= _core_
.ID_EXIT
 
 192 ID_UNDO 
= _core_
.ID_UNDO
 
 193 ID_REDO 
= _core_
.ID_REDO
 
 194 ID_HELP 
= _core_
.ID_HELP
 
 195 ID_PRINT 
= _core_
.ID_PRINT
 
 196 ID_PRINT_SETUP 
= _core_
.ID_PRINT_SETUP
 
 197 ID_PAGE_SETUP 
= _core_
.ID_PAGE_SETUP
 
 198 ID_PREVIEW 
= _core_
.ID_PREVIEW
 
 199 ID_ABOUT 
= _core_
.ID_ABOUT
 
 200 ID_HELP_CONTENTS 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTENTS
 
 201 ID_HELP_COMMANDS 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_COMMANDS
 
 202 ID_HELP_PROCEDURES 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_PROCEDURES
 
 203 ID_HELP_CONTEXT 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_CONTEXT
 
 204 ID_HELP_INDEX 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_INDEX
 
 205 ID_HELP_SEARCH 
= _core_
.ID_HELP_SEARCH
 
 206 ID_CLOSE_ALL 
= _core_
.ID_CLOSE_ALL
 
 207 ID_PREFERENCES 
= _core_
.ID_PREFERENCES
 
 208 ID_EDIT 
= _core_
.ID_EDIT
 
 209 ID_CUT 
= _core_
.ID_CUT
 
 210 ID_COPY 
= _core_
.ID_COPY
 
 211 ID_PASTE 
= _core_
.ID_PASTE
 
 212 ID_CLEAR 
= _core_
.ID_CLEAR
 
 213 ID_FIND 
= _core_
.ID_FIND
 
 214 ID_DUPLICATE 
= _core_
.ID_DUPLICATE
 
 215 ID_SELECTALL 
= _core_
.ID_SELECTALL
 
 216 ID_DELETE 
= _core_
.ID_DELETE
 
 217 ID_REPLACE 
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE
 
 218 ID_REPLACE_ALL 
= _core_
.ID_REPLACE_ALL
 
 219 ID_PROPERTIES 
= _core_
.ID_PROPERTIES
 
 220 ID_VIEW_DETAILS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_DETAILS
 
 221 ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LARGEICONS
 
 222 ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SMALLICONS
 
 223 ID_VIEW_LIST 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_LIST
 
 224 ID_VIEW_SORTDATE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTDATE
 
 225 ID_VIEW_SORTNAME 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTNAME
 
 226 ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTSIZE
 
 227 ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE 
= _core_
.ID_VIEW_SORTTYPE
 
 228 ID_FILE 
= _core_
.ID_FILE
 
 229 ID_FILE1 
= _core_
.ID_FILE1
 
 230 ID_FILE2 
= _core_
.ID_FILE2
 
 231 ID_FILE3 
= _core_
.ID_FILE3
 
 232 ID_FILE4 
= _core_
.ID_FILE4
 
 233 ID_FILE5 
= _core_
.ID_FILE5
 
 234 ID_FILE6 
= _core_
.ID_FILE6
 
 235 ID_FILE7 
= _core_
.ID_FILE7
 
 236 ID_FILE8 
= _core_
.ID_FILE8
 
 237 ID_FILE9 
= _core_
.ID_FILE9
 
 239 ID_CANCEL 
= _core_
.ID_CANCEL
 
 240 ID_APPLY 
= _core_
.ID_APPLY
 
 241 ID_YES 
= _core_
.ID_YES
 
 243 ID_STATIC 
= _core_
.ID_STATIC
 
 244 ID_FORWARD 
= _core_
.ID_FORWARD
 
 245 ID_BACKWARD 
= _core_
.ID_BACKWARD
 
 246 ID_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.ID_DEFAULT
 
 247 ID_MORE 
= _core_
.ID_MORE
 
 248 ID_SETUP 
= _core_
.ID_SETUP
 
 249 ID_RESET 
= _core_
.ID_RESET
 
 250 ID_CONTEXT_HELP 
= _core_
.ID_CONTEXT_HELP
 
 251 ID_YESTOALL 
= _core_
.ID_YESTOALL
 
 252 ID_NOTOALL 
= _core_
.ID_NOTOALL
 
 253 ID_ABORT 
= _core_
.ID_ABORT
 
 254 ID_RETRY 
= _core_
.ID_RETRY
 
 255 ID_IGNORE 
= _core_
.ID_IGNORE
 
 256 ID_ADD 
= _core_
.ID_ADD
 
 257 ID_REMOVE 
= _core_
.ID_REMOVE
 
 259 ID_DOWN 
= _core_
.ID_DOWN
 
 260 ID_HOME 
= _core_
.ID_HOME
 
 261 ID_REFRESH 
= _core_
.ID_REFRESH
 
 262 ID_STOP 
= _core_
.ID_STOP
 
 263 ID_INDEX 
= _core_
.ID_INDEX
 
 264 ID_BOLD 
= _core_
.ID_BOLD
 
 265 ID_ITALIC 
= _core_
.ID_ITALIC
 
 266 ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_CENTER
 
 267 ID_JUSTIFY_FILL 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_FILL
 
 268 ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_RIGHT
 
 269 ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT 
= _core_
.ID_JUSTIFY_LEFT
 
 270 ID_UNDERLINE 
= _core_
.ID_UNDERLINE
 
 271 ID_INDENT 
= _core_
.ID_INDENT
 
 272 ID_UNINDENT 
= _core_
.ID_UNINDENT
 
 273 ID_ZOOM_100 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_100
 
 274 ID_ZOOM_FIT 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_FIT
 
 275 ID_ZOOM_IN 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_IN
 
 276 ID_ZOOM_OUT 
= _core_
.ID_ZOOM_OUT
 
 277 ID_UNDELETE 
= _core_
.ID_UNDELETE
 
 278 ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED 
= _core_
.ID_REVERT_TO_SAVED
 
 279 ID_HIGHEST 
= _core_
.ID_HIGHEST
 
 280 MENU_TEAROFF 
= _core_
.MENU_TEAROFF
 
 281 MB_DOCKABLE 
= _core_
.MB_DOCKABLE
 
 282 NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 
= _core_
.NO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 
 283 FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE 
= _core_
.FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE
 
 284 LI_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.LI_HORIZONTAL
 
 285 LI_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.LI_VERTICAL
 
 286 WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY 
= _core_
.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY
 
 287 WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS 
= _core_
.WS_EX_BLOCK_EVENTS
 
 288 WS_EX_TRANSIENT 
= _core_
.WS_EX_TRANSIENT
 
 289 WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND 
= _core_
.WS_EX_THEMED_BACKGROUND
 
 290 WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE 
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE
 
 291 WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES 
= _core_
.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES
 
 292 MM_TEXT 
= _core_
.MM_TEXT
 
 293 MM_LOMETRIC 
= _core_
.MM_LOMETRIC
 
 294 MM_HIMETRIC 
= _core_
.MM_HIMETRIC
 
 295 MM_LOENGLISH 
= _core_
.MM_LOENGLISH
 
 296 MM_HIENGLISH 
= _core_
.MM_HIENGLISH
 
 297 MM_TWIPS 
= _core_
.MM_TWIPS
 
 298 MM_ISOTROPIC 
= _core_
.MM_ISOTROPIC
 
 299 MM_ANISOTROPIC 
= _core_
.MM_ANISOTROPIC
 
 300 MM_POINTS 
= _core_
.MM_POINTS
 
 301 MM_METRIC 
= _core_
.MM_METRIC
 
 302 CENTRE 
= _core_
.CENTRE
 
 303 CENTER 
= _core_
.CENTER
 
 304 HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL
 
 305 VERTICAL 
= _core_
.VERTICAL
 
 312 BOTTOM 
= _core_
.BOTTOM
 
 318 ALIGN_NOT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_NOT
 
 319 ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_HORIZONTAL
 
 320 ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_HORIZONTAL
 
 321 ALIGN_LEFT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_LEFT
 
 322 ALIGN_TOP 
= _core_
.ALIGN_TOP
 
 323 ALIGN_RIGHT 
= _core_
.ALIGN_RIGHT
 
 324 ALIGN_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.ALIGN_BOTTOM
 
 325 ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER_VERTICAL
 
 326 ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE_VERTICAL
 
 327 ALIGN_CENTER 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTER
 
 328 ALIGN_CENTRE 
= _core_
.ALIGN_CENTRE
 
 329 ALIGN_MASK 
= _core_
.ALIGN_MASK
 
 330 STRETCH_NOT 
= _core_
.STRETCH_NOT
 
 331 SHRINK 
= _core_
.SHRINK
 
 333 EXPAND 
= _core_
.EXPAND
 
 334 SHAPED 
= _core_
.SHAPED
 
 335 FIXED_MINSIZE 
= _core_
.FIXED_MINSIZE
 
 337 ADJUST_MINSIZE 
= _core_
.ADJUST_MINSIZE
 
 338 BORDER_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.BORDER_DEFAULT
 
 339 BORDER_NONE 
= _core_
.BORDER_NONE
 
 340 BORDER_STATIC 
= _core_
.BORDER_STATIC
 
 341 BORDER_SIMPLE 
= _core_
.BORDER_SIMPLE
 
 342 BORDER_RAISED 
= _core_
.BORDER_RAISED
 
 343 BORDER_SUNKEN 
= _core_
.BORDER_SUNKEN
 
 344 BORDER_DOUBLE 
= _core_
.BORDER_DOUBLE
 
 345 BORDER_MASK 
= _core_
.BORDER_MASK
 
 346 BG_STYLE_SYSTEM 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM
 
 347 BG_STYLE_COLOUR 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_COLOUR
 
 348 BG_STYLE_CUSTOM 
= _core_
.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM
 
 349 DEFAULT 
= _core_
.DEFAULT
 
 350 DECORATIVE 
= _core_
.DECORATIVE
 
 352 SCRIPT 
= _core_
.SCRIPT
 
 354 MODERN 
= _core_
.MODERN
 
 355 TELETYPE 
= _core_
.TELETYPE
 
 356 VARIABLE 
= _core_
.VARIABLE
 
 358 NORMAL 
= _core_
.NORMAL
 
 361 ITALIC 
= _core_
.ITALIC
 
 365 LONG_DASH 
= _core_
.LONG_DASH
 
 366 SHORT_DASH 
= _core_
.SHORT_DASH
 
 367 DOT_DASH 
= _core_
.DOT_DASH
 
 368 USER_DASH 
= _core_
.USER_DASH
 
 369 TRANSPARENT 
= _core_
.TRANSPARENT
 
 370 STIPPLE 
= _core_
.STIPPLE
 
 371 STIPPLE_MASK 
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK
 
 372 STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE 
= _core_
.STIPPLE_MASK_OPAQUE
 
 373 BDIAGONAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.BDIAGONAL_HATCH
 
 374 CROSSDIAG_HATCH 
= _core_
.CROSSDIAG_HATCH
 
 375 FDIAGONAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.FDIAGONAL_HATCH
 
 376 CROSS_HATCH 
= _core_
.CROSS_HATCH
 
 377 HORIZONTAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.HORIZONTAL_HATCH
 
 378 VERTICAL_HATCH 
= _core_
.VERTICAL_HATCH
 
 379 JOIN_BEVEL 
= _core_
.JOIN_BEVEL
 
 380 JOIN_MITER 
= _core_
.JOIN_MITER
 
 381 JOIN_ROUND 
= _core_
.JOIN_ROUND
 
 382 CAP_ROUND 
= _core_
.CAP_ROUND
 
 383 CAP_PROJECTING 
= _core_
.CAP_PROJECTING
 
 384 CAP_BUTT 
= _core_
.CAP_BUTT
 
 387 INVERT 
= _core_
.INVERT
 
 388 OR_REVERSE 
= _core_
.OR_REVERSE
 
 389 AND_REVERSE 
= _core_
.AND_REVERSE
 
 392 AND_INVERT 
= _core_
.AND_INVERT
 
 396 SRC_INVERT 
= _core_
.SRC_INVERT
 
 397 OR_INVERT 
= _core_
.OR_INVERT
 
 401 WXK_BACK 
= _core_
.WXK_BACK
 
 402 WXK_TAB 
= _core_
.WXK_TAB
 
 403 WXK_RETURN 
= _core_
.WXK_RETURN
 
 404 WXK_ESCAPE 
= _core_
.WXK_ESCAPE
 
 405 WXK_SPACE 
= _core_
.WXK_SPACE
 
 406 WXK_DELETE 
= _core_
.WXK_DELETE
 
 407 WXK_START 
= _core_
.WXK_START
 
 408 WXK_LBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_LBUTTON
 
 409 WXK_RBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_RBUTTON
 
 410 WXK_CANCEL 
= _core_
.WXK_CANCEL
 
 411 WXK_MBUTTON 
= _core_
.WXK_MBUTTON
 
 412 WXK_CLEAR 
= _core_
.WXK_CLEAR
 
 413 WXK_SHIFT 
= _core_
.WXK_SHIFT
 
 414 WXK_ALT 
= _core_
.WXK_ALT
 
 415 WXK_CONTROL 
= _core_
.WXK_CONTROL
 
 416 WXK_MENU 
= _core_
.WXK_MENU
 
 417 WXK_PAUSE 
= _core_
.WXK_PAUSE
 
 418 WXK_CAPITAL 
= _core_
.WXK_CAPITAL
 
 419 WXK_PRIOR 
= _core_
.WXK_PRIOR
 
 420 WXK_NEXT 
= _core_
.WXK_NEXT
 
 421 WXK_END 
= _core_
.WXK_END
 
 422 WXK_HOME 
= _core_
.WXK_HOME
 
 423 WXK_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_LEFT
 
 424 WXK_UP 
= _core_
.WXK_UP
 
 425 WXK_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_RIGHT
 
 426 WXK_DOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_DOWN
 
 427 WXK_SELECT 
= _core_
.WXK_SELECT
 
 428 WXK_PRINT 
= _core_
.WXK_PRINT
 
 429 WXK_EXECUTE 
= _core_
.WXK_EXECUTE
 
 430 WXK_SNAPSHOT 
= _core_
.WXK_SNAPSHOT
 
 431 WXK_INSERT 
= _core_
.WXK_INSERT
 
 432 WXK_HELP 
= _core_
.WXK_HELP
 
 433 WXK_NUMPAD0 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD0
 
 434 WXK_NUMPAD1 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD1
 
 435 WXK_NUMPAD2 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD2
 
 436 WXK_NUMPAD3 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD3
 
 437 WXK_NUMPAD4 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD4
 
 438 WXK_NUMPAD5 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD5
 
 439 WXK_NUMPAD6 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD6
 
 440 WXK_NUMPAD7 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD7
 
 441 WXK_NUMPAD8 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD8
 
 442 WXK_NUMPAD9 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD9
 
 443 WXK_MULTIPLY 
= _core_
.WXK_MULTIPLY
 
 444 WXK_ADD 
= _core_
.WXK_ADD
 
 445 WXK_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.WXK_SEPARATOR
 
 446 WXK_SUBTRACT 
= _core_
.WXK_SUBTRACT
 
 447 WXK_DECIMAL 
= _core_
.WXK_DECIMAL
 
 448 WXK_DIVIDE 
= _core_
.WXK_DIVIDE
 
 449 WXK_F1 
= _core_
.WXK_F1
 
 450 WXK_F2 
= _core_
.WXK_F2
 
 451 WXK_F3 
= _core_
.WXK_F3
 
 452 WXK_F4 
= _core_
.WXK_F4
 
 453 WXK_F5 
= _core_
.WXK_F5
 
 454 WXK_F6 
= _core_
.WXK_F6
 
 455 WXK_F7 
= _core_
.WXK_F7
 
 456 WXK_F8 
= _core_
.WXK_F8
 
 457 WXK_F9 
= _core_
.WXK_F9
 
 458 WXK_F10 
= _core_
.WXK_F10
 
 459 WXK_F11 
= _core_
.WXK_F11
 
 460 WXK_F12 
= _core_
.WXK_F12
 
 461 WXK_F13 
= _core_
.WXK_F13
 
 462 WXK_F14 
= _core_
.WXK_F14
 
 463 WXK_F15 
= _core_
.WXK_F15
 
 464 WXK_F16 
= _core_
.WXK_F16
 
 465 WXK_F17 
= _core_
.WXK_F17
 
 466 WXK_F18 
= _core_
.WXK_F18
 
 467 WXK_F19 
= _core_
.WXK_F19
 
 468 WXK_F20 
= _core_
.WXK_F20
 
 469 WXK_F21 
= _core_
.WXK_F21
 
 470 WXK_F22 
= _core_
.WXK_F22
 
 471 WXK_F23 
= _core_
.WXK_F23
 
 472 WXK_F24 
= _core_
.WXK_F24
 
 473 WXK_NUMLOCK 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMLOCK
 
 474 WXK_SCROLL 
= _core_
.WXK_SCROLL
 
 475 WXK_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEUP
 
 476 WXK_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_PAGEDOWN
 
 477 WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SPACE
 
 478 WXK_NUMPAD_TAB 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_TAB
 
 479 WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER
 
 480 WXK_NUMPAD_F1 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F1
 
 481 WXK_NUMPAD_F2 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F2
 
 482 WXK_NUMPAD_F3 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F3
 
 483 WXK_NUMPAD_F4 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_F4
 
 484 WXK_NUMPAD_HOME 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_HOME
 
 485 WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT
 
 486 WXK_NUMPAD_UP 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_UP
 
 487 WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT
 
 488 WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN
 
 489 WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
 
 490 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP
 
 491 WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_NEXT
 
 492 WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN
 
 493 WXK_NUMPAD_END 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_END
 
 494 WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_BEGIN
 
 495 WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT
 
 496 WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE
 
 497 WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_EQUAL
 
 498 WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY
 
 499 WXK_NUMPAD_ADD 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_ADD
 
 500 WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SEPARATOR
 
 501 WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT
 
 502 WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL
 
 503 WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE 
= _core_
.WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE
 
 504 WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT
 
 505 WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT
 
 506 WXK_WINDOWS_MENU 
= _core_
.WXK_WINDOWS_MENU
 
 507 WXK_COMMAND 
= _core_
.WXK_COMMAND
 
 508 WXK_SPECIAL1 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL1
 
 509 WXK_SPECIAL2 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL2
 
 510 WXK_SPECIAL3 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL3
 
 511 WXK_SPECIAL4 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL4
 
 512 WXK_SPECIAL5 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL5
 
 513 WXK_SPECIAL6 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL6
 
 514 WXK_SPECIAL7 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL7
 
 515 WXK_SPECIAL8 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL8
 
 516 WXK_SPECIAL9 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL9
 
 517 WXK_SPECIAL10 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL10
 
 518 WXK_SPECIAL11 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL11
 
 519 WXK_SPECIAL12 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL12
 
 520 WXK_SPECIAL13 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL13
 
 521 WXK_SPECIAL14 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL14
 
 522 WXK_SPECIAL15 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL15
 
 523 WXK_SPECIAL16 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL16
 
 524 WXK_SPECIAL17 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL17
 
 525 WXK_SPECIAL18 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL18
 
 526 WXK_SPECIAL19 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL19
 
 527 WXK_SPECIAL20 
= _core_
.WXK_SPECIAL20
 
 528 PAPER_NONE 
= _core_
.PAPER_NONE
 
 529 PAPER_LETTER 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER
 
 530 PAPER_LEGAL 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL
 
 531 PAPER_A4 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4
 
 532 PAPER_CSHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_CSHEET
 
 533 PAPER_DSHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_DSHEET
 
 534 PAPER_ESHEET 
= _core_
.PAPER_ESHEET
 
 535 PAPER_LETTERSMALL 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTERSMALL
 
 536 PAPER_TABLOID 
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID
 
 537 PAPER_LEDGER 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEDGER
 
 538 PAPER_STATEMENT 
= _core_
.PAPER_STATEMENT
 
 539 PAPER_EXECUTIVE 
= _core_
.PAPER_EXECUTIVE
 
 540 PAPER_A3 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3
 
 541 PAPER_A4SMALL 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4SMALL
 
 542 PAPER_A5 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5
 
 543 PAPER_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_B4
 
 544 PAPER_B5 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5
 
 545 PAPER_FOLIO 
= _core_
.PAPER_FOLIO
 
 546 PAPER_QUARTO 
= _core_
.PAPER_QUARTO
 
 547 PAPER_10X14 
= _core_
.PAPER_10X14
 
 548 PAPER_11X17 
= _core_
.PAPER_11X17
 
 549 PAPER_NOTE 
= _core_
.PAPER_NOTE
 
 550 PAPER_ENV_9 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_9
 
 551 PAPER_ENV_10 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_10
 
 552 PAPER_ENV_11 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_11
 
 553 PAPER_ENV_12 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_12
 
 554 PAPER_ENV_14 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_14
 
 555 PAPER_ENV_DL 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_DL
 
 556 PAPER_ENV_C5 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C5
 
 557 PAPER_ENV_C3 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C3
 
 558 PAPER_ENV_C4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C4
 
 559 PAPER_ENV_C6 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C6
 
 560 PAPER_ENV_C65 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_C65
 
 561 PAPER_ENV_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B4
 
 562 PAPER_ENV_B5 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B5
 
 563 PAPER_ENV_B6 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_B6
 
 564 PAPER_ENV_ITALY 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_ITALY
 
 565 PAPER_ENV_MONARCH 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_MONARCH
 
 566 PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_PERSONAL
 
 567 PAPER_FANFOLD_US 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_US
 
 568 PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_STD_GERMAN
 
 569 PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN 
= _core_
.PAPER_FANFOLD_LGL_GERMAN
 
 570 PAPER_ISO_B4 
= _core_
.PAPER_ISO_B4
 
 571 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD 
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 
 572 PAPER_9X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_9X11
 
 573 PAPER_10X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_10X11
 
 574 PAPER_15X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_15X11
 
 575 PAPER_ENV_INVITE 
= _core_
.PAPER_ENV_INVITE
 
 576 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA
 
 577 PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_LEGAL_EXTRA
 
 578 PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_TABLOID_EXTRA
 
 579 PAPER_A4_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_EXTRA
 
 580 PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_TRANSVERSE
 
 581 PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_TRANSVERSE
 
 582 PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 
 583 PAPER_A_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_A_PLUS
 
 584 PAPER_B_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_B_PLUS
 
 585 PAPER_LETTER_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_PLUS
 
 586 PAPER_A4_PLUS 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_PLUS
 
 587 PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_TRANSVERSE
 
 588 PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_TRANSVERSE
 
 589 PAPER_A3_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA
 
 590 PAPER_A5_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_EXTRA
 
 591 PAPER_B5_EXTRA 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_EXTRA
 
 592 PAPER_A2 
= _core_
.PAPER_A2
 
 593 PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_TRANSVERSE
 
 594 PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_EXTRA_TRANSVERSE
 
 595 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD 
= _core_
.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD
 
 596 PAPER_A6 
= _core_
.PAPER_A6
 
 597 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2
 
 598 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3
 
 599 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3
 
 600 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4
 
 601 PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_LETTER_ROTATED
 
 602 PAPER_A3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A3_ROTATED
 
 603 PAPER_A4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A4_ROTATED
 
 604 PAPER_A5_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A5_ROTATED
 
 605 PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B4_JIS_ROTATED
 
 606 PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B5_JIS_ROTATED
 
 607 PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 
 608 PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_DBL_JAPANESE_POSTCARD_ROTATED
 
 609 PAPER_A6_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_A6_ROTATED
 
 610 PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU2_ROTATED
 
 611 PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_KAKU3_ROTATED
 
 612 PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU3_ROTATED
 
 613 PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_CHOU4_ROTATED
 
 614 PAPER_B6_JIS 
= _core_
.PAPER_B6_JIS
 
 615 PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_B6_JIS_ROTATED
 
 616 PAPER_12X11 
= _core_
.PAPER_12X11
 
 617 PAPER_JENV_YOU4 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_YOU4
 
 618 PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_JENV_YOU4_ROTATED
 
 619 PAPER_P16K 
= _core_
.PAPER_P16K
 
 620 PAPER_P32K 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32K
 
 621 PAPER_P32KBIG 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32KBIG
 
 622 PAPER_PENV_1 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_1
 
 623 PAPER_PENV_2 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_2
 
 624 PAPER_PENV_3 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_3
 
 625 PAPER_PENV_4 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_4
 
 626 PAPER_PENV_5 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_5
 
 627 PAPER_PENV_6 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_6
 
 628 PAPER_PENV_7 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_7
 
 629 PAPER_PENV_8 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_8
 
 630 PAPER_PENV_9 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_9
 
 631 PAPER_PENV_10 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_10
 
 632 PAPER_P16K_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P16K_ROTATED
 
 633 PAPER_P32K_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32K_ROTATED
 
 634 PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_P32KBIG_ROTATED
 
 635 PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_1_ROTATED
 
 636 PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_2_ROTATED
 
 637 PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_3_ROTATED
 
 638 PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_4_ROTATED
 
 639 PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_5_ROTATED
 
 640 PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_6_ROTATED
 
 641 PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_7_ROTATED
 
 642 PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_8_ROTATED
 
 643 PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_9_ROTATED
 
 644 PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED 
= _core_
.PAPER_PENV_10_ROTATED
 
 645 DUPLEX_SIMPLEX 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_SIMPLEX
 
 646 DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_HORIZONTAL
 
 647 DUPLEX_VERTICAL 
= _core_
.DUPLEX_VERTICAL
 
 648 ITEM_SEPARATOR 
= _core_
.ITEM_SEPARATOR
 
 649 ITEM_NORMAL 
= _core_
.ITEM_NORMAL
 
 650 ITEM_CHECK 
= _core_
.ITEM_CHECK
 
 651 ITEM_RADIO 
= _core_
.ITEM_RADIO
 
 652 ITEM_MAX 
= _core_
.ITEM_MAX
 
 653 HT_NOWHERE 
= _core_
.HT_NOWHERE
 
 654 HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_FIRST
 
 655 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_1
 
 656 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_LINE_2
 
 657 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_1
 
 658 HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_ARROW_PAGE_2
 
 659 HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_THUMB
 
 660 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_1
 
 661 HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_BAR_2
 
 662 HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST 
= _core_
.HT_SCROLLBAR_LAST
 
 663 HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_OUTSIDE
 
 664 HT_WINDOW_INSIDE 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_INSIDE
 
 665 HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_VERT_SCROLLBAR
 
 666 HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_HORZ_SCROLLBAR
 
 667 HT_WINDOW_CORNER 
= _core_
.HT_WINDOW_CORNER
 
 668 HT_MAX 
= _core_
.HT_MAX
 
 669 MOD_NONE 
= _core_
.MOD_NONE
 
 670 MOD_ALT 
= _core_
.MOD_ALT
 
 671 MOD_CONTROL 
= _core_
.MOD_CONTROL
 
 672 MOD_ALTGR 
= _core_
.MOD_ALTGR
 
 673 MOD_SHIFT 
= _core_
.MOD_SHIFT
 
 674 MOD_META 
= _core_
.MOD_META
 
 675 MOD_WIN 
= _core_
.MOD_WIN
 
 676 MOD_CMD 
= _core_
.MOD_CMD
 
 677 MOD_ALL 
= _core_
.MOD_ALL
 
 678 UPDATE_UI_NONE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_NONE
 
 679 UPDATE_UI_RECURSE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_RECURSE
 
 680 UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE
 
 681 Layout_Default 
= _core_
.Layout_Default
 
 682 Layout_LeftToRight 
= _core_
.Layout_LeftToRight
 
 683 Layout_RightToLeft 
= _core_
.Layout_RightToLeft
 
 684 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 686 class Object(object): 
 688     The base class for most wx objects, although in wxPython not 
 689     much functionality is needed nor exposed. 
 691     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
 692     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
 693     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
 694     def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 696         GetClassName(self) -> String 
 698         Returns the class name of the C++ class using wxRTTI. 
 700         return _core_
.Object_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 702     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 706         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
 708         args
[0].this
.own(False) 
 709         return _core_
.Object_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 711     def IsSameAs(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 713         IsSameAs(self, Object p) -> bool 
 715         For wx.Objects that use C++ reference counting internally, this method 
 716         can be used to determine if two objects are referencing the same data 
 719         return _core_
.Object_IsSameAs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 721     ClassName 
= property(GetClassName
,doc
="See `GetClassName`")  
 722 _core_
.Object_swigregister(Object
) 
 723 _wxPySetDictionary 
= _core_
._wxPySetDictionary
 
 725 EmptyString 
= cvar
.EmptyString
 
 727 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 729 BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_INVALID
 
 730 BITMAP_TYPE_BMP 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_BMP
 
 731 BITMAP_TYPE_ICO 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICO
 
 732 BITMAP_TYPE_CUR 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_CUR
 
 733 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM
 
 734 BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XBM_DATA
 
 735 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM
 
 736 BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_XPM_DATA
 
 737 BITMAP_TYPE_TIF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_TIF
 
 738 BITMAP_TYPE_GIF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_GIF
 
 739 BITMAP_TYPE_PNG 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG
 
 740 BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_JPEG
 
 741 BITMAP_TYPE_PNM 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PNM
 
 742 BITMAP_TYPE_PCX 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PCX
 
 743 BITMAP_TYPE_PICT 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_PICT
 
 744 BITMAP_TYPE_ICON 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ICON
 
 745 BITMAP_TYPE_ANI 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANI
 
 746 BITMAP_TYPE_IFF 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_IFF
 
 747 BITMAP_TYPE_TGA 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_TGA
 
 748 BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_MACCURSOR
 
 749 BITMAP_TYPE_ANY 
= _core_
.BITMAP_TYPE_ANY
 
 750 CURSOR_NONE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_NONE
 
 751 CURSOR_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROW
 
 752 CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_ARROW
 
 753 CURSOR_BULLSEYE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_BULLSEYE
 
 754 CURSOR_CHAR 
= _core_
.CURSOR_CHAR
 
 755 CURSOR_CROSS 
= _core_
.CURSOR_CROSS
 
 756 CURSOR_HAND 
= _core_
.CURSOR_HAND
 
 757 CURSOR_IBEAM 
= _core_
.CURSOR_IBEAM
 
 758 CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_LEFT_BUTTON
 
 759 CURSOR_MAGNIFIER 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAGNIFIER
 
 760 CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MIDDLE_BUTTON
 
 761 CURSOR_NO_ENTRY 
= _core_
.CURSOR_NO_ENTRY
 
 762 CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH 
= _core_
.CURSOR_PAINT_BRUSH
 
 763 CURSOR_PENCIL 
= _core_
.CURSOR_PENCIL
 
 764 CURSOR_POINT_LEFT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_LEFT
 
 765 CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_POINT_RIGHT
 
 766 CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_QUESTION_ARROW
 
 767 CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON 
= _core_
.CURSOR_RIGHT_BUTTON
 
 768 CURSOR_SIZENESW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENESW
 
 769 CURSOR_SIZENS 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENS
 
 770 CURSOR_SIZENWSE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZENWSE
 
 771 CURSOR_SIZEWE 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZEWE
 
 772 CURSOR_SIZING 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SIZING
 
 773 CURSOR_SPRAYCAN 
= _core_
.CURSOR_SPRAYCAN
 
 774 CURSOR_WAIT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_WAIT
 
 775 CURSOR_WATCH 
= _core_
.CURSOR_WATCH
 
 776 CURSOR_BLANK 
= _core_
.CURSOR_BLANK
 
 777 CURSOR_DEFAULT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_DEFAULT
 
 778 CURSOR_COPY_ARROW 
= _core_
.CURSOR_COPY_ARROW
 
 779 CURSOR_ARROWWAIT 
= _core_
.CURSOR_ARROWWAIT
 
 780 CURSOR_MAX 
= _core_
.CURSOR_MAX
 
 781 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 785     wx.Size is a useful data structure used to represent the size of 
 786     something.  It simply contains integer width and height 
 787     properties.  In most places in wxPython where a wx.Size is 
 788     expected a (width, height) tuple can be used instead. 
 790     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
 791     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
 792     width 
= property(_core_
.Size_width_get
, _core_
.Size_width_set
) 
 793     height 
= property(_core_
.Size_height_get
, _core_
.Size_height_set
) 
 794     x 
= width
; y 
= height 
 
 795     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
 797         __init__(self, int w=0, int h=0) -> Size 
 799         Creates a size object. 
 801         _core_
.Size_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Size(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
 802     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Size
 
 803     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
 804     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 806         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
 808         Test for equality of wx.Size objects. 
 810         return _core_
.Size___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 812     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 814         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
 816         Test for inequality of wx.Size objects. 
 818         return _core_
.Size___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 820     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 822         __add__(self, Size sz) -> Size 
 824         Add sz's proprties to this and return the result. 
 826         return _core_
.Size___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 828     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 830         __sub__(self, Size sz) -> Size 
 832         Subtract sz's properties from this and return the result. 
 834         return _core_
.Size___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 836     def IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 840         Increments this object so that both of its dimensions are not less 
 841         than the corresponding dimensions of the size. 
 843         return _core_
.Size_IncTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 845     def DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 849         Decrements this object so that both of its dimensions are not greater 
 850         than the corresponding dimensions of the size. 
 852         return _core_
.Size_DecTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 854     def IncBy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 855         """IncBy(self, int dx, int dy)""" 
 856         return _core_
.Size_IncBy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 858     def DecBy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 859         """DecBy(self, int dx, int dy)""" 
 860         return _core_
.Size_DecBy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 862     def Scale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 864         Scale(self, float xscale, float yscale) 
 866         Scales the dimensions of this object by the given factors. 
 868         return _core_
.Size_Scale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 870     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 872         Set(self, int w, int h) 
 874         Set both width and height. 
 876         return _core_
.Size_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 878     def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 879         """SetWidth(self, int w)""" 
 880         return _core_
.Size_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 882     def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 883         """SetHeight(self, int h)""" 
 884         return _core_
.Size_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 886     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 887         """GetWidth(self) -> int""" 
 888         return _core_
.Size_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 890     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 891         """GetHeight(self) -> int""" 
 892         return _core_
.Size_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 894     def IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 896         IsFullySpecified(self) -> bool 
 898         Returns True if both components of the size are non-default values. 
 900         return _core_
.Size_IsFullySpecified(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 902     def SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 904         SetDefaults(self, Size size) 
 906         Combine this size with the other one replacing the default components 
 907         of this object (i.e. equal to -1) with those of the other. 
 909         return _core_
.Size_SetDefaults(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 911     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 913         Get() -> (width,height) 
 915         Returns the width and height properties as a tuple. 
 917         return _core_
.Size_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 919     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
 920     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
 921     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Size'+str(self
.Get()) 
 922     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
 923     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
 924     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
 925         if index 
== 0: self
.width 
= val
 
 926         elif index 
== 1: self
.height 
= val
 
 927         else: raise IndexError 
 928     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
 929     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
 930     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Size
, self
.Get()) 
 932 _core_
.Size_swigregister(Size
) 
 934 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
 936 class RealPoint(object): 
 938     A data structure for representing a point or position with floating 
 939     point x and y properties.  In wxPython most places that expect a 
 940     wx.RealPoint can also accept a (x,y) tuple. 
 942     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
 943     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
 944     x 
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_x_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_x_set
) 
 945     y 
= property(_core_
.RealPoint_y_get
, _core_
.RealPoint_y_set
) 
 946     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
 948         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> RealPoint 
 950         Create a wx.RealPoint object 
 952         _core_
.RealPoint_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_RealPoint(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
 953     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_RealPoint
 
 954     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
 955     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 957         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
 959         Test for equality of wx.RealPoint objects. 
 961         return _core_
.RealPoint___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 963     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 965         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
 967         Test for inequality of wx.RealPoint objects. 
 969         return _core_
.RealPoint___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 971     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 973         __add__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint 
 975         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result. 
 977         return _core_
.RealPoint___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 979     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 981         __sub__(self, RealPoint pt) -> RealPoint 
 983         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result 
 985         return _core_
.RealPoint___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 987     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 989         Set(self, double x, double y) 
 991         Set both the x and y properties 
 993         return _core_
.RealPoint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
 995     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
 999         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.  
1001         return _core_
.RealPoint_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1003     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1004     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1005     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.RealPoint'+str(self
.Get()) 
1006     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1007     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1008     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1009         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1010         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1011         else: raise IndexError 
1012     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0) 
1013     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1014     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.RealPoint
, self
.Get()) 
1016 _core_
.RealPoint_swigregister(RealPoint
) 
1018 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1020 class Point(object): 
1022     A data structure for representing a point or position with integer x 
1023     and y properties.  Most places in wxPython that expect a wx.Point can 
1024     also accept a (x,y) tuple. 
1026     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
1027     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
1028     x 
= property(_core_
.Point_x_get
, _core_
.Point_x_set
) 
1029     y 
= property(_core_
.Point_y_get
, _core_
.Point_y_set
) 
1030     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
1032         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> Point 
1034         Create a wx.Point object 
1036         _core_
.Point_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Point(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
1037     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Point
 
1038     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
1039     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1041         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1043         Test for equality of wx.Point objects. 
1045         return _core_
.Point___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1047     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1049         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1051         Test for inequality of wx.Point objects. 
1053         return _core_
.Point___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1055     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1057         __add__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1059         Add pt's proprties to this and return the result. 
1061         return _core_
.Point___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1063     def __sub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1065         __sub__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1067         Subtract pt's proprties from this and return the result 
1069         return _core_
.Point___sub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1071     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1073         __iadd__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1075         Add pt to this object. 
1077         return _core_
.Point___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1079     def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1081         __isub__(self, Point pt) -> Point 
1083         Subtract pt from this object. 
1085         return _core_
.Point___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1087     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1089         Set(self, long x, long y) 
1091         Set both the x and y properties 
1093         return _core_
.Point_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1095     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1099         Return the x and y properties as a tuple.  
1101         return _core_
.Point_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1103     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1104     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1105     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Point'+str(self
.Get()) 
1106     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1107     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1108     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1109         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1110         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1111         else: raise IndexError 
1112     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
1113     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1114     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Point
, self
.Get()) 
1116 _core_
.Point_swigregister(Point
) 
1118 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1122     A class for representing and manipulating rectangles.  It has x, y, 
1123     width and height properties.  In wxPython most palces that expect a 
1124     wx.Rect can also accept a (x,y,width,height) tuple. 
1126     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
1127     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
1128     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
1130         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) -> Rect 
1132         Create a new Rect object. 
1134         _core_
.Rect_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Rect(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
1135     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Rect
 
1136     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
1137     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1138         """GetX(self) -> int""" 
1139         return _core_
.Rect_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1141     def SetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1142         """SetX(self, int x)""" 
1143         return _core_
.Rect_SetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1145     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1146         """GetY(self) -> int""" 
1147         return _core_
.Rect_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1149     def SetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1150         """SetY(self, int y)""" 
1151         return _core_
.Rect_SetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1153     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1154         """GetWidth(self) -> int""" 
1155         return _core_
.Rect_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1157     def SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1158         """SetWidth(self, int w)""" 
1159         return _core_
.Rect_SetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1161     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1162         """GetHeight(self) -> int""" 
1163         return _core_
.Rect_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1165     def SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1166         """SetHeight(self, int h)""" 
1167         return _core_
.Rect_SetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1169     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1170         """GetPosition(self) -> Point""" 
1171         return _core_
.Rect_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1173     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1174         """SetPosition(self, Point p)""" 
1175         return _core_
.Rect_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1177     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1178         """GetSize(self) -> Size""" 
1179         return _core_
.Rect_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1181     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1182         """SetSize(self, Size s)""" 
1183         return _core_
.Rect_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1185     def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1186         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool""" 
1187         return _core_
.Rect_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1189     def GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1190         """GetTopLeft(self) -> Point""" 
1191         return _core_
.Rect_GetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1193     def SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1194         """SetTopLeft(self, Point p)""" 
1195         return _core_
.Rect_SetTopLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1197     def GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1198         """GetBottomRight(self) -> Point""" 
1199         return _core_
.Rect_GetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1201     def SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1202         """SetBottomRight(self, Point p)""" 
1203         return _core_
.Rect_SetBottomRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1205     def GetTopRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1206         """GetTopRight(self) -> Point""" 
1207         return _core_
.Rect_GetTopRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1209     def SetTopRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1210         """SetTopRight(self, Point p)""" 
1211         return _core_
.Rect_SetTopRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1213     def GetBottomLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1214         """GetBottomLeft(self) -> Point""" 
1215         return _core_
.Rect_GetBottomLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1217     def SetBottomLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1218         """SetBottomLeft(self, Point p)""" 
1219         return _core_
.Rect_SetBottomLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1221     def GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1222         """GetLeft(self) -> int""" 
1223         return _core_
.Rect_GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1225     def GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1226         """GetTop(self) -> int""" 
1227         return _core_
.Rect_GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1229     def GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1230         """GetBottom(self) -> int""" 
1231         return _core_
.Rect_GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1233     def GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1234         """GetRight(self) -> int""" 
1235         return _core_
.Rect_GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1237     def SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1238         """SetLeft(self, int left)""" 
1239         return _core_
.Rect_SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1241     def SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1242         """SetRight(self, int right)""" 
1243         return _core_
.Rect_SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1245     def SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1246         """SetTop(self, int top)""" 
1247         return _core_
.Rect_SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1249     def SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1250         """SetBottom(self, int bottom)""" 
1251         return _core_
.Rect_SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1253     position 
= property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
) 
1254     size 
= property(GetSize
, SetSize
) 
1255     left 
= property(GetLeft
, SetLeft
) 
1256     right 
= property(GetRight
, SetRight
) 
1257     top 
= property(GetTop
, SetTop
) 
1258     bottom 
= property(GetBottom
, SetBottom
) 
1260     def Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1262         Inflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect 
1264         Increases the size of the rectangle. 
1266         The left border is moved farther left and the right border is moved 
1267         farther right by ``dx``. The upper border is moved farther up and the 
1268         bottom border is moved farther down by ``dy``. (Note the the width and 
1269         height of the rectangle thus change by ``2*dx`` and ``2*dy``, 
1270         respectively.) If one or both of ``dx`` and ``dy`` are negative, the 
1271         opposite happens: the rectangle size decreases in the respective 
1274         The change is made to the rectangle inplace, if instead you need a 
1275         copy that is inflated, preserving the original then make the copy 
1278             copy = wx.Rect(*original) 
1283         return _core_
.Rect_Inflate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1285     def Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1287         Deflate(self, int dx, int dy) -> Rect 
1289         Decrease the rectangle size. This method is the opposite of `Inflate` 
1290         in that Deflate(a,b) is equivalent to Inflate(-a,-b).  Please refer to 
1291         `Inflate` for a full description. 
1293         return _core_
.Rect_Deflate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1295     def OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1297         OffsetXY(self, int dx, int dy) 
1299         Moves the rectangle by the specified offset. If dx is positive, the 
1300         rectangle is moved to the right, if dy is positive, it is moved to the 
1301         bottom, otherwise it is moved to the left or top respectively. 
1303         return _core_
.Rect_OffsetXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1305     def Offset(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1307         Offset(self, Point pt) 
1309         Same as `OffsetXY` but uses dx,dy from Point 
1311         return _core_
.Rect_Offset(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1313     def Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1315         Intersect(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1317         Returns the intersectsion of this rectangle and rect. 
1319         return _core_
.Rect_Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1321     def Union(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1323         Union(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1325         Returns the union of this rectangle and rect. 
1327         return _core_
.Rect_Union(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1329     def __add__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1331         __add__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1333         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle and return the result. 
1335         return _core_
.Rect___add__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1337     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1339         __iadd__(self, Rect rect) -> Rect 
1341         Add the properties of rect to this rectangle, updating this rectangle. 
1343         return _core_
.Rect___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1345     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1347         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1349         Test for equality of wx.Rect objects. 
1351         return _core_
.Rect___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1353     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1355         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1357         Test for inequality of wx.Rect objects. 
1359         return _core_
.Rect___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1361     def ContainsXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1363         ContainsXY(self, int x, int y) -> bool 
1365         Return True if the point is inside the rect. 
1367         return _core_
.Rect_ContainsXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1369     def Contains(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1371         Contains(self, Point pt) -> bool 
1373         Return True if the point is inside the rect. 
1375         return _core_
.Rect_Contains(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1377     def ContainsRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1379         ContainsRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1381         Returns ``True`` if the given rectangle is completely inside this 
1382         rectangle or touches its boundary. 
1384         return _core_
.Rect_ContainsRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1386     #Inside = wx._deprecated(Contains, "Use `Contains` instead.") 
1387     #InsideXY = wx._deprecated(ContainsXY, "Use `ContainsXY` instead.") 
1388     #InsideRect = wx._deprecated(ContainsRect, "Use `ContainsRect` instead.") 
1390     InsideXY 
= ContainsXY
 
1391     InsideRect 
= ContainsRect
 
1393     def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1395         Intersects(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
1397         Returns True if the rectangles have a non empty intersection. 
1399         return _core_
.Rect_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1401     def CenterIn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1403         CenterIn(self, Rect r, int dir=BOTH) -> Rect 
1405         Center this rectangle within the one passed to the method, which is 
1406         usually, but not necessarily, the larger one. 
1408         return _core_
.Rect_CenterIn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1411     x 
= property(_core_
.Rect_x_get
, _core_
.Rect_x_set
) 
1412     y 
= property(_core_
.Rect_y_get
, _core_
.Rect_y_set
) 
1413     width 
= property(_core_
.Rect_width_get
, _core_
.Rect_width_set
) 
1414     height 
= property(_core_
.Rect_height_get
, _core_
.Rect_height_set
) 
1415     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1417         Set(self, int x=0, int y=0, int width=0, int height=0) 
1419         Set all rectangle properties. 
1421         return _core_
.Rect_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1423     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1425         Get() -> (x,y,width,height) 
1427         Return the rectangle properties as a tuple. 
1429         return _core_
.Rect_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1431     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1432     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1433     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Rect'+str(self
.Get()) 
1434     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1435     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1436     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1437         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1438         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1439         elif index 
== 2: self
.width 
= val
 
1440         elif index 
== 3: self
.height 
= val
 
1441         else: raise IndexError 
1442     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0,0,0) 
1443     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1444     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Rect
, self
.Get()) 
1446     Bottom 
= property(GetBottom
,SetBottom
,doc
="See `GetBottom` and `SetBottom`")  
1447     BottomRight 
= property(GetBottomRight
,SetBottomRight
,doc
="See `GetBottomRight` and `SetBottomRight`")  
1448     BottomLeft 
= property(GetBottomLeft
,SetBottomLeft
,doc
="See `GetBottomLeft` and `SetBottomLeft`")  
1449     Height 
= property(GetHeight
,SetHeight
,doc
="See `GetHeight` and `SetHeight`")  
1450     Left 
= property(GetLeft
,SetLeft
,doc
="See `GetLeft` and `SetLeft`")  
1451     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,SetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")  
1452     Right 
= property(GetRight
,SetRight
,doc
="See `GetRight` and `SetRight`")  
1453     Size 
= property(GetSize
,SetSize
,doc
="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")  
1454     Top 
= property(GetTop
,SetTop
,doc
="See `GetTop` and `SetTop`")  
1455     TopLeft 
= property(GetTopLeft
,SetTopLeft
,doc
="See `GetTopLeft` and `SetTopLeft`")  
1456     TopRight 
= property(GetTopRight
,SetTopRight
,doc
="See `GetTopRight` and `SetTopRight`")  
1457     Width 
= property(GetWidth
,SetWidth
,doc
="See `GetWidth` and `SetWidth`")  
1458     X 
= property(GetX
,SetX
,doc
="See `GetX` and `SetX`")  
1459     Y 
= property(GetY
,SetY
,doc
="See `GetY` and `SetY`")  
1460     Empty 
= property(IsEmpty
,doc
="See `IsEmpty`")  
1461 _core_
.Rect_swigregister(Rect
) 
1463 def RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1465     RectPP(Point topLeft, Point bottomRight) -> Rect 
1467     Create a new Rect object from Points representing two corners. 
1469     val 
= _core_
.new_RectPP(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1472 def RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1474     RectPS(Point pos, Size size) -> Rect 
1476     Create a new Rect from a position and size. 
1478     val 
= _core_
.new_RectPS(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1481 def RectS(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1483     RectS(Size size) -> Rect 
1485     Create a new Rect from a size only. 
1487     val 
= _core_
.new_RectS(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1491 def IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1493     IntersectRect(Rect r1, Rect r2) -> Rect 
1495     Calculate and return the intersection of r1 and r2. 
1497   return _core_
.IntersectRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1498 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1500 class Point2D(object): 
1502     wx.Point2Ds represent a point or a vector in a 2d coordinate system 
1503     with floating point values. 
1505     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
1506     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
1507     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
1509         __init__(self, double x=0.0, double y=0.0) -> Point2D 
1511         Create a w.Point2D object. 
1513         _core_
.Point2D_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Point2D(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
1514     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Point2D
 
1515     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
1516     def GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1522         return _core_
.Point2D_GetFloor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1524     def GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1526         GetRounded() -> (x,y) 
1530         return _core_
.Point2D_GetRounded(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1532     def GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1533         """GetVectorLength(self) -> double""" 
1534         return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1536     def GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1537         """GetVectorAngle(self) -> double""" 
1538         return _core_
.Point2D_GetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1540     def SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1541         """SetVectorLength(self, double length)""" 
1542         return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorLength(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1544     def SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1545         """SetVectorAngle(self, double degrees)""" 
1546         return _core_
.Point2D_SetVectorAngle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1548     def SetPolarCoordinates(self
, angle
, length
): 
1549         self
.SetVectorLength(length
) 
1550         self
.SetVectorAngle(angle
) 
1551     def Normalize(self
): 
1552         self
.SetVectorLength(1.0) 
1554     def GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1555         """GetDistance(self, Point2D pt) -> double""" 
1556         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistance(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1558     def GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1559         """GetDistanceSquare(self, Point2D pt) -> double""" 
1560         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDistanceSquare(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1562     def GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1563         """GetDotProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double""" 
1564         return _core_
.Point2D_GetDotProduct(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1566     def GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1567         """GetCrossProduct(self, Point2D vec) -> double""" 
1568         return _core_
.Point2D_GetCrossProduct(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1570     def __neg__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1572         __neg__(self) -> Point2D 
1574         the reflection of this point 
1576         return _core_
.Point2D___neg__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1578     def __iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1579         """__iadd__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1580         return _core_
.Point2D___iadd__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1582     def __isub__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1583         """__isub__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1584         return _core_
.Point2D___isub__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1586     def __imul__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1587         """__imul__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1588         return _core_
.Point2D___imul__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1590     def __idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1591         """__idiv__(self, Point2D pt) -> Point2D""" 
1592         return _core_
.Point2D___idiv__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1594     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1596         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1598         Test for equality of wx.Point2D objects. 
1600         return _core_
.Point2D___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1602     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1604         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1606         Test for inequality of wx.Point2D objects. 
1608         return _core_
.Point2D___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1610     x 
= property(_core_
.Point2D_x_get
, _core_
.Point2D_x_set
) 
1611     y 
= property(_core_
.Point2D_y_get
, _core_
.Point2D_y_set
) 
1612     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1613         """Set(self, double x=0, double y=0)""" 
1614         return _core_
.Point2D_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1616     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1620         Return x and y properties as a tuple. 
1622         return _core_
.Point2D_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1624     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
1625     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1626     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Point2D'+str(self
.Get()) 
1627     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1628     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1629     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1630         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1631         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1632         else: raise IndexError 
1633     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0) 
1634     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1635     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Point2D
, self
.Get()) 
1637     Floor 
= property(GetFloor
,doc
="See `GetFloor`")  
1638     Rounded 
= property(GetRounded
,doc
="See `GetRounded`")  
1639     VectorAngle 
= property(GetVectorAngle
,SetVectorAngle
,doc
="See `GetVectorAngle` and `SetVectorAngle`")  
1640     VectorLength 
= property(GetVectorLength
,SetVectorLength
,doc
="See `GetVectorLength` and `SetVectorLength`")  
1641 _core_
.Point2D_swigregister(Point2D
) 
1643 def Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1645     Point2DCopy(Point2D pt) -> Point2D 
1647     Create a w.Point2D object. 
1649     val 
= _core_
.new_Point2DCopy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1652 def Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1654     Point2DFromPoint(Point pt) -> Point2D 
1656     Create a w.Point2D object. 
1658     val 
= _core_
.new_Point2DFromPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1661 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1663 Inside 
= _core_
.Inside
 
1664 OutLeft 
= _core_
.OutLeft
 
1665 OutRight 
= _core_
.OutRight
 
1666 OutTop 
= _core_
.OutTop
 
1667 OutBottom 
= _core_
.OutBottom
 
1668 class Rect2D(object): 
1670     wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system 
1671     with floating point component values. 
1673     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
1674     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
1675     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
1677         __init__(self, wxDouble x=0.0, wxDouble y=0.0, wxDouble w=0.0, wxDouble h=0.0) -> Rect2D 
1679         wx.Rect2D is a rectangle, with position and size, in a 2D coordinate system 
1680         with floating point component values. 
1682         _core_
.Rect2D_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Rect2D(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
1683     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Rect2D
 
1684     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
1685     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1686         """GetPosition(self) -> Point2D""" 
1687         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1689     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1690         """GetSize(self) -> Size""" 
1691         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1693     def GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1694         """GetLeft(self) -> wxDouble""" 
1695         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1697     def SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1698         """SetLeft(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1699         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetLeft(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1701     def MoveLeftTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1702         """MoveLeftTo(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1703         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveLeftTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1705     def GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1706         """GetTop(self) -> wxDouble""" 
1707         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1709     def SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1710         """SetTop(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1711         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1713     def MoveTopTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1714         """MoveTopTo(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1715         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveTopTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1717     def GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1718         """GetBottom(self) -> wxDouble""" 
1719         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1721     def SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1722         """SetBottom(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1723         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1725     def MoveBottomTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1726         """MoveBottomTo(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1727         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveBottomTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1729     def GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1730         """GetRight(self) -> wxDouble""" 
1731         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1733     def SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1734         """SetRight(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1735         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetRight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1737     def MoveRightTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1738         """MoveRightTo(self, wxDouble n)""" 
1739         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveRightTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1741     def GetLeftTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1742         """GetLeftTop(self) -> Point2D""" 
1743         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetLeftTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1745     def SetLeftTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1746         """SetLeftTop(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1747         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetLeftTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1749     def MoveLeftTopTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1750         """MoveLeftTopTo(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1751         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveLeftTopTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1753     def GetLeftBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1754         """GetLeftBottom(self) -> Point2D""" 
1755         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetLeftBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1757     def SetLeftBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1758         """SetLeftBottom(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1759         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetLeftBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1761     def MoveLeftBottomTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1762         """MoveLeftBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1763         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveLeftBottomTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1765     def GetRightTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1766         """GetRightTop(self) -> Point2D""" 
1767         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetRightTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1769     def SetRightTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1770         """SetRightTop(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1771         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetRightTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1773     def MoveRightTopTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1774         """MoveRightTopTo(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1775         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveRightTopTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1777     def GetRightBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1778         """GetRightBottom(self) -> Point2D""" 
1779         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetRightBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1781     def SetRightBottom(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1782         """SetRightBottom(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1783         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetRightBottom(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1785     def MoveRightBottomTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1786         """MoveRightBottomTo(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1787         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveRightBottomTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1789     def GetCentre(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1790         """GetCentre(self) -> Point2D""" 
1791         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetCentre(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1793     def SetCentre(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1794         """SetCentre(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1795         return _core_
.Rect2D_SetCentre(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1797     def MoveCentreTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1798         """MoveCentreTo(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1799         return _core_
.Rect2D_MoveCentreTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1801     def GetOutcode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1802         """GetOutcode(self, Point2D pt) -> int""" 
1803         return _core_
.Rect2D_GetOutcode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1805     def Contains(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1806         """Contains(self, Point2D pt) -> bool""" 
1807         return _core_
.Rect2D_Contains(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1809     def ContainsRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1810         """ContainsRect(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool""" 
1811         return _core_
.Rect2D_ContainsRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1813     def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1814         """IsEmpty(self) -> bool""" 
1815         return _core_
.Rect2D_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1817     def HaveEqualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1818         """HaveEqualSize(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool""" 
1819         return _core_
.Rect2D_HaveEqualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1823         Inset(self, wxDouble x, wxDouble y) 
1824         Inset(self, wxDouble left, wxDouble top, wxDouble right, wxDouble bottom) 
1826         return _core_
.Rect2D_Inset(*args
) 
1828     def Offset(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1829         """Offset(self, Point2D pt)""" 
1830         return _core_
.Rect2D_Offset(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1832     def ConstrainTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1833         """ConstrainTo(self, Rect2D rect)""" 
1834         return _core_
.Rect2D_ConstrainTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1836     def Interpolate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1837         """Interpolate(self, int widthfactor, int heightfactor) -> Point2D""" 
1838         return _core_
.Rect2D_Interpolate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1840     def Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1841         """Intersect(self, Rect2D otherRect)""" 
1842         return _core_
.Rect2D_Intersect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1844     def CreateIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1845         """CreateIntersection(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D""" 
1846         return _core_
.Rect2D_CreateIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1848     def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1849         """Intersects(self, Rect2D rect) -> bool""" 
1850         return _core_
.Rect2D_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1852     def Union(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1853         """Union(self, Rect2D otherRect)""" 
1854         return _core_
.Rect2D_Union(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1856     def CreateUnion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1857         """CreateUnion(self, Rect2D otherRect) -> Rect2D""" 
1858         return _core_
.Rect2D_CreateUnion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1862         Scale(self, wxDouble f) 
1863         Scale(self, int num, int denum) 
1865         return _core_
.Rect2D_Scale(*args
) 
1867     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1869         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1871         Test for equality of wx.Rect2D objects. 
1873         return _core_
.Rect2D___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1875     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1877         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
1879         Test for inequality of wx.Rect2D objects. 
1881         return _core_
.Rect2D___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1883     x 
= property(_core_
.Rect2D_x_get
, _core_
.Rect2D_x_set
) 
1884     y 
= property(_core_
.Rect2D_y_get
, _core_
.Rect2D_y_set
) 
1885     width 
= property(_core_
.Rect2D_width_get
, _core_
.Rect2D_width_set
) 
1886     height 
= property(_core_
.Rect2D_height_get
, _core_
.Rect2D_height_set
) 
1887     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1888         """Set(self, wxDouble x=0, wxDouble y=0, wxDouble width=0, wxDouble height=0)""" 
1889         return _core_
.Rect2D_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1891     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1893         Get() -> (x,y, width, height) 
1895         Return x, y, width and height y properties as a tuple. 
1897         return _core_
.Rect2D_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1899     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
1900     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.Rect2D'+str(self
.Get()) 
1901     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
1902     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
1903     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
1904         if index 
== 0: self
.x 
= val
 
1905         elif index 
== 1: self
.y 
= val
 
1906         elif index 
== 2: self
.width 
= val
 
1907         elif index 
== 3: self
.height 
= val                        
 
1908         else: raise IndexError 
1909     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0) 
1910     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
1911     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.Rect2D
, self
.Get()) 
1913 _core_
.Rect2D_swigregister(Rect2D
) 
1915 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
1917 FromStart 
= _core_
.FromStart
 
1918 FromCurrent 
= _core_
.FromCurrent
 
1919 FromEnd 
= _core_
.FromEnd
 
1920 class InputStream(object): 
1921     """Proxy of C++ InputStream class""" 
1922     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
1923     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
1924     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
1925         """__init__(self, PyObject p) -> InputStream""" 
1926         _core_
.InputStream_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_InputStream(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
1927     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_InputStream
 
1928     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
1929     def close(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1931         return _core_
.InputStream_close(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1933     def flush(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1935         return _core_
.InputStream_flush(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1937     def eof(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1938         """eof(self) -> bool""" 
1939         return _core_
.InputStream_eof(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1941     def read(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1942         """read(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1943         return _core_
.InputStream_read(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1945     def readline(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1946         """readline(self, int size=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1947         return _core_
.InputStream_readline(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1949     def readlines(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1950         """readlines(self, int sizehint=-1) -> PyObject""" 
1951         return _core_
.InputStream_readlines(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1953     def seek(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1954         """seek(self, int offset, int whence=0)""" 
1955         return _core_
.InputStream_seek(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1957     def tell(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1958         """tell(self) -> int""" 
1959         return _core_
.InputStream_tell(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1961     def Peek(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1962         """Peek(self) -> char""" 
1963         return _core_
.InputStream_Peek(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1965     def GetC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1966         """GetC(self) -> char""" 
1967         return _core_
.InputStream_GetC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1969     def LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1970         """LastRead(self) -> size_t""" 
1971         return _core_
.InputStream_LastRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1973     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1974         """CanRead(self) -> bool""" 
1975         return _core_
.InputStream_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1977     def Eof(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1978         """Eof(self) -> bool""" 
1979         return _core_
.InputStream_Eof(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1981     def Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1982         """Ungetch(self, char c) -> bool""" 
1983         return _core_
.InputStream_Ungetch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1985     def SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1986         """SeekI(self, long pos, int mode=FromStart) -> long""" 
1987         return _core_
.InputStream_SeekI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1989     def TellI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
1990         """TellI(self) -> long""" 
1991         return _core_
.InputStream_TellI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
1993 _core_
.InputStream_swigregister(InputStream
) 
1994 DefaultPosition 
= cvar
.DefaultPosition
 
1995 DefaultSize 
= cvar
.DefaultSize
 
1997 class OutputStream(object): 
1998     """Proxy of C++ OutputStream class""" 
1999     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2000     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
2001     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2002     def write(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2003         """write(self, PyObject obj)""" 
2004         return _core_
.OutputStream_write(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2006     def LastWrite(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2007         """LastWrite(self) -> size_t""" 
2008         return _core_
.OutputStream_LastWrite(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2010 _core_
.OutputStream_swigregister(OutputStream
) 
2012 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
2014 class FSFile(Object
): 
2015     """Proxy of C++ FSFile class""" 
2016     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2017     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2018     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2020         __init__(self, InputStream stream, String loc, String mimetype, String anchor,  
2021             DateTime modif) -> FSFile 
2023         _core_
.FSFile_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_FSFile(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2024     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_FSFile
 
2025     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
2026     def GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2027         """GetStream(self) -> InputStream""" 
2028         return _core_
.FSFile_GetStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2030     def DetachStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2031         """DetachStream(self)""" 
2032         return _core_
.FSFile_DetachStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2034     def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2035         """GetMimeType(self) -> String""" 
2036         return _core_
.FSFile_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2038     def GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2039         """GetLocation(self) -> String""" 
2040         return _core_
.FSFile_GetLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2042     def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2043         """GetAnchor(self) -> String""" 
2044         return _core_
.FSFile_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2046     def GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2047         """GetModificationTime(self) -> DateTime""" 
2048         return _core_
.FSFile_GetModificationTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2050     Anchor 
= property(GetAnchor
,doc
="See `GetAnchor`")  
2051     Location 
= property(GetLocation
,doc
="See `GetLocation`")  
2052     MimeType 
= property(GetMimeType
,doc
="See `GetMimeType`")  
2053     ModificationTime 
= property(GetModificationTime
,doc
="See `GetModificationTime`")  
2054     Stream 
= property(GetStream
,doc
="See `GetStream`")  
2055 _core_
.FSFile_swigregister(FSFile
) 
2057 class CPPFileSystemHandler(object): 
2058     """Proxy of C++ CPPFileSystemHandler class""" 
2059     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2060     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
2061     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2062     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_CPPFileSystemHandler
 
2063     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
2064 _core_
.CPPFileSystemHandler_swigregister(CPPFileSystemHandler
) 
2066 class FileSystemHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
2067     """Proxy of C++ FileSystemHandler class""" 
2068     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2069     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2070     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2071         """__init__(self) -> FileSystemHandler""" 
2072         _core_
.FileSystemHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_FileSystemHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2073         FileSystemHandler
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, self
, FileSystemHandler
) 
2075     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2076         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)""" 
2077         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2079     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2080         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
2081         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2083     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2084         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2085         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2087     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2088         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2089         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2091     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2092         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2093         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2095     def GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2096         """GetProtocol(self, String location) -> String""" 
2097         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetProtocol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2099     def GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2100         """GetLeftLocation(self, String location) -> String""" 
2101         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetLeftLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2103     def GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2104         """GetAnchor(self, String location) -> String""" 
2105         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetAnchor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2107     def GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2108         """GetRightLocation(self, String location) -> String""" 
2109         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetRightLocation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2111     def GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2112         """GetMimeTypeFromExt(self, String location) -> String""" 
2113         return _core_
.FileSystemHandler_GetMimeTypeFromExt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2115     Anchor 
= property(GetAnchor
,doc
="See `GetAnchor`")  
2116     LeftLocation 
= property(GetLeftLocation
,doc
="See `GetLeftLocation`")  
2117     MimeTypeFromExt 
= property(GetMimeTypeFromExt
,doc
="See `GetMimeTypeFromExt`")  
2118     Protocol 
= property(GetProtocol
,doc
="See `GetProtocol`")  
2119     RightLocation 
= property(GetRightLocation
,doc
="See `GetRightLocation`")  
2120 _core_
.FileSystemHandler_swigregister(FileSystemHandler
) 
2122 class FileSystem(Object
): 
2123     """Proxy of C++ FileSystem class""" 
2124     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2125     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2126     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2127         """__init__(self) -> FileSystem""" 
2128         _core_
.FileSystem_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_FileSystem(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2129     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_FileSystem
 
2130     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
2131     def ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2132         """ChangePathTo(self, String location, bool is_dir=False)""" 
2133         return _core_
.FileSystem_ChangePathTo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2135     def GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2136         """GetPath(self) -> String""" 
2137         return _core_
.FileSystem_GetPath(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2139     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2140         """OpenFile(self, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2141         return _core_
.FileSystem_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2143     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2144         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2145         return _core_
.FileSystem_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2147     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2148         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2149         return _core_
.FileSystem_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2151     def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2152         """AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)""" 
2153         return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2155     AddHandler 
= staticmethod(AddHandler
) 
2156     def RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2157         """RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler""" 
2158         return _core_
.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2160     RemoveHandler 
= staticmethod(RemoveHandler
) 
2161     def CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2162         """CleanUpHandlers()""" 
2163         return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2165     CleanUpHandlers 
= staticmethod(CleanUpHandlers
) 
2166     def FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2167         """FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String""" 
2168         return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2170     FileNameToURL 
= staticmethod(FileNameToURL
) 
2171     def URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2172         """URLToFileName(String url) -> String""" 
2173         return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2175     URLToFileName 
= staticmethod(URLToFileName
) 
2176     Path 
= property(GetPath
,doc
="See `GetPath`")  
2177 _core_
.FileSystem_swigregister(FileSystem
) 
2179 def FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2180   """FileSystem_AddHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler)""" 
2181   return _core_
.FileSystem_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2183 def FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2184   """FileSystem_RemoveHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler handler) -> CPPFileSystemHandler""" 
2185   return _core_
.FileSystem_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2187 def FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
): 
2188   """FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers()""" 
2189   return _core_
.FileSystem_CleanUpHandlers(*args
) 
2191 def FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2192   """FileSystem_FileNameToURL(String filename) -> String""" 
2193   return _core_
.FileSystem_FileNameToURL(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2195 def FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2196   """FileSystem_URLToFileName(String url) -> String""" 
2197   return _core_
.FileSystem_URLToFileName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2199 class InternetFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
2200     """Proxy of C++ InternetFSHandler class""" 
2201     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2202     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2203     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2204         """__init__(self) -> InternetFSHandler""" 
2205         _core_
.InternetFSHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_InternetFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2206     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2207         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
2208         return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2210     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2211         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2212         return _core_
.InternetFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2214 _core_
.InternetFSHandler_swigregister(InternetFSHandler
) 
2216 class ZipFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
2217     """Proxy of C++ ZipFSHandler class""" 
2218     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2219     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2220     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2221         """__init__(self) -> ZipFSHandler""" 
2222         _core_
.ZipFSHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ZipFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2223     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2224         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
2225         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2227     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2228         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2229         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2231     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2232         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2233         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2235     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2236         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2237         return _core_
.ZipFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2239 _core_
.ZipFSHandler_swigregister(ZipFSHandler
) 
2242 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2243   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(String filename, Image image, long type)""" 
2244   return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxImage
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2246 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2247   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(String filename, Bitmap bitmap, long type)""" 
2248   return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_wxBitmap
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2250 def __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2251   """__wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(String filename, PyObject data)""" 
2252   return _core_
.__wxMemoryFSHandler
_AddFile
_Data
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2253 def MemoryFSHandler_AddFile(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
=-1): 
2255     Add 'file' to the memory filesystem.  The dataItem parameter can 
2256     either be a `wx.Bitmap`, `wx.Image` or a string that can contain 
2257     arbitrary data.  If a bitmap or image is used then the imgType 
2258     parameter should specify what kind of image file it should be 
2259     written as, wx.BITMAP_TYPE_PNG, etc. 
2261     if isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Image
): 
2262         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxImage(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
) 
2263     elif isinstance(dataItem
, wx
.Bitmap
): 
2264         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_wxBitmap(filename
, dataItem
, imgType
) 
2265     elif type(dataItem
) == str: 
2266         __wxMemoryFSHandler_AddFile_Data(filename
, dataItem
) 
2268         raise TypeError, 'wx.Image, wx.Bitmap or string expected' 
2270 class MemoryFSHandler(CPPFileSystemHandler
): 
2271     """Proxy of C++ MemoryFSHandler class""" 
2272     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2273     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2274     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2275         """__init__(self) -> MemoryFSHandler""" 
2276         _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MemoryFSHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2277     def RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2278         """RemoveFile(String filename)""" 
2279         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2281     RemoveFile 
= staticmethod(RemoveFile
) 
2282     AddFile 
= staticmethod(MemoryFSHandler_AddFile
)  
2283     def CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2284         """CanOpen(self, String location) -> bool""" 
2285         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_CanOpen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2287     def OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2288         """OpenFile(self, FileSystem fs, String location) -> FSFile""" 
2289         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_OpenFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2291     def FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2292         """FindFirst(self, String spec, int flags=0) -> String""" 
2293         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindFirst(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2295     def FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2296         """FindNext(self) -> String""" 
2297         return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_FindNext(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2299 _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_swigregister(MemoryFSHandler
) 
2301 def MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2302   """MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(String filename)""" 
2303   return _core_
.MemoryFSHandler_RemoveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2305 IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT
 
2306 IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD
 
2307 IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE 
= _core_
.IMAGE_ALPHA_OPAQUE
 
2308 IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL 
= _core_
.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL
 
2309 IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH 
= _core_
.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH
 
2310 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
2312 class ImageHandler(Object
): 
2314     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and 
2315     image creation from data. It is used within `wx.Image` and is not 
2316     normally seen by the application. 
2318     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2319     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
2320     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2321     def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2322         """GetName(self) -> String""" 
2323         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2325     def GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2326         """GetExtension(self) -> String""" 
2327         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2329     def GetType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2330         """GetType(self) -> long""" 
2331         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2333     def GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2334         """GetMimeType(self) -> String""" 
2335         return _core_
.ImageHandler_GetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2337     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2338         """CanRead(self, String name) -> bool""" 
2339         return _core_
.ImageHandler_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2341     def CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2342         """CanReadStream(self, InputStream stream) -> bool""" 
2343         return _core_
.ImageHandler_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2345     def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2346         """SetName(self, String name)""" 
2347         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2349     def SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2350         """SetExtension(self, String extension)""" 
2351         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetExtension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2353     def SetType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2354         """SetType(self, long type)""" 
2355         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2357     def SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2358         """SetMimeType(self, String mimetype)""" 
2359         return _core_
.ImageHandler_SetMimeType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2361     Extension 
= property(GetExtension
,SetExtension
,doc
="See `GetExtension` and `SetExtension`")  
2362     MimeType 
= property(GetMimeType
,SetMimeType
,doc
="See `GetMimeType` and `SetMimeType`")  
2363     Name 
= property(GetName
,SetName
,doc
="See `GetName` and `SetName`")  
2364     Type 
= property(GetType
,SetType
,doc
="See `GetType` and `SetType`")  
2365 _core_
.ImageHandler_swigregister(ImageHandler
) 
2367 class PyImageHandler(ImageHandler
): 
2369     This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and 
2370     image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom 
2371     image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide 
2372     the following methods:: 
2374         def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool 
2375             '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream''' 
2377         def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool 
2378             '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.''' 
2380         def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool 
2381             '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using 
2382                this handler's image file format.''' 
2384         def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int 
2385             '''If this image format can hold more than one image, 
2386                how many does the image on the stream have?''' 
2388     To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to 
2389     `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and 
2390     `SetExtension` from your constructor. 
2393     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2394     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2395     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2397         __init__(self) -> PyImageHandler 
2399         This is the base class for implementing image file loading/saving, and 
2400         image creation from data, all written in Python.  To create a custom 
2401         image handler derive a new class from wx.PyImageHandler and provide 
2402         the following methods:: 
2404             def DoCanRead(self, stream) --> bool 
2405                 '''Check if this handler can read the image on the stream''' 
2407             def LoadFile(self, image, stream, verbose, index) --> bool 
2408                 '''Load image data from the stream and load it into image.''' 
2410             def SaveFile(self, image, stream, verbose) --> bool 
2411                 '''Save the iamge data in image to the stream using 
2412                    this handler's image file format.''' 
2414             def GetImageCount(self, stream) --> int 
2415                 '''If this image format can hold more than one image, 
2416                    how many does the image on the stream have?''' 
2418         To activate your handler create an instance of it and pass it to 
2419         `wx.Image_AddHandler`.  Be sure to call `SetName`, `SetType`, and 
2420         `SetExtension` from your constructor. 
2423         _core_
.PyImageHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PyImageHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2426     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2427         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
2428         return _core_
.PyImageHandler__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2430 _core_
.PyImageHandler_swigregister(PyImageHandler
) 
2432 class ImageHistogram(object): 
2433     """Proxy of C++ ImageHistogram class""" 
2434     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2435     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2436     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2437         """__init__(self) -> ImageHistogram""" 
2438         _core_
.ImageHistogram_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ImageHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2439     def MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2441         MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2443         Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values 
2445         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2447     MakeKey 
= staticmethod(MakeKey
) 
2448     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2450         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b) 
2452         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB 
2453         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a 
2454         success flag and rgb values. 
2456         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2458     def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2460         GetCount(self, unsigned long key) -> unsigned long 
2462         Returns the pixel count for the given key.  Use `MakeKey` to create a 
2463         key value from a RGB tripple. 
2465         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2467     def GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2469         GetCountRGB(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2471         Returns the pixel count for the given RGB values. 
2473         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2475     def GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2477         GetCountColour(self, Colour colour) -> unsigned long 
2479         Returns the pixel count for the given `wx.Colour` value. 
2481         return _core_
.ImageHistogram_GetCountColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2483 _core_
.ImageHistogram_swigregister(ImageHistogram
) 
2485 def ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2487     ImageHistogram_MakeKey(byte r, byte g, byte b) -> unsigned long 
2489     Get the key in the histogram for the given RGB values 
2491   return _core_
.ImageHistogram_MakeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2493 class Image_RGBValue(object): 
2495     An object that contains values for red, green and blue which represent 
2496     the value of a color. It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and 
2497     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which converts between HSV color space and RGB 
2500     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2501     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2502     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2504         __init__(self, byte r=0, byte g=0, byte b=0) -> Image_RGBValue 
2508         _core_
.Image_RGBValue_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Image_RGBValue(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2509     red 
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_red_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_red_set
) 
2510     green 
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_green_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_green_set
) 
2511     blue 
= property(_core_
.Image_RGBValue_blue_get
, _core_
.Image_RGBValue_blue_set
) 
2512 _core_
.Image_RGBValue_swigregister(Image_RGBValue
) 
2514 class Image_HSVValue(object): 
2516     An object that contains values for hue, saturation and value which 
2517     represent the value of a color.  It is used by `wx.Image.HSVtoRGB` and 
2518     `wx.Image.RGBtoHSV`, which +converts between HSV color space and RGB 
2521     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2522     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2523     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2525         __init__(self, double h=0.0, double s=0.0, double v=0.0) -> Image_HSVValue 
2529         _core_
.Image_HSVValue_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Image_HSVValue(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2530     hue 
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_hue_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_hue_set
) 
2531     saturation 
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_saturation_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_saturation_set
) 
2532     value 
= property(_core_
.Image_HSVValue_value_get
, _core_
.Image_HSVValue_value_set
) 
2533 _core_
.Image_HSVValue_swigregister(Image_HSVValue
) 
2535 class Image(Object
): 
2537     A platform-independent image class.  An image can be created from 
2538     data, or using `wx.Bitmap.ConvertToImage`, or loaded from a file in a 
2539     variety of formats.  Functions are available to set and get image 
2540     bits, so it can be used for basic image manipulation. 
2542     A wx.Image cannot be drawn directly to a `wx.DC`.  Instead, a 
2543     platform-specific `wx.Bitmap` object must be created from it using the 
2544     `wx.BitmapFromImage` constructor. This bitmap can then be drawn in a 
2545     device context, using `wx.DC.DrawBitmap`. 
2547     One colour value of the image may be used as a mask colour which will 
2548     lead to the automatic creation of a `wx.Mask` object associated to the 
2551     wx.Image supports alpha channel data, that is in addition to a byte 
2552     for the red, green and blue colour components for each pixel it also 
2553     stores a byte representing the pixel opacity. An alpha value of 0 
2554     corresponds to a transparent pixel (null opacity) while a value of 255 
2555     means that the pixel is 100% opaque. 
2557     Unlike RGB data, not all images have an alpha channel and before using 
2558     `GetAlpha` you should check if this image contains an alpha channel 
2559     with `HasAlpha`. Note that currently only images loaded from PNG files 
2560     with transparency information will have an alpha channel. 
2562     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
2563     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
2564     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
2566         __init__(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image 
2568         Loads an image from a file. 
2570         _core_
.Image_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Image(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
2571     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Image
 
2572     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
2573     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2575         Create(self, int width, int height, bool clear=True) 
2577         Creates a fresh image.  If clear is ``True``, the new image will be 
2578         initialized to black. Otherwise, the image data will be uninitialized. 
2580         return _core_
.Image_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2582     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2586         Destroys the image data. 
2588         args
[0].this
.own(False) 
2589         return _core_
.Image_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2591     def Scale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2593         Scale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image 
2595         Returns a scaled version of the image. This is also useful for scaling 
2596         bitmaps in general as the only other way to scale bitmaps is to blit a 
2597         `wx.MemoryDC` into another `wx.MemoryDC`.  The ``quality`` parameter 
2598         specifies what method to use for resampling the image.  It can be 
2599         either wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL, which uses the normal default scaling 
2600         method of pixel replication, or wx.IMAGE_QUALITY_HIGH which uses 
2601         bicubic and box averaging resampling methods for upsampling and 
2602         downsampling respectively. 
2604         return _core_
.Image_Scale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2606     def ResampleBox(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2607         """ResampleBox(self, int width, int height) -> Image""" 
2608         return _core_
.Image_ResampleBox(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2610     def ResampleBicubic(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2611         """ResampleBicubic(self, int width, int height) -> Image""" 
2612         return _core_
.Image_ResampleBicubic(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2614     def Blur(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2616         Blur(self, int radius) -> Image 
2618         Blurs the image in both horizontal and vertical directions by the 
2619         specified pixel ``radius``. This should not be used when using a 
2620         single mask colour for transparency. 
2622         return _core_
.Image_Blur(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2624     def BlurHorizontal(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2626         BlurHorizontal(self, int radius) -> Image 
2628         Blurs the image in the horizontal direction only. This should not be 
2629         used when using a single mask colour for transparency. 
2632         return _core_
.Image_BlurHorizontal(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2634     def BlurVertical(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2636         BlurVertical(self, int radius) -> Image 
2638         Blurs the image in the vertical direction only. This should not be 
2639         used when using a single mask colour for transparency. 
2641         return _core_
.Image_BlurVertical(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2643     def ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2645         ShrinkBy(self, int xFactor, int yFactor) -> Image 
2647         Return a version of the image scaled smaller by the given factors. 
2649         return _core_
.Image_ShrinkBy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2651     def Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2653         Rescale(self, int width, int height, int quality=IMAGE_QUALITY_NORMAL) -> Image 
2655         Changes the size of the image in-place by scaling it: after a call to 
2656         this function, the image will have the given width and height. 
2658         Returns the (modified) image itself. 
2660         return _core_
.Image_Rescale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2662     def Resize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2664         Resize(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image 
2666         Changes the size of the image in-place without scaling it, by adding 
2667         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The 
2668         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background 
2669         colour at the position pos relative to the upper left of the new 
2670         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask 
2671         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any 
2672         newly exposed areas. 
2674         Returns the (modified) image itself. 
2676         return _core_
.Image_Resize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2678     def SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2680         SetRGB(self, int x, int y, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2682         Sets the pixel at the given coordinate. This routine performs 
2683         bounds-checks for the coordinate so it can be considered a safe way to 
2684         manipulate the data, but in some cases this might be too slow so that 
2685         the data will have to be set directly. In that case you will have to 
2686         get access to the image data using the `GetData` method. 
2688         return _core_
.Image_SetRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2690     def SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2692         SetRGBRect(self, Rect rect, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
2694         Sets the colour of the pixels within the given rectangle. This routine 
2695         performs bounds-checks for the rectangle so it can be considered a 
2696         safe way to manipulate the data. 
2698         return _core_
.Image_SetRGBRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2700     def GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2702         GetRed(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2704         Returns the red intensity at the given coordinate. 
2706         return _core_
.Image_GetRed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2708     def GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2710         GetGreen(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2712         Returns the green intensity at the given coordinate. 
2714         return _core_
.Image_GetGreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2716     def GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2718         GetBlue(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2720         Returns the blue intensity at the given coordinate. 
2722         return _core_
.Image_GetBlue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2724     def SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2726         SetAlpha(self, int x, int y, byte alpha) 
2728         Sets the alpha value for the given pixel. This function should only be 
2729         called if the image has alpha channel data, use `HasAlpha` to check 
2732         return _core_
.Image_SetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2734     def GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2736         GetAlpha(self, int x, int y) -> byte 
2738         Returns the alpha value for the given pixel. This function may only be 
2739         called for the images with alpha channel, use `HasAlpha` to check for 
2742         The returned value is the *opacity* of the image, i.e. the value of 0 
2743         corresponds to the fully transparent pixels while the value of 255 to 
2744         the fully opaque pixels. 
2746         return _core_
.Image_GetAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2748     def HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2750         HasAlpha(self) -> bool 
2752         Returns true if this image has alpha channel, false otherwise. 
2754         return _core_
.Image_HasAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2756     def InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2760         Initializes the image alpha channel data. It is an error to call it if 
2761         the image already has alpha data. If it doesn't, alpha data will be by 
2762         default initialized to all pixels being fully opaque. But if the image 
2763         has a a mask colour, all mask pixels will be completely transparent. 
2765         return _core_
.Image_InitAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2767     def IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2769         IsTransparent(self, int x, int y, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool 
2771         Returns ``True`` if this pixel is masked or has an alpha value less 
2772         than the spcified threshold. 
2774         return _core_
.Image_IsTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2776     def FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2778         FindFirstUnusedColour(int startR=1, int startG=0, int startB=0) -> (success, r, g, b) 
2780         Find first colour that is not used in the image and has higher RGB 
2781         values than startR, startG, startB.  Returns a tuple consisting of a 
2782         success flag and rgb values. 
2784         return _core_
.Image_FindFirstUnusedColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2786     def ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2788         ConvertAlphaToMask(self, byte threshold=IMAGE_ALPHA_THRESHOLD) -> bool 
2790         If the image has alpha channel, this method converts it to mask. All 
2791         pixels with alpha value less than ``threshold`` are replaced with the 
2792         mask colour and the alpha channel is removed. The mask colour is 
2793         chosen automatically using `FindFirstUnusedColour`. 
2795         If the image image doesn't have alpha channel, ConvertAlphaToMask does 
2798         return _core_
.Image_ConvertAlphaToMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2800     def ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2802         ConvertColourToAlpha(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> bool 
2804         This method converts an image where the original alpha information is 
2805         only available as a shades of a colour (actually shades of grey) 
2806         typically when you draw anti-aliased text into a bitmap. The DC 
2807         drawing routines draw grey values on the black background although 
2808         they actually mean to draw white with differnt alpha values.  This 
2809         method reverses it, assuming a black (!) background and white text. 
2810         The method will then fill up the whole image with the colour given. 
2812         return _core_
.Image_ConvertColourToAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2814     def SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2816         SetMaskFromImage(self, Image mask, byte mr, byte mg, byte mb) -> bool 
2818         Sets the image's mask so that the pixels that have RGB value of 
2819         ``(mr,mg,mb)`` in ``mask`` will be masked in this image. This is done 
2820         by first finding an unused colour in the image, setting this colour as 
2821         the mask colour and then using this colour to draw all pixels in the 
2822         image who corresponding pixel in mask has given RGB value. 
2824         Returns ``False`` if ``mask`` does not have same dimensions as the 
2825         image or if there is no unused colour left. Returns ``True`` if the 
2826         mask was successfully applied. 
2828         Note that this method involves computing the histogram, which is 
2829         computationally intensive operation. 
2831         return _core_
.Image_SetMaskFromImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2833     def CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2835         CanRead(String filename) -> bool 
2837         Returns True if the image handlers can read this file. 
2839         return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2841     CanRead 
= staticmethod(CanRead
) 
2842     def GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2844         GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int 
2846         If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler 
2847         is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return 
2848         the number of available images. 
2850         return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2852     GetImageCount 
= staticmethod(GetImageCount
) 
2853     def LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2855         LoadFile(self, String name, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool 
2857         Loads an image from a file. If no handler type is provided, the 
2858         library will try to autodetect the format. 
2860         return _core_
.Image_LoadFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2862     def LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2864         LoadMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool 
2866         Loads an image from a file, specifying the image type with a MIME type 
2869         return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2871     def SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2873         SaveFile(self, String name, int type) -> bool 
2875         Saves an image in the named file. 
2877         return _core_
.Image_SaveFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2879     def SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2881         SaveMimeFile(self, String name, String mimetype) -> bool 
2883         Saves an image in the named file. 
2885         return _core_
.Image_SaveMimeFile(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2887     def CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2889         CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool 
2891         Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the 
2892         data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like 
2895         return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2897     CanReadStream 
= staticmethod(CanReadStream
) 
2898     def LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2900         LoadStream(self, InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> bool 
2902         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like 
2903         object. If no handler type is provided, the library will try to 
2904         autodetect the format. 
2906         return _core_
.Image_LoadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2908     def LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2910         LoadMimeStream(self, InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> bool 
2912         Loads an image from an input stream or a readable Python file-like 
2913         object, using a MIME type string to specify the image file format. 
2915         return _core_
.Image_LoadMimeStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2917     def IsOk(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2921         Returns true if image data is present. 
2923         return _core_
.Image_IsOk(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2926     def GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2928         GetWidth(self) -> int 
2930         Gets the width of the image in pixels. 
2932         return _core_
.Image_GetWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2934     def GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2936         GetHeight(self) -> int 
2938         Gets the height of the image in pixels. 
2940         return _core_
.Image_GetHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2942     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2944         GetSize(self) -> Size 
2946         Returns the size of the image in pixels. 
2948         return _core_
.Image_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2950     def GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2952         GetSubImage(self, Rect rect) -> Image 
2954         Returns a sub image of the current one as long as the rect belongs 
2955         entirely to the image. 
2957         return _core_
.Image_GetSubImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2959     def Size(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2961         Size(self, Size size, Point pos, int r=-1, int g=-1, int b=-1) -> Image 
2963         Returns a resized version of this image without scaling it by adding 
2964         either a border with the given colour or cropping as necessary. The 
2965         image is pasted into a new image with the given size and background 
2966         colour at the position ``pos`` relative to the upper left of the new 
2967         image. If red = green = blue = -1 then use either the current mask 
2968         colour if set or find, use, and set a suitable mask colour for any 
2969         newly exposed areas. 
2971         return _core_
.Image_Size(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2973     def Copy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2977         Returns an identical copy of the image. 
2979         return _core_
.Image_Copy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2981     def Paste(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2983         Paste(self, Image image, int x, int y) 
2985         Pastes ``image`` into this instance and takes care of the mask colour 
2986         and any out of bounds problems. 
2988         return _core_
.Image_Paste(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2990     def GetData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
2992         GetData(self) -> PyObject 
2994         Returns a string containing a copy of the RGB bytes of the image. 
2996         return _core_
.Image_GetData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
2998     def SetData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3000         SetData(self, buffer data) 
3002         Resets the Image's RGB data from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts 
3003         either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of 
3004         the data must be width*height*3. 
3006         return _core_
.Image_SetData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3008     def GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3010         GetDataBuffer(self) -> PyObject 
3012         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the RGB 
3013         image data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do 
3014         not use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed. 
3016         return _core_
.Image_GetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3018     def SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3020         SetDataBuffer(self, buffer data) 
3022         Sets the internal image data pointer to point at a Python buffer 
3023         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must 
3024         ensure that the buffer object lives longer than the wx.Image does. 
3026         return _core_
.Image_SetDataBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3028     def GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3030         GetAlphaData(self) -> PyObject 
3032         Returns a string containing a copy of the alpha bytes of the image. 
3034         return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3036     def SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3038         SetAlphaData(self, buffer alpha) 
3040         Resets the Image's alpha data from a buffer of bytes.  Accepts either 
3041         a string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the 
3042         data must be width*height. 
3044         return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3046     def GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3048         GetAlphaBuffer(self) -> PyObject 
3050         Returns a writable Python buffer object that is pointing at the Alpha 
3051         data buffer inside the wx.Image. You need to ensure that you do not 
3052         use this buffer object after the image has been destroyed. 
3054         return _core_
.Image_GetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3056     def SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3058         SetAlphaBuffer(self, buffer alpha) 
3060         Sets the internal image alpha pointer to point at a Python buffer 
3061         object.  This can save making an extra copy of the data but you must 
3062         ensure that the buffer object lives as long as the wx.Image does. 
3064         return _core_
.Image_SetAlphaBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3066     def SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3068         SetMaskColour(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) 
3070         Sets the mask colour for this image (and tells the image to use the 
3073         return _core_
.Image_SetMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3075     def GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3077         GetOrFindMaskColour() -> (r,g,b) 
3079         Get the current mask colour or find a suitable colour. 
3081         return _core_
.Image_GetOrFindMaskColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3083     def GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3085         GetMaskRed(self) -> byte 
3087         Gets the red component of the mask colour. 
3089         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskRed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3091     def GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3093         GetMaskGreen(self) -> byte 
3095         Gets the green component of the mask colour. 
3097         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskGreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3099     def GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3101         GetMaskBlue(self) -> byte 
3103         Gets the blue component of the mask colour. 
3105         return _core_
.Image_GetMaskBlue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3107     def SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3109         SetMask(self, bool mask=True) 
3111         Specifies whether there is a mask or not. The area of the mask is 
3112         determined by the current mask colour. 
3114         return _core_
.Image_SetMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3116     def HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3118         HasMask(self) -> bool 
3120         Returns ``True`` if there is a mask active, ``False`` otherwise. 
3122         return _core_
.Image_HasMask(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3124     def Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3126         Rotate(self, double angle, Point centre_of_rotation, bool interpolating=True,  
3127             Point offset_after_rotation=None) -> Image 
3129         Rotates the image about the given point, by ``angle`` radians. Passing 
3130         ``True`` to ``interpolating`` results in better image quality, but is 
3131         slower. If the image has a mask, then the mask colour is used for the 
3132         uncovered pixels in the rotated image background. Otherwise, black 
3133         will be used as the fill colour. 
3135         Returns the rotated image, leaving this image intact. 
3137         return _core_
.Image_Rotate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3139     def Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3141         Rotate90(self, bool clockwise=True) -> Image 
3143         Returns a copy of the image rotated 90 degrees in the direction 
3144         indicated by ``clockwise``. 
3146         return _core_
.Image_Rotate90(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3148     def Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3150         Mirror(self, bool horizontally=True) -> Image 
3152         Returns a mirrored copy of the image. The parameter ``horizontally`` 
3153         indicates the orientation. 
3155         return _core_
.Image_Mirror(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3157     def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3159         Replace(self, byte r1, byte g1, byte b1, byte r2, byte g2, byte b2) 
3161         Replaces the colour specified by ``(r1,g1,b1)`` by the colour 
3164         return _core_
.Image_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3166     def ConvertToGreyscale(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3168         ConvertToGreyscale(self, double lr=0.299, double lg=0.587, double lb=0.114) -> Image 
3170         Convert to greyscale image. Uses the luminance component (Y) of the 
3171         image.  The luma value (YUV) is calculated using (R * lr) + (G * lg) + (B * lb), 
3172         defaults to ITU-T BT.601 
3174         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToGreyscale(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3176     def ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3178         ConvertToMono(self, byte r, byte g, byte b) -> Image 
3180         Returns monochromatic version of the image. The returned image has 
3181         white colour where the original has ``(r,g,b)`` colour and black 
3182         colour everywhere else. 
3184         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMono(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3186     def SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3188         SetOption(self, String name, String value) 
3190         Sets an image handler defined option.  For example, when saving as a 
3191         JPEG file, the option ``wx.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY`` is used, which is a 
3192         number between 0 and 100 (0 is terrible, 100 is very good). 
3194         return _core_
.Image_SetOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3196     def SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3198         SetOptionInt(self, String name, int value) 
3200         Sets an image option as an integer. 
3202         return _core_
.Image_SetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3204     def GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3206         GetOption(self, String name) -> String 
3208         Gets the value of an image handler option. 
3210         return _core_
.Image_GetOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3212     def GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3214         GetOptionInt(self, String name) -> int 
3216         Gets the value of an image handler option as an integer.  If the given 
3217         option is not present, the function returns 0. 
3219         return _core_
.Image_GetOptionInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3221     def HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3223         HasOption(self, String name) -> bool 
3225         Returns true if the given option is present. 
3227         return _core_
.Image_HasOption(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3229     def CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3230         """CountColours(self, unsigned long stopafter=(unsigned long) -1) -> unsigned long""" 
3231         return _core_
.Image_CountColours(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3233     def ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3234         """ComputeHistogram(self, ImageHistogram h) -> unsigned long""" 
3235         return _core_
.Image_ComputeHistogram(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3237     def AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3238         """AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3239         return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3241     AddHandler 
= staticmethod(AddHandler
) 
3242     def InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3243         """InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3244         return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3246     InsertHandler 
= staticmethod(InsertHandler
) 
3247     def RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3248         """RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool""" 
3249         return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3251     RemoveHandler 
= staticmethod(RemoveHandler
) 
3252     def GetHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3253         """GetHandlers() -> PyObject""" 
3254         return _core_
.Image_GetHandlers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3256     GetHandlers 
= staticmethod(GetHandlers
) 
3257     def GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3259         GetImageExtWildcard() -> String 
3261         Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string 
3262         containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save 
3265         return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3267     GetImageExtWildcard 
= staticmethod(GetImageExtWildcard
) 
3268     def ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3269         """ConvertToBitmap(self, int depth=-1) -> Bitmap""" 
3270         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3272     def ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3273         """ConvertToMonoBitmap(self, byte red, byte green, byte blue) -> Bitmap""" 
3274         return _core_
.Image_ConvertToMonoBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3276     def RotateHue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3278         RotateHue(self, double angle) 
3280         Rotates the hue of each pixel of the image. Hue is a double in the 
3281         range -1.0..1.0 where -1.0 is -360 degrees and 1.0 is 360 degrees 
3283         return _core_
.Image_RotateHue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3285     def RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3287         RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue 
3289         Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space. 
3291         return _core_
.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3293     RGBtoHSV 
= staticmethod(RGBtoHSV
) 
3294     def HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3296         HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue 
3298         Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space. 
3300         return _core_
.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3302     HSVtoRGB 
= staticmethod(HSVtoRGB
) 
3303     def __nonzero__(self
): return self
.IsOk()  
3304     AlphaBuffer 
= property(GetAlphaBuffer
,SetAlphaBuffer
,doc
="See `GetAlphaBuffer` and `SetAlphaBuffer`")  
3305     AlphaData 
= property(GetAlphaData
,SetAlphaData
,doc
="See `GetAlphaData` and `SetAlphaData`")  
3306     Data 
= property(GetData
,SetData
,doc
="See `GetData` and `SetData`")  
3307     DataBuffer 
= property(GetDataBuffer
,SetDataBuffer
,doc
="See `GetDataBuffer` and `SetDataBuffer`")  
3308     Height 
= property(GetHeight
,doc
="See `GetHeight`")  
3309     MaskBlue 
= property(GetMaskBlue
,doc
="See `GetMaskBlue`")  
3310     MaskGreen 
= property(GetMaskGreen
,doc
="See `GetMaskGreen`")  
3311     MaskRed 
= property(GetMaskRed
,doc
="See `GetMaskRed`")  
3312     Width 
= property(GetWidth
,doc
="See `GetWidth`")  
3313 _core_
.Image_swigregister(Image
) 
3315 def ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3317     ImageFromMime(String name, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image 
3319     Loads an image from a file, using a MIME type string (such as 
3320     'image/jpeg') to specify image type. 
3322     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromMime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3325 def ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3327     ImageFromStream(InputStream stream, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY, int index=-1) -> Image 
3329     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like 
3332     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3335 def ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3337     ImageFromStreamMime(InputStream stream, String mimetype, int index=-1) -> Image 
3339     Loads an image from an input stream, or any readable Python file-like 
3340     object, specifying the image format with a MIME type string. 
3342     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromStreamMime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3345 def EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3347     EmptyImage(int width=0, int height=0, bool clear=True) -> Image 
3349     Construct an empty image of a given size, optionally setting all 
3352     val 
= _core_
.new_EmptyImage(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3355 def ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3357     ImageFromBitmap(Bitmap bitmap) -> Image 
3359     Construct an Image from a `wx.Bitmap`. 
3361     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3364 def ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3366     ImageFromData(int width, int height, buffer data) -> Image 
3368     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes.  Accepts either a 
3369     string or a buffer object holding the data and the length of the data 
3370     must be width*height*3. 
3372     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3375 def ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3377     ImageFromDataWithAlpha(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha) -> Image 
3379     Construct an Image from a buffer of RGB bytes with an Alpha channel. 
3380     Accepts either a string or a buffer object holding the data and the 
3381     length of the data must be width*height*3 bytes, and the length of the 
3382     alpha data must be width*height bytes. 
3384     val 
= _core_
.new_ImageFromDataWithAlpha(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3387 def Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3389     Image_CanRead(String filename) -> bool 
3391     Returns True if the image handlers can read this file. 
3393   return _core_
.Image_CanRead(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3395 def Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3397     Image_GetImageCount(String filename, long type=BITMAP_TYPE_ANY) -> int 
3399     If the image file contains more than one image and the image handler 
3400     is capable of retrieving these individually, this function will return 
3401     the number of available images. 
3403   return _core_
.Image_GetImageCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3405 def Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3407     Image_CanReadStream(InputStream stream) -> bool 
3409     Returns True if the image handlers can read an image file from the 
3410     data currently on the input stream, or a readable Python file-like 
3413   return _core_
.Image_CanReadStream(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3415 def Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3416   """Image_AddHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3417   return _core_
.Image_AddHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3419 def Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3420   """Image_InsertHandler(ImageHandler handler)""" 
3421   return _core_
.Image_InsertHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3423 def Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3424   """Image_RemoveHandler(String name) -> bool""" 
3425   return _core_
.Image_RemoveHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3427 def Image_GetHandlers(*args
): 
3428   """Image_GetHandlers() -> PyObject""" 
3429   return _core_
.Image_GetHandlers(*args
) 
3431 def Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
): 
3433     Image_GetImageExtWildcard() -> String 
3435     Iterates all registered wxImageHandler objects, and returns a string 
3436     containing file extension masks suitable for passing to file open/save 
3439   return _core_
.Image_GetImageExtWildcard(*args
) 
3441 def Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3443     Image_RGBtoHSV(Image_RGBValue rgb) -> Image_HSVValue 
3445     Converts a color in RGB color space to HSV color space. 
3447   return _core_
.Image_RGBtoHSV(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3449 def Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3451     Image_HSVtoRGB(Image_HSVValue hsv) -> Image_RGBValue 
3453     Converts a color in HSV color space to RGB color space. 
3455   return _core_
.Image_HSVtoRGB(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3458 def _ImageFromBuffer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3459   """_ImageFromBuffer(int width, int height, buffer data, buffer alpha=None) -> Image""" 
3460   return _core_
._ImageFromBuffer
(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3461 def ImageFromBuffer(width
, height
, dataBuffer
, alphaBuffer
=None): 
3463     Creates a `wx.Image` from the data in dataBuffer.  The dataBuffer 
3464     parameter must be a Python object that implements the buffer interface, 
3465     such as a string, array, etc.  The dataBuffer object is expected to 
3466     contain a series of RGB bytes and be width*height*3 bytes long.  A buffer 
3467     object can optionally be supplied for the image's alpha channel data, and 
3468     it is expected to be width*height bytes long. 
3470     The wx.Image will be created with its data and alpha pointers initialized 
3471     to the memory address pointed to by the buffer objects, thus saving the 
3472     time needed to copy the image data from the buffer object to the wx.Image. 
3473     While this has advantages, it also has the shoot-yourself-in-the-foot 
3474     risks associated with sharing a C pointer between two objects. 
3476     To help alleviate the risk a reference to the data and alpha buffer 
3477     objects are kept with the wx.Image, so that they won't get deleted until 
3478     after the wx.Image is deleted.  However please be aware that it is not 
3479     guaranteed that an object won't move its memory buffer to a new location 
3480     when it needs to resize its contents.  If that happens then the wx.Image 
3481     will end up referring to an invalid memory location and could cause the 
3482     application to crash.  Therefore care should be taken to not manipulate 
3483     the objects used for the data and alpha buffers in a way that would cause 
3484     them to change size. 
3486     image 
= _core_
._ImageFromBuffer
(width
, height
, dataBuffer
, alphaBuffer
) 
3487     image
._buffer 
= dataBuffer
 
3488     image
._alpha 
= alphaBuffer
 
3491 def InitAllImageHandlers(): 
3493     The former functionality of InitAllImageHanders is now done internal to 
3494     the _core_ extension module and so this function has become a simple NOP. 
3498 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES 
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_INCHES
 
3499 IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM 
= _core_
.IMAGE_RESOLUTION_CM
 
3500 PNG_TYPE_COLOUR 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_COLOUR
 
3501 PNG_TYPE_GREY 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY
 
3502 PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED 
= _core_
.PNG_TYPE_GREY_RED
 
3503 BMP_24BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_24BPP
 
3504 BMP_8BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP
 
3505 BMP_8BPP_GREY 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GREY
 
3506 BMP_8BPP_GRAY 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_GRAY
 
3507 BMP_8BPP_RED 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_RED
 
3508 BMP_8BPP_PALETTE 
= _core_
.BMP_8BPP_PALETTE
 
3509 BMP_4BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_4BPP
 
3510 BMP_1BPP 
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP
 
3511 BMP_1BPP_BW 
= _core_
.BMP_1BPP_BW
 
3512 class BMPHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3513     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files.""" 
3514     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3515     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3516     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3518         __init__(self) -> BMPHandler 
3520         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.bmp bitmap files. 
3522         _core_
.BMPHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_BMPHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3523 _core_
.BMPHandler_swigregister(BMPHandler
) 
3524 NullImage 
= cvar
.NullImage
 
3525 IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_FILENAME
 
3526 IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BMP_FORMAT
 
3527 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_X
 
3528 IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_CUR_HOTSPOT_Y
 
3529 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTION
 
3530 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONX
 
3531 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONY
 
3532 IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_RESOLUTIONUNIT
 
3533 IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_QUALITY
 
3534 IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_BITSPERSAMPLE
 
3535 IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_SAMPLESPERPIXEL
 
3536 IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_COMPRESSION
 
3537 IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_IMAGEDESCRIPTOR
 
3538 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_FORMAT
 
3539 IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH 
= cvar
.IMAGE_OPTION_PNG_BITDEPTH
 
3541 class ICOHandler(BMPHandler
): 
3542     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files.""" 
3543     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3544     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3545     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3547         __init__(self) -> ICOHandler 
3549         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ico icon files. 
3551         _core_
.ICOHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ICOHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3552 _core_
.ICOHandler_swigregister(ICOHandler
) 
3554 class CURHandler(ICOHandler
): 
3555     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files.""" 
3556     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3557     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3558     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3560         __init__(self) -> CURHandler 
3562         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.cur cursor files. 
3564         _core_
.CURHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_CURHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3565 _core_
.CURHandler_swigregister(CURHandler
) 
3567 class ANIHandler(CURHandler
): 
3568     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files.""" 
3569     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3570     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3571     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3573         __init__(self) -> ANIHandler 
3575         A `wx.ImageHandler` for \*.ani animated cursor files. 
3577         _core_
.ANIHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ANIHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3578 _core_
.ANIHandler_swigregister(ANIHandler
) 
3580 class PNGHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3581     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files.""" 
3582     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3583     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3584     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3586         __init__(self) -> PNGHandler 
3588         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNG image files. 
3590         _core_
.PNGHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PNGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3591 _core_
.PNGHandler_swigregister(PNGHandler
) 
3593 class GIFHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3594     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files.""" 
3595     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3596     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3597     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3599         __init__(self) -> GIFHandler 
3601         A `wx.ImageHandler` for GIF image files. 
3603         _core_
.GIFHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_GIFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3604 _core_
.GIFHandler_swigregister(GIFHandler
) 
3606 class PCXHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3607     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files.""" 
3608     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3609     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3610     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3612         __init__(self) -> PCXHandler 
3614         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PCX imager files. 
3616         _core_
.PCXHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PCXHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3617 _core_
.PCXHandler_swigregister(PCXHandler
) 
3619 class JPEGHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3620     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files.""" 
3621     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3622     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3623     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3625         __init__(self) -> JPEGHandler 
3627         A `wx.ImageHandler` for JPEG/JPG image files. 
3629         _core_
.JPEGHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_JPEGHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3630 _core_
.JPEGHandler_swigregister(JPEGHandler
) 
3632 class PNMHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3633     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files.""" 
3634     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3635     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3636     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3638         __init__(self) -> PNMHandler 
3640         A `wx.ImageHandler` for PNM image files. 
3642         _core_
.PNMHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PNMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3643 _core_
.PNMHandler_swigregister(PNMHandler
) 
3645 class XPMHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3646     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image.""" 
3647     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3648     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3649     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3651         __init__(self) -> XPMHandler 
3653         A `wx.ImageHandler` for XPM image. 
3655         _core_
.XPMHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_XPMHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3656 _core_
.XPMHandler_swigregister(XPMHandler
) 
3658 class TIFFHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3659     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files.""" 
3660     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3661     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3662     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3664         __init__(self) -> TIFFHandler 
3666         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TIFF image files. 
3668         _core_
.TIFFHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_TIFFHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3669 _core_
.TIFFHandler_swigregister(TIFFHandler
) 
3671 class TGAHandler(ImageHandler
): 
3672     """A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files.""" 
3673     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3674     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3675     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3677         __init__(self) -> TGAHandler 
3679         A `wx.ImageHandler` for TGA image files. 
3681         _core_
.TGAHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_TGAHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3682 _core_
.TGAHandler_swigregister(TGAHandler
) 
3684 QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS 
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS
 
3685 QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE 
= _core_
.QUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE
 
3686 class Quantize(object): 
3687     """Performs quantization, or colour reduction, on a wxImage.""" 
3688     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3689     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
3690     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3691     def Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3693         Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool 
3695         Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the 
3696         destination image, setting the palette in the destination if 
3697         needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. 
3699         return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3701     Quantize 
= staticmethod(Quantize
) 
3702 _core_
.Quantize_swigregister(Quantize
) 
3704 def Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3706     Quantize_Quantize(Image src, Image dest, int desiredNoColours=236, int flags=wxQUANTIZE_INCLUDE_WINDOWS_COLOURS|wxQUANTIZE_FILL_DESTINATION_IMAGE) -> bool 
3708     Reduce the colours in the source image and put the result into the 
3709     destination image, setting the palette in the destination if 
3710     needed. Both images may be the same, to overwrite the source image. 
3712   return _core_
.Quantize_Quantize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3714 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3716 class EvtHandler(Object
): 
3717     """Proxy of C++ EvtHandler class""" 
3718     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
3719     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
3720     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
3721         """__init__(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3722         _core_
.EvtHandler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_EvtHandler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
3723         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
3725     def GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3726         """GetNextHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3727         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3729     def GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3730         """GetPreviousHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
3731         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3733     def SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3734         """SetNextHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
3735         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetNextHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3737     def SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3738         """SetPreviousHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
3739         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetPreviousHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3741     def GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3742         """GetEvtHandlerEnabled(self) -> bool""" 
3743         return _core_
.EvtHandler_GetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3745     def SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3746         """SetEvtHandlerEnabled(self, bool enabled)""" 
3747         return _core_
.EvtHandler_SetEvtHandlerEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3749     def ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3750         """ProcessEvent(self, Event event) -> bool""" 
3751         return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3753     def AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3754         """AddPendingEvent(self, Event event)""" 
3755         return _core_
.EvtHandler_AddPendingEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3757     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3758         """ProcessPendingEvents(self)""" 
3759         return _core_
.EvtHandler_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3761     def Connect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3762         """Connect(self, int id, int lastId, int eventType, PyObject func)""" 
3763         return _core_
.EvtHandler_Connect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3765     def Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3766         """Disconnect(self, int id, int lastId=-1, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> bool""" 
3767         return _core_
.EvtHandler_Disconnect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3769     def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
3770         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self, bool incref=True)""" 
3771         val 
= _core_
.EvtHandler__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
3772         args
[0].this
.own(False) 
3775     def Bind(self
, event
, handler
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
): 
3777         Bind an event to an event handler. 
3779         :param event: One of the EVT_* objects that specifies the 
3780                       type of event to bind, 
3782         :param handler: A callable object to be invoked when the 
3783                       event is delivered to self.  Pass None to 
3784                       disconnect an event handler. 
3786         :param source: Sometimes the event originates from a 
3787                       different window than self, but you still 
3788                       want to catch it in self.  (For example, a 
3789                       button event delivered to a frame.)  By 
3790                       passing the source of the event, the event 
3791                       handling system is able to differentiate 
3792                       between the same event type from different 
3795         :param id: Used to spcify the event source by ID instead 
3798         :param id2: Used when it is desirable to bind a handler 
3799                       to a range of IDs, such as with EVT_MENU_RANGE. 
3801         if source 
is not None: 
3803         event
.Bind(self
, id, id2
, handler
)               
3805     def Unbind(self
, event
, source
=None, id=wx
.ID_ANY
, id2
=wx
.ID_ANY
): 
3807         Disconencts the event handler binding for event from self. 
3808         Returns True if successful. 
3810         if source 
is not None: 
3812         return event
.Unbind(self
, id, id2
)               
3814     EvtHandlerEnabled 
= property(GetEvtHandlerEnabled
,SetEvtHandlerEnabled
,doc
="See `GetEvtHandlerEnabled` and `SetEvtHandlerEnabled`")  
3815     NextHandler 
= property(GetNextHandler
,SetNextHandler
,doc
="See `GetNextHandler` and `SetNextHandler`")  
3816     PreviousHandler 
= property(GetPreviousHandler
,SetPreviousHandler
,doc
="See `GetPreviousHandler` and `SetPreviousHandler`")  
3817 _core_
.EvtHandler_swigregister(EvtHandler
) 
3819 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3821 class PyEventBinder(object): 
3823     Instances of this class are used to bind specific events to event 
3826     def __init__(self
, evtType
, expectedIDs
=0): 
3827         if expectedIDs 
not in [0, 1, 2]: 
3828             raise ValueError, "Invalid number of expectedIDs" 
3829         self
.expectedIDs 
= expectedIDs
 
3831         if type(evtType
) == list or type(evtType
) == tuple: 
3832             self
.evtType 
= evtType
 
3834             self
.evtType 
= [evtType
] 
3837     def Bind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
, function
): 
3838         """Bind this set of event types to target.""" 
3839         for et 
in self
.evtType
: 
3840             target
.Connect(id1
, id2
, et
, function
) 
3843     def Unbind(self
, target
, id1
, id2
): 
3844         """Remove an event binding.""" 
3846         for et 
in self
.evtType
: 
3847             success 
+= target
.Disconnect(id1
, id2
, et
) 
3850     def _getEvtType(self
): 
3852         Make it easy to get to the default wxEventType typeID for this 
3855         return self
.evtType
[0] 
3857     typeId 
= property(_getEvtType
) 
3860     def __call__(self
, *args
): 
3862         For backwards compatibility with the old EVT_* functions. 
3863         Should be called with either (window, func), (window, ID, 
3864         func) or (window, ID1, ID2, func) parameters depending on the 
3867         assert len(args
) == 2 + self
.expectedIDs
 
3871         if self
.expectedIDs 
== 0: 
3873         elif self
.expectedIDs 
== 1: 
3876         elif self
.expectedIDs 
== 2: 
3881             raise ValueError, "Unexpected number of IDs" 
3883         self
.Bind(target
, id1
, id2
, func
) 
3886 # These two are square pegs that don't fit the PyEventBinder hole... 
3887 def EVT_COMMAND(win
, id, cmd
, func
): 
3888     win
.Connect(id, -1, cmd
, func
) 
3889 def EVT_COMMAND_RANGE(win
, id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
): 
3890     win
.Connect(id1
, id2
, cmd
, func
) 
3893 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3895 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
3897 EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE 
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_NONE
 
3898 EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX 
= _core_
.EVENT_PROPAGATE_MAX
 
3900 def NewEventType(*args
): 
3901   """NewEventType() -> EventType""" 
3902   return _core_
.NewEventType(*args
) 
3903 wxEVT_ANY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ANY
 
3904 wxEVT_NULL 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NULL
 
3905 wxEVT_FIRST 
= _core_
.wxEVT_FIRST
 
3906 wxEVT_USER_FIRST 
= _core_
.wxEVT_USER_FIRST
 
3907 wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
 
3908 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
 
3909 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
 
3910 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
 
3911 wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
 
3912 wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
 
3913 wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
 
3914 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
 
3915 wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
 
3916 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
 
3917 wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
 
3918 wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
 
3919 wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
 
3920 wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
 
3921 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
 
3922 wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
 
3923 wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
 
3924 wxEVT_LEFT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_UP
 
3925 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN
 
3926 wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP
 
3927 wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN
 
3928 wxEVT_RIGHT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_UP
 
3929 wxEVT_MOTION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOTION
 
3930 wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
 
3931 wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW
 
3932 wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3933 wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
 
3934 wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3935 wxEVT_SET_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_FOCUS
 
3936 wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS
 
3937 wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS
 
3938 wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL
 
3939 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DOWN
 
3940 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_UP
 
3941 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DOWN
 
3942 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_UP
 
3943 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DOWN
 
3944 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_UP
 
3945 wxEVT_NC_MOTION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MOTION
 
3946 wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_ENTER_WINDOW
 
3947 wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEAVE_WINDOW
 
3948 wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_LEFT_DCLICK
 
3949 wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_MIDDLE_DCLICK
 
3950 wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
3951 wxEVT_CHAR 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR
 
3952 wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK
 
3953 wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY
 
3954 wxEVT_KEY_DOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_DOWN
 
3955 wxEVT_KEY_UP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_KEY_UP
 
3956 wxEVT_HOTKEY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_HOTKEY
 
3957 wxEVT_SET_CURSOR 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SET_CURSOR
 
3958 wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
 
3959 wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
 
3960 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
 
3961 wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
 
3962 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
 
3963 wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
 
3964 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
 
3965 wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
 
3966 wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
3967 wxEVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
 
3968 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
 
3969 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
 
3970 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
 
3971 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
 
3972 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
 
3973 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
 
3974 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
 
3975 wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
 
3976 wxEVT_SIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZE
 
3977 wxEVT_MOVE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVE
 
3978 wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW
 
3979 wxEVT_END_SESSION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_END_SESSION
 
3980 wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION
 
3981 wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP
 
3982 wxEVT_ACTIVATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ACTIVATE
 
3983 wxEVT_CREATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CREATE
 
3984 wxEVT_DESTROY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DESTROY
 
3985 wxEVT_SHOW 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SHOW
 
3986 wxEVT_ICONIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ICONIZE
 
3987 wxEVT_MAXIMIZE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MAXIMIZE
 
3988 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED
 
3989 wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST
 
3990 wxEVT_PAINT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT
 
3991 wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
= _core_
.wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND
 
3992 wxEVT_NC_PAINT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_NC_PAINT
 
3993 wxEVT_PAINT_ICON 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PAINT_ICON
 
3994 wxEVT_MENU_OPEN 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_OPEN
 
3995 wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE
 
3996 wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
 
3997 wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
= _core_
.wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU
 
3998 wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED
 
3999 wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED
 
4000 wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SETTING_CHANGED
 
4001 wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE
 
4002 wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED
 
4003 wxEVT_DROP_FILES 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DROP_FILES
 
4004 wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DRAW_ITEM
 
4005 wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MEASURE_ITEM
 
4006 wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMPARE_ITEM
 
4007 wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG 
= _core_
.wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG
 
4008 wxEVT_IDLE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_IDLE
 
4009 wxEVT_UPDATE_UI 
= _core_
.wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
 
4010 wxEVT_SIZING 
= _core_
.wxEVT_SIZING
 
4011 wxEVT_MOVING 
= _core_
.wxEVT_MOVING
 
4012 wxEVT_HIBERNATE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_HIBERNATE
 
4013 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY
 
4014 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT
 
4015 wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE
 
4016 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
 
4017 wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
 
4018 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
 
4019 wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
 
4020 wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
 
4021 wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
 
4022 wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER 
= _core_
.wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
 
4024 # Create some event binders 
4025 EVT_SIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZE 
) 
4026 EVT_SIZING 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SIZING 
) 
4027 EVT_MOVE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVE 
) 
4028 EVT_MOVING 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOVING 
) 
4029 EVT_CLOSE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW 
) 
4030 EVT_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION 
) 
4031 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
) 
4032 EVT_PAINT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PAINT 
) 
4033 EVT_NC_PAINT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NC_PAINT 
) 
4034 EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND 
) 
4035 EVT_CHAR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR 
) 
4036 EVT_KEY_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_DOWN 
) 
4037 EVT_KEY_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KEY_UP 
) 
4038 EVT_HOTKEY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HOTKEY
, 1) 
4039 EVT_CHAR_HOOK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK 
) 
4040 EVT_MENU_OPEN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_OPEN 
) 
4041 EVT_MENU_CLOSE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_CLOSE 
) 
4042 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT
, 1) 
4043 EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT_ALL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT 
) 
4044 EVT_SET_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_FOCUS 
) 
4045 EVT_KILL_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS 
) 
4046 EVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CHILD_FOCUS 
) 
4047 EVT_ACTIVATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE 
) 
4048 EVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP 
) 
4049 EVT_HIBERNATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_HIBERNATE 
) 
4050 EVT_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_END_SESSION 
) 
4051 EVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION 
) 
4052 EVT_DROP_FILES 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DROP_FILES 
) 
4053 EVT_INIT_DIALOG 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_INIT_DIALOG 
) 
4054 EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED 
) 
4055 EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED 
) 
4056 EVT_SHOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SHOW 
) 
4057 EVT_MAXIMIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MAXIMIZE 
) 
4058 EVT_ICONIZE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ICONIZE 
) 
4059 EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_NAVIGATION_KEY 
) 
4060 EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_PALETTE_CHANGED 
) 
4061 EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETTE 
) 
4062 EVT_WINDOW_CREATE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CREATE 
) 
4063 EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DESTROY 
) 
4064 EVT_SET_CURSOR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SET_CURSOR 
) 
4065 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED 
) 
4066 EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_LOST 
)          
4068 EVT_LEFT_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN 
) 
4069 EVT_LEFT_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_UP 
) 
4070 EVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN 
) 
4071 EVT_MIDDLE_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_UP 
) 
4072 EVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN 
) 
4073 EVT_RIGHT_UP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_UP 
) 
4074 EVT_MOTION 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOTION 
) 
4075 EVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEFT_DCLICK 
) 
4076 EVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
) 
4077 EVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
) 
4078 EVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
) 
4079 EVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
) 
4080 EVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL 
) 
4082 EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN
, 
4090                                      wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK
, 
4098 # Scrolling from wxWindow (sent to wxScrolledWindow) 
4099 EVT_SCROLLWIN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP
, 
4100                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM
, 
4101                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP
, 
4102                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN
, 
4103                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP
, 
4104                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN
, 
4105                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK
, 
4106                                   wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
, 
4109 EVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP 
) 
4110 EVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM 
) 
4111 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP 
) 
4112 EVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN 
) 
4113 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP 
) 
4114 EVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN 
) 
4115 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK 
) 
4116 EVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE 
) 
4118 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar 
4119 EVT_SCROLL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
, 
4120                                wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
, 
4121                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
, 
4122                                wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
, 
4123                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
, 
4124                                wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
, 
4125                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
, 
4126                                wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 
4127                                wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 
4130 EVT_SCROLL_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP 
) 
4131 EVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
) 
4132 EVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP 
) 
4133 EVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
) 
4134 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
) 
4135 EVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
) 
4136 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
) 
4137 EVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
) 
4138 EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED 
) 
4139 EVT_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= EVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
4141 # Scrolling from wx.Slider and wx.ScrollBar, with an id 
4142 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder([ wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
, 
4143                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
, 
4144                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
, 
4145                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
, 
4146                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
, 
4147                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
, 
4148                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
, 
4149                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 
4150                                        wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 
4153 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_TOP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_TOP
, 1) 
4154 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_BOTTOM 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_BOTTOM
, 1) 
4155 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEUP
, 1) 
4156 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_LINEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_LINEDOWN
, 1) 
4157 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEUP 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEUP
, 1) 
4158 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_PAGEDOWN
, 1) 
4159 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBTRACK
, 1) 
4160 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_THUMBRELEASE
, 1) 
4161 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_SCROLL_CHANGED
, 1) 
4162 EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_ENDSCROLL 
= EVT_COMMAND_SCROLL_CHANGED
 
4164 EVT_BUTTON 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED
, 1) 
4165 EVT_CHECKBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKBOX_CLICKED
, 1) 
4166 EVT_CHOICE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHOICE_SELECTED
, 1) 
4167 EVT_LISTBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
4168 EVT_LISTBOX_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LISTBOX_DOUBLECLICKED
, 1) 
4169 EVT_MENU 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 1) 
4170 EVT_MENU_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_MENU_SELECTED
, 2) 
4171 EVT_SLIDER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SLIDER_UPDATED
, 1) 
4172 EVT_RADIOBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
4173 EVT_RADIOBUTTON 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RADIOBUTTON_SELECTED
, 1) 
4175 EVT_SCROLLBAR 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SCROLLBAR_UPDATED
, 1) 
4176 EVT_VLBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_VLBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
4177 EVT_COMBOBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_COMBOBOX_SELECTED
, 1) 
4178 EVT_TOOL 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 1) 
4179 EVT_TOOL_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_CLICKED
, 2) 
4180 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 1) 
4181 EVT_TOOL_RCLICKED_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_RCLICKED
, 2) 
4182 EVT_TOOL_ENTER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TOOL_ENTER
, 1) 
4183 EVT_CHECKLISTBOX 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_CHECKLISTBOX_TOGGLED
, 1) 
4186 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_CLICK
, 1) 
4187 EVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_LEFT_DCLICK
, 1) 
4188 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_CLICK
, 1) 
4189 EVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_RIGHT_DCLICK
, 1) 
4190 EVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_SET_FOCUS
, 1) 
4191 EVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_KILL_FOCUS
, 1) 
4192 EVT_COMMAND_ENTER 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_ENTER
, 1) 
4194 EVT_IDLE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_IDLE 
) 
4196 EVT_UPDATE_UI 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 1) 
4197 EVT_UPDATE_UI_RANGE 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_UPDATE_UI
, 2) 
4199 EVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU 
) 
4201 EVT_TEXT_CUT   
=  wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT 
) 
4202 EVT_TEXT_COPY  
=  wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY 
) 
4203 EVT_TEXT_PASTE 
=  wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE 
) 
4206 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4208 class Event(Object
): 
4210     An event is a structure holding information about an event passed to a 
4211     callback or member function. wx.Event is an abstract base class for 
4214     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4215     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
4216     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4217     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Event
 
4218     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
4219     def SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4221         SetEventType(self, EventType typ) 
4223         Sets the specific type of the event. 
4225         return _core_
.Event_SetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4227     def GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4229         GetEventType(self) -> EventType 
4231         Returns the identifier of the given event type, such as 
4232         ``wxEVT_COMMAND_BUTTON_CLICKED``. 
4234         return _core_
.Event_GetEventType(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4236     def GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4238         GetEventObject(self) -> Object 
4240         Returns the object (usually a window) associated with the event, if 
4243         return _core_
.Event_GetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4245     def SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4247         SetEventObject(self, Object obj) 
4249         Sets the originating object, or in other words, obj is normally the 
4250         object that is sending the event. 
4252         return _core_
.Event_SetEventObject(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4254     def GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4255         """GetTimestamp(self) -> long""" 
4256         return _core_
.Event_GetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4258     def SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4259         """SetTimestamp(self, long ts=0)""" 
4260         return _core_
.Event_SetTimestamp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4262     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4266         Returns the identifier associated with this event, such as a button 
4269         return _core_
.Event_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4271     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4275         Set's the ID for the event.  This is usually the ID of the window that 
4276         is sending the event, but it can also be a command id from a menu 
4279         return _core_
.Event_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4281     def IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4283         IsCommandEvent(self) -> bool 
4285         Returns true if the event is or is derived from `wx.CommandEvent` else 
4286         it returns false. Note: Exists only for optimization purposes. 
4288         return _core_
.Event_IsCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4290     def Skip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4292         Skip(self, bool skip=True) 
4294         This method can be used inside an event handler to control whether 
4295         further event handlers bound to this event will be called after the 
4296         current one returns. Without Skip() (or equivalently if Skip(False) is 
4297         used), the event will not be processed any more. If Skip(True) is 
4298         called, the event processing system continues searching for a further 
4299         handler function for this event, even though it has been processed 
4300         already in the current handler. 
4302         return _core_
.Event_Skip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4304     def GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4306         GetSkipped(self) -> bool 
4308         Returns true if the event handler should be skipped, false otherwise. 
4311         return _core_
.Event_GetSkipped(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4313     def ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4315         ShouldPropagate(self) -> bool 
4317         Test if this event should be propagated to the parent window or not, 
4318         i.e. if the propagation level is currently greater than 0. 
4320         return _core_
.Event_ShouldPropagate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4322     def StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4324         StopPropagation(self) -> int 
4326         Stop the event from propagating to its parent window.  Returns the old 
4327         propagation level value which may be later passed to 
4328         `ResumePropagation` to allow propagating the event again. 
4330         return _core_
.Event_StopPropagation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4332     def ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4334         ResumePropagation(self, int propagationLevel) 
4336         Resume the event propagation by restoring the propagation level.  (For 
4337         example, you can use the value returned by an earlier call to 
4341         return _core_
.Event_ResumePropagation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4343     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4344         """Clone(self) -> Event""" 
4345         return _core_
.Event_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4347     EventObject 
= property(GetEventObject
,SetEventObject
,doc
="See `GetEventObject` and `SetEventObject`")  
4348     EventType 
= property(GetEventType
,SetEventType
,doc
="See `GetEventType` and `SetEventType`")  
4349     Id 
= property(GetId
,SetId
,doc
="See `GetId` and `SetId`")  
4350     Skipped 
= property(GetSkipped
,doc
="See `GetSkipped`")  
4351     Timestamp 
= property(GetTimestamp
,SetTimestamp
,doc
="See `GetTimestamp` and `SetTimestamp`")  
4352 _core_
.Event_swigregister(Event
) 
4354 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4356 class PropagationDisabler(object): 
4358     Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply 
4359     create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the 
4360     propogation of the event will be restored. 
4362     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4363     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4364     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
4366         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagationDisabler 
4368         Helper class to temporarily change an event not to propagate.  Simply 
4369         create an instance of this class and then whe it is destroyed the 
4370         propogation of the event will be restored. 
4372         _core_
.PropagationDisabler_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PropagationDisabler(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
4373     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_PropagationDisabler
 
4374     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
4375 _core_
.PropagationDisabler_swigregister(PropagationDisabler
) 
4377 class PropagateOnce(object): 
4379     A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an 
4380     event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is 
4381     destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored. 
4383     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4384     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4385     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
4387         __init__(self, Event event) -> PropagateOnce 
4389         A helper class that will temporarily lower propagation level of an 
4390         event.  Simply create an instance of this class and then whe it is 
4391         destroyed the propogation of the event will be restored. 
4393         _core_
.PropagateOnce_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PropagateOnce(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
4394     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_PropagateOnce
 
4395     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
4396 _core_
.PropagateOnce_swigregister(PropagateOnce
) 
4398 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4400 class CommandEvent(Event
): 
4402     This event class contains information about command events, which 
4403     originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and 
4406     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4407     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4408     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
4410         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CommandEvent 
4412         This event class contains information about command events, which 
4413         originate from a variety of simple controls, as well as menus and 
4416         _core_
.CommandEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_CommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
4417     def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4419         GetSelection(self) -> int 
4421         Returns item index for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid 
4424         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4426     def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4427         """SetString(self, String s)""" 
4428         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4430     def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4432         GetString(self) -> String 
4434         Returns item string for a listbox or choice selection event (not valid 
4437         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4439     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4441         IsChecked(self) -> bool 
4443         This method can be used with checkbox and menu events: for the 
4444         checkboxes, the method returns true for a selection event and false 
4445         for a deselection one. For the menu events, this method indicates if 
4446         the menu item just has become checked or unchecked (and thus only 
4447         makes sense for checkable menu items). 
4449         return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4452     def IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4454         IsSelection(self) -> bool 
4456         For a listbox or similar event, returns true if it is a selection, 
4457         false if it is a deselection. 
4459         return _core_
.CommandEvent_IsSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4461     def SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4462         """SetExtraLong(self, long extraLong)""" 
4463         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4465     def GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4467         GetExtraLong(self) -> long 
4469         Returns extra information dependant on the event objects type. If the 
4470         event comes from a listbox selection, it is a boolean determining 
4471         whether the event was a selection (true) or a deselection (false). A 
4472         listbox deselection only occurs for multiple-selection boxes, and in 
4473         this case the index and string values are indeterminate and the 
4474         listbox must be examined by the application. 
4476         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetExtraLong(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4478     def SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4479         """SetInt(self, int i)""" 
4480         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4482     def GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4486         Returns the integer identifier corresponding to a listbox, choice or 
4487         radiobox selection (only if the event was a selection, not a 
4488         deselection), or a boolean value representing the value of a checkbox. 
4490         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetInt(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4492     def GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4494         GetClientData(self) -> PyObject 
4496         Returns the client data object for a listbox or choice selection event, (if any.) 
4498         return _core_
.CommandEvent_GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4500     def SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4502         SetClientData(self, PyObject clientData) 
4504         Associate the given client data with the item at position n. 
4506         return _core_
.CommandEvent_SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4508     GetClientObject 
= GetClientData
 
4509     SetClientObject 
= SetClientData
 
4511     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4512         """Clone(self) -> Event""" 
4513         return _core_
.CommandEvent_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4515     ClientData 
= property(GetClientData
,SetClientData
,doc
="See `GetClientData` and `SetClientData`")  
4516     ClientObject 
= property(GetClientObject
,SetClientObject
,doc
="See `GetClientObject` and `SetClientObject`")  
4517     ExtraLong 
= property(GetExtraLong
,SetExtraLong
,doc
="See `GetExtraLong` and `SetExtraLong`")  
4518     Int 
= property(GetInt
,SetInt
,doc
="See `GetInt` and `SetInt`")  
4519     Selection 
= property(GetSelection
,doc
="See `GetSelection`")  
4520     String 
= property(GetString
,SetString
,doc
="See `GetString` and `SetString`")  
4521 _core_
.CommandEvent_swigregister(CommandEvent
) 
4523 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4525 class NotifyEvent(CommandEvent
): 
4527     An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from 
4528     a control when the control's state is being changed and the control 
4529     allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler 
4530     can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do. 
4532     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4533     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4534     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
4536         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> NotifyEvent 
4538         An instance of this class (or one of its derived classes) is sent from 
4539         a control when the control's state is being changed and the control 
4540         allows that change to be prevented from happening.  The event handler 
4541         can call `Veto` or `Allow` to tell the control what to do. 
4543         _core_
.NotifyEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_NotifyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
4544     def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4548         Prevents the change announced by this event from happening. 
4550         It is in general a good idea to notify the user about the reasons for 
4551         vetoing the change because otherwise the applications behaviour (which 
4552         just refuses to do what the user wants) might be quite surprising. 
4554         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4556     def Allow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4560         This is the opposite of `Veto`: it explicitly allows the event to be 
4561         processed. For most events it is not necessary to call this method as 
4562         the events are allowed anyhow but some are forbidden by default (this 
4563         will be mentioned in the corresponding event description). 
4565         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_Allow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4567     def IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4569         IsAllowed(self) -> bool 
4571         Returns true if the change is allowed (`Veto` hasn't been called) or 
4572         false otherwise (if it was). 
4574         return _core_
.NotifyEvent_IsAllowed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4576 _core_
.NotifyEvent_swigregister(NotifyEvent
) 
4578 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4580 class ScrollEvent(CommandEvent
): 
4582     A scroll event holds information about events sent from stand-alone 
4583     scrollbars and sliders. Note that scrolled windows do not send 
4584     instnaces of this event class, but send the `wx.ScrollWinEvent` 
4587     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4588     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4589     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
4591         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, int pos=0,  
4592             int orient=0) -> ScrollEvent 
4594         _core_
.ScrollEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ScrollEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
4595     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4597         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
4599         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of 
4602         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4604     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4606         GetPosition(self) -> int 
4608         Returns the position of the scrollbar. 
4610         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4612     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4613         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)""" 
4614         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4616     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4617         """SetPosition(self, int pos)""" 
4618         return _core_
.ScrollEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4620     Orientation 
= property(GetOrientation
,SetOrientation
,doc
="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")  
4621     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,SetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")  
4622 _core_
.ScrollEvent_swigregister(ScrollEvent
) 
4624 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4626 class ScrollWinEvent(Event
): 
4628     A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from 
4631     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4632     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4633     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
4635         __init__(self, EventType commandType=wxEVT_NULL, int pos=0, int orient=0) -> ScrollWinEvent 
4637         A wx.ScrollWinEvent holds information about scrolling and is sent from 
4640         _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ScrollWinEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
4641     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4643         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
4645         Returns wx.HORIZONTAL or wx.VERTICAL, depending on the orientation of 
4648         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4650     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4652         GetPosition(self) -> int 
4654         Returns the position of the scrollbar for the thumb track and release 
4655         events. Note that this field can't be used for the other events, you 
4656         need to query the window itself for the current position in that case. 
4658         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4660     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4661         """SetOrientation(self, int orient)""" 
4662         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4664     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4665         """SetPosition(self, int pos)""" 
4666         return _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4668     Orientation 
= property(GetOrientation
,SetOrientation
,doc
="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")  
4669     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,SetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")  
4670 _core_
.ScrollWinEvent_swigregister(ScrollWinEvent
) 
4672 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
4674 MOUSE_BTN_ANY 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_ANY
 
4675 MOUSE_BTN_NONE 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_NONE
 
4676 MOUSE_BTN_LEFT 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT
 
4677 MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE
 
4678 MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT 
= _core_
.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT
 
4679 class MouseEvent(Event
): 
4681     This event class contains information about the events generated by 
4682     the mouse: they include mouse buttons press and release events and 
4685     All mouse events involving the buttons use ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT`` for 
4686     the left mouse button, ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE`` for the middle one and 
4687     ``wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT`` for the right one. Note that not all mice have 
4688     a middle button so a portable application should avoid relying on the 
4691     Note the difference between methods like `LeftDown` and `LeftIsDown`: 
4692     the former returns true when the event corresponds to the left mouse 
4693     button click while the latter returns true if the left mouse button is 
4694     currently being pressed. For example, when the user is dragging the 
4695     mouse you can use `LeftIsDown` to test whether the left mouse button 
4696     is (still) depressed. Also, by convention, if `LeftDown` returns true, 
4697     `LeftIsDown` will also return true in wxWidgets whatever the 
4698     underlying GUI behaviour is (which is platform-dependent). The same 
4699     applies, of course, to other mouse buttons as well. 
4701     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
4702     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
4703     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
4705         __init__(self, EventType mouseType=wxEVT_NULL) -> MouseEvent 
4707         Constructs a wx.MouseEvent.  Valid event types are: 
4709             * wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW 
4710             * wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW 
4716             * wxEVT_MIDDLE_DCLICK 
4719             * wxEVT_RIGHT_DCLICK 
4723         _core_
.MouseEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MouseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
4724     def IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4726         IsButton(self) -> bool 
4728         Returns true if the event was a mouse button event (not necessarily a 
4729         button down event - that may be tested using `ButtonDown`). 
4731         return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4733     def ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4735         ButtonDown(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4737         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4738         mouse button down event. Otherwise the argument specifies which 
4739         button-down event shold be checked for (see `Button` for the possible 
4742         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4744     def ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4746         ButtonDClick(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4748         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4749         mouse double click event. Otherwise the argument specifies which 
4750         double click event to check for (see `Button` for the possible 
4753         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4755     def ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4757         ButtonUp(self, int but=MOUSE_BTN_ANY) -> bool 
4759         If the argument is omitted, this returns true if the event was any 
4760         mouse button up event. Otherwise the argument specifies which button 
4761         up event to check for (see `Button` for the possible values). 
4763         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4765     def Button(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4767         Button(self, int button) -> bool 
4769         Returns true if the identified mouse button is changing state. Valid 
4770         values of button are: 
4772              ====================      ===================================== 
4773              wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT         check if left button was pressed 
4774              wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE       check if middle button was pressed 
4775              wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT        check if right button was pressed 
4776              wx.MOUSE_BTN_ANY          check if any button was pressed 
4777              ====================      ===================================== 
4780         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Button(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4782     def ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4783         """ButtonIsDown(self, int but) -> bool""" 
4784         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ButtonIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4786     def GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4788         GetButton(self) -> int 
4790         Returns the mouse button which generated this event or 
4791         wx.MOUSE_BTN_NONE if no button is involved (for mouse move, enter or 
4792         leave event, for example). Otherwise wx.MOUSE_BTN_LEFT is returned for 
4793         the left button down, up and double click events, wx.MOUSE_BTN_MIDDLE 
4794         and wx.MOUSE_BTN_RIGHT for the same events for the middle and the 
4795         right buttons respectively. 
4797         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4799     def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4801         ControlDown(self) -> bool 
4803         Returns true if the control key was down at the time of the event. 
4805         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4807     def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4809         MetaDown(self) -> bool 
4811         Returns true if the Meta key was down at the time of the event. 
4813         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4815     def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4817         AltDown(self) -> bool 
4819         Returns true if the Alt key was down at the time of the event. 
4821         return _core_
.MouseEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4823     def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4825         ShiftDown(self) -> bool 
4827         Returns true if the Shift key was down at the time of the event. 
4829         return _core_
.MouseEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4831     def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4833         CmdDown(self) -> bool 
4835         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix 
4836         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on 
4837         Macs. It often makes sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown` 
4838         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl 
4839         elsewhere. The Ctrl key still exists, it's just not used for this 
4840         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown` 
4841         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`. 
4843         return _core_
.MouseEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4845     def LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4847         LeftDown(self) -> bool 
4849         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to down. 
4851         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4853     def MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4855         MiddleDown(self) -> bool 
4857         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to down. 
4859         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4861     def RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4863         RightDown(self) -> bool 
4865         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to down. 
4867         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4869     def LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4871         LeftUp(self) -> bool 
4873         Returns true if the left mouse button state changed to up. 
4875         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4877     def MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4879         MiddleUp(self) -> bool 
4881         Returns true if the middle mouse button state changed to up. 
4883         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4885     def RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4887         RightUp(self) -> bool 
4889         Returns true if the right mouse button state changed to up. 
4891         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4893     def LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4895         LeftDClick(self) -> bool 
4897         Returns true if the event was a left button double click. 
4899         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4901     def MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4903         MiddleDClick(self) -> bool 
4905         Returns true if the event was a middle button double click. 
4907         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4909     def RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4911         RightDClick(self) -> bool 
4913         Returns true if the event was a right button double click. 
4915         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightDClick(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4917     def LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4919         LeftIsDown(self) -> bool 
4921         Returns true if the left mouse button is currently down, independent 
4922         of the current event type. 
4924         Please notice that it is not the same as LeftDown which returns true 
4925         if the left mouse button was just pressed. Rather, it describes the 
4926         state of the mouse button before the event happened. 
4928         This event is usually used in the mouse event handlers which process 
4929         "move mouse" messages to determine whether the user is (still) 
4932         return _core_
.MouseEvent_LeftIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4934     def MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4936         MiddleIsDown(self) -> bool 
4938         Returns true if the middle mouse button is currently down, independent 
4939         of the current event type. 
4941         return _core_
.MouseEvent_MiddleIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4943     def RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4945         RightIsDown(self) -> bool 
4947         Returns true if the right mouse button is currently down, independent 
4948         of the current event type. 
4950         return _core_
.MouseEvent_RightIsDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4952     def Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4954         Dragging(self) -> bool 
4956         Returns true if this was a dragging event (motion while a button is 
4959         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Dragging(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4961     def Moving(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4963         Moving(self) -> bool 
4965         Returns true if this was a motion event and no mouse buttons were 
4966         pressed. If any mouse button is held pressed, then this method returns 
4967         false and Dragging returns true. 
4969         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Moving(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4971     def Entering(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4973         Entering(self) -> bool 
4975         Returns true if the mouse was entering the window. 
4977         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Entering(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4979     def Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4981         Leaving(self) -> bool 
4983         Returns true if the mouse was leaving the window. 
4985         return _core_
.MouseEvent_Leaving(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4987     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4989         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
4991         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the 
4994         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
4996     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
4998         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
5000         Returns the pixel position of the mouse in window coordinates when the 
5003         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5005     def GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5007         GetLogicalPosition(self, DC dc) -> Point 
5009         Returns the logical mouse position in pixels (i.e. translated 
5010         according to the translation set for the DC, which usually indicates 
5011         that the window has been scrolled). 
5013         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLogicalPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5015     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5019         Returns X coordinate of the physical mouse event position. 
5021         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5023     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5027         Returns Y coordinate of the physical mouse event position. 
5029         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5031     def GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5033         GetWheelRotation(self) -> int 
5035         Get wheel rotation, positive or negative indicates direction of 
5036         rotation. Current devices all send an event when rotation is equal to 
5037         +/-WheelDelta, but this allows for finer resolution devices to be 
5038         created in the future. Because of this you shouldn't assume that one 
5039         event is equal to 1 line or whatever, but you should be able to either 
5040         do partial line scrolling or wait until +/-WheelDelta rotation values 
5041         have been accumulated before scrolling. 
5043         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelRotation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5045     def GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5047         GetWheelDelta(self) -> int 
5049         Get wheel delta, normally 120. This is the threshold for action to be 
5050         taken, and one such action (for example, scrolling one increment) 
5051         should occur for each delta. 
5053         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelDelta(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5055     def GetWheelAxis(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5057         GetWheelAxis(self) -> int 
5059         Gets the axis the wheel operation concerns, 0 being the y axis as on 
5060         most mouse wheels, 1 is the x axis for things like MightyMouse scrolls 
5061         or horizontal trackpad scrolling. 
5063         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetWheelAxis(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5065     def GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5067         GetLinesPerAction(self) -> int 
5069         Returns the configured number of lines (or whatever) to be scrolled 
5070         per wheel action. Defaults to three. 
5072         return _core_
.MouseEvent_GetLinesPerAction(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5074     def IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5076         IsPageScroll(self) -> bool 
5078         Returns true if the system has been setup to do page scrolling with 
5079         the mouse wheel instead of line scrolling. 
5081         return _core_
.MouseEvent_IsPageScroll(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5083     m_x 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_x_set
) 
5084     m_y 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_y_set
) 
5085     m_leftDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_leftDown_set
) 
5086     m_middleDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_middleDown_set
) 
5087     m_rightDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_rightDown_set
) 
5088     m_controlDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_controlDown_set
) 
5089     m_shiftDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_shiftDown_set
) 
5090     m_altDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_altDown_set
) 
5091     m_metaDown 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_metaDown_set
) 
5092     m_wheelRotation 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelRotation_set
) 
5093     m_wheelDelta 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_wheelDelta_set
) 
5094     m_linesPerAction 
= property(_core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_get
, _core_
.MouseEvent_m_linesPerAction_set
) 
5095     Button 
= property(GetButton
,doc
="See `GetButton`")  
5096     LinesPerAction 
= property(GetLinesPerAction
,doc
="See `GetLinesPerAction`")  
5097     LogicalPosition 
= property(GetLogicalPosition
,doc
="See `GetLogicalPosition`")  
5098     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition`")  
5099     WheelDelta 
= property(GetWheelDelta
,doc
="See `GetWheelDelta`")  
5100     WheelRotation 
= property(GetWheelRotation
,doc
="See `GetWheelRotation`")  
5101     X 
= property(GetX
,doc
="See `GetX`")  
5102     Y 
= property(GetY
,doc
="See `GetY`")  
5103 _core_
.MouseEvent_swigregister(MouseEvent
) 
5105 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5107 class SetCursorEvent(Event
): 
5109     A SetCursorEvent is generated when the mouse cursor is about to be set 
5110     as a result of mouse motion. This event gives the application the 
5111     chance to perform specific mouse cursor processing based on the 
5112     current position of the mouse within the window. Use the `SetCursor` 
5113     method to specify the cursor you want to be displayed. 
5115     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5116     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5117     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5119         __init__(self, int x=0, int y=0) -> SetCursorEvent 
5121         Construct a new `wx.SetCursorEvent`. 
5123         _core_
.SetCursorEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_SetCursorEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5124     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5128         Returns the X coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates. 
5130         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5132     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5136         Returns the Y coordinate of the mouse in client coordinates. 
5138         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5140     def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5142         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) 
5144         Sets the cursor associated with this event. 
5146         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5148     def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5150         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor 
5152         Returns a reference to the cursor specified by this event. 
5154         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5156     def HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5158         HasCursor(self) -> bool 
5160         Returns true if the cursor specified by this event is a valid cursor. 
5162         return _core_
.SetCursorEvent_HasCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5164     Cursor 
= property(GetCursor
,SetCursor
,doc
="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")  
5165     X 
= property(GetX
,doc
="See `GetX`")  
5166     Y 
= property(GetY
,doc
="See `GetY`")  
5167 _core_
.SetCursorEvent_swigregister(SetCursorEvent
) 
5169 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5171 class KeyEvent(Event
): 
5173     This event class contains information about keypress and character 
5174     events.  These events are only sent to the widget that currently has 
5177     Notice that there are three different kinds of keyboard events in 
5178     wxWidgets: key down and up events and char events. The difference 
5179     between the first two is clear - the first corresponds to a key press 
5180     and the second to a key release - otherwise they are identical. Just 
5181     note that if the key is maintained in a pressed state you will 
5182     typically get a lot of (automatically generated) down events but only 
5183     one up so it is wrong to assume that there is one up event 
5184     corresponding to each down one. 
5186     Both key events provide untranslated key codes while the char event 
5187     carries the translated one. The untranslated code for alphanumeric 
5188     keys is always an upper case value. For the other keys it is one of 
5189     WXK_XXX values from the keycodes table. The translated key is, in 
5190     general, the character the user expects to appear as the result of the 
5191     key combination when typing the text into a text entry zone, for 
5194     A few examples to clarify this (all assume that CAPS LOCK is unpressed 
5195     and the standard US keyboard): when the 'A' key is pressed, the key 
5196     down event key code is equal to ASCII A == 65. But the char event key 
5197     code is ASCII a == 97. On the other hand, if you press both SHIFT and 
5198     'A' keys simultaneously , the key code in key down event will still be 
5199     just 'A' while the char event key code parameter will now be 'A' as 
5202     Although in this simple case it is clear that the correct key code 
5203     could be found in the key down event handler by checking the value 
5204     returned by `ShiftDown`, in general you should use EVT_CHAR for this 
5205     as for non alphanumeric keys or non-US keyboard layouts the 
5206     translation is keyboard-layout dependent and can only be done properly 
5207     by the system itself. 
5209     Another kind of translation is done when the control key is pressed: 
5210     for example, for CTRL-A key press the key down event still carries the 
5211     same key code 'A' as usual but the char event will have key code of 1, 
5212     the ASCII value of this key combination. 
5214     You may discover how the other keys on your system behave 
5215     interactively by running the KeyEvents sample in the wxPython demo and 
5216     pressing some keys while the blue box at the top has the keyboard 
5219     **Note**: If a key down event is caught and the event handler does not 
5220     call event.Skip() then the coresponding char event will not 
5221     happen. This is by design and enables the programs that handle both 
5222     types of events to be a bit simpler. 
5224     **Note for Windows programmers**: The key and char events in wxWidgets 
5225     are similar to but slightly different from Windows WM_KEYDOWN and 
5226     WM_CHAR events. In particular, Alt-x combination will generate a char 
5227     event in wxWidgets (unless it is used as an accelerator). 
5229     **Tip**: be sure to call event.Skip() for events that you don't 
5230     process in key event function, otherwise menu shortcuts may cease to 
5234     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5235     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5236     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5238         __init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> KeyEvent 
5240         Construct a new `wx.KeyEvent`.  Valid event types are: 
5243         _core_
.KeyEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_KeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5244     def GetModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5246         GetModifiers(self) -> int 
5248         Returns a bitmask of the current modifier settings.  Can be used to 
5249         check if the key event has exactly the given modifiers without having 
5250         to explicitly check that the other modifiers are not down.  For 
5253             if event.GetModifers() == wx.MOD_CONTROL: 
5257         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5259     def ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5261         ControlDown(self) -> bool 
5263         Returns ``True`` if the Control key was down at the time of the event. 
5265         return _core_
.KeyEvent_ControlDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5267     def MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5269         MetaDown(self) -> bool 
5271         Returns ``True`` if the Meta key was down at the time of the event. 
5273         return _core_
.KeyEvent_MetaDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5275     def AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5277         AltDown(self) -> bool 
5279         Returns ``True`` if the Alt key was down at the time of the event. 
5281         return _core_
.KeyEvent_AltDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5283     def ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5285         ShiftDown(self) -> bool 
5287         Returns ``True`` if the Shift key was down at the time of the event. 
5289         return _core_
.KeyEvent_ShiftDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5291     def CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5293         CmdDown(self) -> bool 
5295         "Cmd" is a pseudo key which is the same as Control for PC and Unix 
5296         platforms but the special "Apple" (a.k.a as "Command") key on 
5297         Macs. It makes often sense to use it instead of, say, `ControlDown` 
5298         because Cmd key is used for the same thing under Mac as Ctrl 
5299         elsewhere. The Ctrl still exists, it's just not used for this 
5300         purpose. So for non-Mac platforms this is the same as `ControlDown` 
5301         and Macs this is the same as `MetaDown`. 
5303         return _core_
.KeyEvent_CmdDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5305     def HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5307         HasModifiers(self) -> bool 
5309         Returns true if either CTRL or ALT keys was down at the time of the 
5310         key event. Note that this function does not take into account neither 
5311         SHIFT nor META key states (the reason for ignoring the latter is that 
5312         it is common for NUMLOCK key to be configured as META under X but the 
5313         key presses even while NUMLOCK is on should be still processed 
5316         return _core_
.KeyEvent_HasModifiers(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5318     def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5320         GetKeyCode(self) -> int 
5322         Returns the virtual key code. ASCII events return normal ASCII values, 
5323         while non-ASCII events return values such as WXK_LEFT for the left 
5324         cursor key. See `wx.KeyEvent` for a full list of the virtual key 
5327         Note that in Unicode build, the returned value is meaningful only if 
5328         the user entered a character that can be represented in current 
5329         locale's default charset. You can obtain the corresponding Unicode 
5330         character using `GetUnicodeKey`. 
5332         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5334     def GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5336         GetUnicodeKey(self) -> int 
5338         Returns the Unicode character corresponding to this key event.  This 
5339         function is only meaningfule in a Unicode build of wxPython. 
5341         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5343     GetUniChar 
= GetUnicodeKey 
 
5344     def SetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5346         SetUnicodeKey(self, int uniChar) 
5348         Set the Unicode value of the key event, but only if this is a Unicode 
5351         return _core_
.KeyEvent_SetUnicodeKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5353     def GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5355         GetRawKeyCode(self) -> unsigned int 
5357         Returns the raw key code for this event. This is a platform-dependent 
5358         scan code which should only be used in advanced 
5359         applications. Currently the raw key codes are not supported by all 
5362         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5364     def GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5366         GetRawKeyFlags(self) -> unsigned int 
5368         Returns the low level key flags for this event. The flags are 
5369         platform-dependent and should only be used in advanced applications. 
5370         Currently the raw key flags are not supported by all ports. 
5372         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetRawKeyFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5374     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5376         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5378         Find the position of the event, if applicable. 
5380         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5382     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5384         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
5386         Find the position of the event, if applicable. 
5388         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5390     def GetX(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5394         Returns the X position (in client coordinates) of the event, if 
5397         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetX(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5399     def GetY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5403         Returns the Y position (in client coordinates) of the event, if 
5406         return _core_
.KeyEvent_GetY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5408     m_x 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_x_set
) 
5409     m_y 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_y_set
) 
5410     m_keyCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_keyCode_set
) 
5411     m_controlDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_controlDown_set
) 
5412     m_shiftDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_shiftDown_set
) 
5413     m_altDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_altDown_set
) 
5414     m_metaDown 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_metaDown_set
) 
5415     m_scanCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_scanCode_set
) 
5416     m_rawCode 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawCode_set
) 
5417     m_rawFlags 
= property(_core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_get
, _core_
.KeyEvent_m_rawFlags_set
) 
5418     KeyCode 
= property(GetKeyCode
,doc
="See `GetKeyCode`")  
5419     Modifiers 
= property(GetModifiers
,doc
="See `GetModifiers`")  
5420     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition`")  
5421     RawKeyCode 
= property(GetRawKeyCode
,doc
="See `GetRawKeyCode`")  
5422     RawKeyFlags 
= property(GetRawKeyFlags
,doc
="See `GetRawKeyFlags`")  
5423     UnicodeKey 
= property(GetUnicodeKey
,SetUnicodeKey
,doc
="See `GetUnicodeKey` and `SetUnicodeKey`")  
5424     X 
= property(GetX
,doc
="See `GetX`")  
5425     Y 
= property(GetY
,doc
="See `GetY`")  
5426 _core_
.KeyEvent_swigregister(KeyEvent
) 
5428 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5430 class SizeEvent(Event
): 
5432     A size event holds information about size change events.  The EVT_SIZE 
5433     handler function will be called when the window it is bound to has 
5436     Note that the size passed is of the whole window: call 
5437     `wx.Window.GetClientSize` for the area which may be used by the 
5440     When a window is resized, usually only a small part of the window is 
5441     damaged and and that area is all that is in the update region for the 
5442     next paint event. However, if your drawing depends on the size of the 
5443     window, you may need to clear the DC explicitly and repaint the whole 
5444     window. In which case, you may need to call `wx.Window.Refresh` to 
5445     invalidate the entire window. 
5448     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5449     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5450     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5452         __init__(self, Size sz=DefaultSize, int winid=0) -> SizeEvent 
5454         Construct a new ``wx.SizeEvent``. 
5456         _core_
.SizeEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_SizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5457     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5459         GetSize(self) -> Size 
5461         Returns the entire size of the window generating the size change 
5464         return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5466     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5467         """GetRect(self) -> Rect""" 
5468         return _core_
.SizeEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5470     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5471         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)""" 
5472         return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5474     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5475         """SetSize(self, Size size)""" 
5476         return _core_
.SizeEvent_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5478     m_size 
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_size_set
) 
5479     m_rect 
= property(_core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_get
, _core_
.SizeEvent_m_rect_set
) 
5480     Rect 
= property(GetRect
,SetRect
,doc
="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")  
5481     Size 
= property(GetSize
,SetSize
,doc
="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")  
5482 _core_
.SizeEvent_swigregister(SizeEvent
) 
5484 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5486 class MoveEvent(Event
): 
5488     This event object is sent for EVT_MOVE event bindings when a window is 
5489     moved to a new position. 
5491     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5492     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5493     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5495         __init__(self, Point pos=DefaultPosition, int winid=0) -> MoveEvent 
5499         _core_
.MoveEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MoveEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5500     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5502         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5504         Returns the position of the window generating the move change event. 
5506         return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5508     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5509         """GetRect(self) -> Rect""" 
5510         return _core_
.MoveEvent_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5512     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5513         """SetRect(self, Rect rect)""" 
5514         return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5516     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5517         """SetPosition(self, Point pos)""" 
5518         return _core_
.MoveEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5520     m_pos 
=  property(GetPosition
, SetPosition
) 
5521     m_rect 
= property(GetRect
, SetRect
) 
5523     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,SetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")  
5524     Rect 
= property(GetRect
,SetRect
,doc
="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")  
5525 _core_
.MoveEvent_swigregister(MoveEvent
) 
5527 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5529 class PaintEvent(Event
): 
5531     A paint event is sent when a window's contents needs to be repainted. 
5532     Note that in an EVT_PAINT handler the application must *always* create 
5533     a `wx.PaintDC` object, even if you do not use it.  Otherwise MS 
5534     Windows assumes that the window has not been painted yet and will send 
5535     the event again, causing endless refreshes. 
5537     You can optimize painting by retrieving the rectangles that have been 
5538     damaged using `wx.Window.GetUpdateRegion` and/or `wx.RegionIterator`, 
5539     and only repainting these rectangles. The rectangles are in terms of 
5540     the client area, and are unscrolled, so you will need to do some 
5541     calculations using the current view position to obtain logical, 
5545     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5546     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5547     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5548         """__init__(self, int Id=0) -> PaintEvent""" 
5549         _core_
.PaintEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5550 _core_
.PaintEvent_swigregister(PaintEvent
) 
5552 class NcPaintEvent(Event
): 
5553     """Proxy of C++ NcPaintEvent class""" 
5554     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5555     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5556     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5557         """__init__(self, int winid=0) -> NcPaintEvent""" 
5558         _core_
.NcPaintEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_NcPaintEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5559 _core_
.NcPaintEvent_swigregister(NcPaintEvent
) 
5561 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5563 class EraseEvent(Event
): 
5565     An erase event is sent whenever the background of a window needs to be 
5566     repainted.  To intercept this event use the EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event 
5567     binder.  On some platforms, such as GTK+, this event is simulated 
5568     (simply generated just before the paint event) and may cause flicker. 
5570     To paint a custom background use the `GetDC` method and use the returned 
5571     device context if it is not ``None``, otherwise create a temporary 
5572     `wx.ClientDC` and draw on that. 
5575     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5576     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5577     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5579         __init__(self, int Id=0, DC dc=None) -> EraseEvent 
5583         _core_
.EraseEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_EraseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5584     def GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5588         Returns the device context the event handler should draw upon.  If 
5589         ``None`` is returned then create a temporary `wx.ClientDC` and use 
5592         return _core_
.EraseEvent_GetDC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5594     DC 
= property(GetDC
,doc
="See `GetDC`")  
5595 _core_
.EraseEvent_swigregister(EraseEvent
) 
5597 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5599 class FocusEvent(Event
): 
5601     A focus event is sent when a window's focus changes. The window losing 
5602     focus receives an EVT_KILL_FOCUS event while the window gaining it 
5603     gets an EVT_SET_FOCUS event. 
5605     Notice that the set focus event happens both when the user gives focus 
5606     to the window (whether using the mouse or keyboard) and when it is 
5607     done from the program itself using `wx.Window.SetFocus`. 
5610     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5611     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5612     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5614         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> FocusEvent 
5618         _core_
.FocusEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_FocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5619     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5621         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
5623         Returns the other window associated with this event, that is the 
5624         window which had the focus before for the EVT_SET_FOCUS event and the 
5625         window which is going to receive focus for the wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS event. 
5627         Warning: the window returned may be None! 
5629         return _core_
.FocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5631     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5632         """SetWindow(self, Window win)""" 
5633         return _core_
.FocusEvent_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5635     Window 
= property(GetWindow
,SetWindow
,doc
="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")  
5636 _core_
.FocusEvent_swigregister(FocusEvent
) 
5638 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5640 class ChildFocusEvent(CommandEvent
): 
5642     A child focus event is sent to a (parent-)window when one of its child 
5643     windows gains focus, so that the window could restore the focus back 
5644     to its corresponding child if it loses it now and regains later. 
5646     Notice that child window is the direct child of the window receiving 
5647     the event, and so may not be the actual widget recieving focus if it 
5648     is further down the containment heirarchy.  Use `wx.Window.FindFocus` 
5649     to get the widget that is actually receiving focus. 
5651     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5652     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5653     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5655         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> ChildFocusEvent 
5659         _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ChildFocusEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5660     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5662         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
5664         The window, or (grand)parent of the window which has just received the 
5667         return _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5669     Window 
= property(GetWindow
,doc
="See `GetWindow`")  
5670 _core_
.ChildFocusEvent_swigregister(ChildFocusEvent
) 
5672 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5674 class ActivateEvent(Event
): 
5676     An activate event is sent when a top-level window or the entire 
5677     application is being activated or deactivated. 
5679     A top-level window (a dialog or frame) receives an activate event when 
5680     is being activated or deactivated. This is indicated visually by the 
5681     title bar changing colour, and a subwindow gaining the keyboard focus. 
5682     An application is activated or deactivated when one of its frames 
5683     becomes activated, or a frame becomes inactivate resulting in all 
5684     application frames being inactive. 
5686     Please note that usually you should call event.Skip() in your handlers 
5687     for these events so the default handlers will still be called, as not 
5688     doing so can result in strange effects. 
5691     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5692     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5693     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5695         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, bool active=True, int Id=0) -> ActivateEvent 
5699         _core_
.ActivateEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ActivateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5700     def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5702         GetActive(self) -> bool 
5704         Returns true if the application or window is being activated, false 
5707         return _core_
.ActivateEvent_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5709     Active 
= property(GetActive
,doc
="See `GetActive`")  
5710 _core_
.ActivateEvent_swigregister(ActivateEvent
) 
5712 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5714 class InitDialogEvent(Event
): 
5716     A wx.InitDialogEvent is sent as a dialog is being initialised, or for 
5717     any window when `wx.Window.InitDialog` is called.  Handlers for this 
5718     event can transfer data to the window, or anything else that should be 
5719     done before the user begins editing the form. The default handler 
5720     calls `wx.Window.TransferDataToWindow`. 
5722     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5723     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5724     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5726         __init__(self, int Id=0) -> InitDialogEvent 
5730         _core_
.InitDialogEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_InitDialogEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5731 _core_
.InitDialogEvent_swigregister(InitDialogEvent
) 
5733 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5735 class MenuEvent(Event
): 
5737     This class is used for a variety of menu-related events.  Note that 
5738     these do not include menu command events, which are handled by sending 
5739     `wx.CommandEvent` objects. 
5741     The default handler for wx.EVT_MENU_HIGHLIGHT displays menu item help 
5742     text in the first field of the status bar. 
5744     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5745     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5746     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5748         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Menu menu=None) -> MenuEvent 
5752         _core_
.MenuEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5753     def GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5755         GetMenuId(self) -> int 
5757         Returns the menu identifier associated with the event. This method 
5758         should be only used with the HIGHLIGHT events. 
5760         return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenuId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5762     def IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5764         IsPopup(self) -> bool 
5766         Returns ``True`` if the menu which is being opened or closed is a 
5767         popup menu, ``False`` if it is a normal one.  This method should only 
5768         be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events. 
5770         return _core_
.MenuEvent_IsPopup(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5772     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5774         GetMenu(self) -> Menu 
5776         Returns the menu which is being opened or closed. This method should 
5777         only be used with the OPEN and CLOSE events. 
5779         return _core_
.MenuEvent_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5781     Menu 
= property(GetMenu
,doc
="See `GetMenu`")  
5782     MenuId 
= property(GetMenuId
,doc
="See `GetMenuId`")  
5783 _core_
.MenuEvent_swigregister(MenuEvent
) 
5785 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5787 class CloseEvent(Event
): 
5789     This event class contains information about window and session close 
5792     The handler function for EVT_CLOSE is called when the user has tried 
5793     to close a a frame or dialog box using the window manager controls or 
5794     the system menu. It can also be invoked by the application itself 
5795     programmatically, for example by calling the `wx.Window.Close` 
5798     You should check whether the application is forcing the deletion of 
5799     the window using `CanVeto`. If it returns ``False``, you must destroy 
5800     the window using `wx.Window.Destroy`. If the return value is ``True``, 
5801     it is up to you whether you respond by destroying the window or not. 
5802     For example you may wish to display a message dialog prompting to save 
5803     files or to cancel the close. 
5805     If you don't destroy the window, you should call `Veto` to let the 
5806     calling code know that you did not destroy the window. This allows the 
5807     `wx.Window.Close` function to return ``True`` or ``False`` depending 
5808     on whether the close instruction was honored or not. 
5810     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5811     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5812     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5814         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> CloseEvent 
5818         _core_
.CloseEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_CloseEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5819     def SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5821         SetLoggingOff(self, bool logOff) 
5823         Sets the 'logging off' flag. 
5825         return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5827     def GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5829         GetLoggingOff(self) -> bool 
5831         Returns ``True`` if the user is logging off or ``False`` if the 
5832         system is shutting down. This method can only be called for end 
5833         session and query end session events, it doesn't make sense for close 
5836         return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetLoggingOff(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5838     def Veto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5840         Veto(self, bool veto=True) 
5842         Call this from your event handler to veto a system shutdown or to 
5843         signal to the calling application that a window close did not happen. 
5845         You can only veto a shutdown or close if `CanVeto` returns true. 
5847         return _core_
.CloseEvent_Veto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5849     def GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5850         """GetVeto(self) -> bool""" 
5851         return _core_
.CloseEvent_GetVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5853     def SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5855         SetCanVeto(self, bool canVeto) 
5857         Sets the 'can veto' flag. 
5859         return _core_
.CloseEvent_SetCanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5861     def CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5863         CanVeto(self) -> bool 
5865         Returns true if you can veto a system shutdown or a window close 
5866         event. Vetoing a window close event is not possible if the calling 
5867         code wishes to force the application to exit, and so this function 
5868         must be called to check this. 
5870         return _core_
.CloseEvent_CanVeto(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5872     LoggingOff 
= property(GetLoggingOff
,SetLoggingOff
,doc
="See `GetLoggingOff` and `SetLoggingOff`")  
5873 _core_
.CloseEvent_swigregister(CloseEvent
) 
5875 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5877 class ShowEvent(Event
): 
5878     """An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden.""" 
5879     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5880     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5881     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5883         __init__(self, int winid=0, bool show=False) -> ShowEvent 
5885         An EVT_SHOW event is sent when a window is shown or hidden. 
5887         _core_
.ShowEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ShowEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5888     def SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5889         """SetShow(self, bool show)""" 
5890         return _core_
.ShowEvent_SetShow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5892     def GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5893         """GetShow(self) -> bool""" 
5894         return _core_
.ShowEvent_GetShow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5896     Show 
= property(GetShow
,SetShow
,doc
="See `GetShow` and `SetShow`")  
5897 _core_
.ShowEvent_swigregister(ShowEvent
) 
5899 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5901 class IconizeEvent(Event
): 
5903     An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or 
5906     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5907     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5908     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5910         __init__(self, int id=0, bool iconized=True) -> IconizeEvent 
5912         An EVT_ICONIZE event is sent when a frame is iconized (minimized) or 
5915         _core_
.IconizeEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_IconizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5916     def Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5918         Iconized(self) -> bool 
5920         Returns ``True`` if the frame has been iconized, ``False`` if it has 
5923         return _core_
.IconizeEvent_Iconized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5925 _core_
.IconizeEvent_swigregister(IconizeEvent
) 
5927 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5929 class MaximizeEvent(Event
): 
5930     """An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored.""" 
5931     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5932     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5933     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
5935         __init__(self, int id=0) -> MaximizeEvent 
5937         An EVT_MAXIMIZE event is sent when a frame is maximized or restored. 
5939         _core_
.MaximizeEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MaximizeEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
5940 _core_
.MaximizeEvent_swigregister(MaximizeEvent
) 
5942 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5944 class DropFilesEvent(Event
): 
5946     This class is used for drop files events, that is, when files have 
5947     been dropped onto the window. This functionality is only available 
5948     under Windows. The window must have previously been enabled for 
5949     dropping by calling `wx.Window.DragAcceptFiles`. 
5951     Important note: this is a separate implementation to the more general 
5952     drag and drop implementation using `wx.FileDropTarget`, and etc. This 
5953     implementation uses the older, Windows message-based approach of 
5956     Use wx.EVT_DROP_FILES to bind an event handler to receive file drop 
5960     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
5961     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
5962     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
5963     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5965         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
5967         Returns the position at which the files were dropped. 
5969         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5971     def GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5973         GetNumberOfFiles(self) -> int 
5975         Returns the number of files dropped. 
5977         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetNumberOfFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5979     def GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
5981         GetFiles(self) -> PyObject 
5983         Returns a list of the filenames that were dropped. 
5985         return _core_
.DropFilesEvent_GetFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
5987     Files 
= property(GetFiles
,doc
="See `GetFiles`")  
5988     NumberOfFiles 
= property(GetNumberOfFiles
,doc
="See `GetNumberOfFiles`")  
5989     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition`")  
5990 _core_
.DropFilesEvent_swigregister(DropFilesEvent
) 
5992 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
5994 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL
 
5995 UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
 
5996 class UpdateUIEvent(CommandEvent
): 
5998     This class is used for EVT_UPDATE_UI pseudo-events which are sent by 
5999     wxWidgets to give an application the chance to update various user 
6002     Without update UI events, an application has to work hard to 
6003     check/uncheck, enable/disable, and set the text for elements such as 
6004     menu items and toolbar buttons. The code for doing this has to be 
6005     mixed up with the code that is invoked when an action is invoked for a 
6006     menu item or button. 
6008     With update UI events, you define an event handler to look at the 
6009     state of the application and change UI elements accordingly. wxWidgets 
6010     will call your handler functions in idle time, so you don't have to 
6011     worry where to call this code. In addition to being a clearer and more 
6012     declarative method, it also means you don't have to worry whether 
6013     you're updating a toolbar or menubar identifier. The same handler can 
6014     update a menu item and toolbar button, if the ID values are the same. 
6016     Instead of directly manipulating the menu or button, you call 
6017     functions in the event object, such as `Check`. wxWidgets will 
6018     determine whether such a call has been made, and which UI element to 
6021     These events will work for popup menus as well as menubars. Just 
6022     before a menu is popped up, `wx.Menu.UpdateUI` is called to process 
6023     any UI events for the window that owns the menu. 
6025     If you find that the overhead of UI update processing is affecting 
6026     your application, you can do one or both of the following: 
6028        1. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` with a value of 
6029           wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and set the extra style 
6030           wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS for every window that should 
6031           receive update events. No other windows will receive update 
6034        2. Call `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` with a millisecond 
6035           value to set the delay between updates. You may need to call 
6036           `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` at critical points, for example when 
6037           a dialog is about to be shown, in case the user sees a slight 
6038           delay before windows are updated. 
6040     Note that although events are sent in idle time, defining a EVT_IDLE 
6041     handler for a window does not affect this because the events are sent 
6042     from an internal idle handler. 
6044     wxWidgets tries to optimize update events on some platforms. On 
6045     Windows and GTK+, events for menubar items are only sent when the menu 
6046     is about to be shown, and not in idle time. 
6049     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6050     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6051     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6053         __init__(self, int commandId=0) -> UpdateUIEvent 
6057         _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_UpdateUIEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6058     def GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6060         GetChecked(self) -> bool 
6062         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be checked. 
6064         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6066     def GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6068         GetEnabled(self) -> bool 
6070         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be enabled. 
6072         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6074     def GetShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6076         GetShown(self) -> bool 
6078         Returns ``True`` if the UI element should be shown. 
6080         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6082     def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6084         GetText(self) -> String 
6086         Returns the text that should be set for the UI element. 
6088         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6090     def GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6092         GetSetText(self) -> bool 
6094         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `SetText`. For 
6095         wxWidgets internal use only. 
6097         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6099     def GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6101         GetSetChecked(self) -> bool 
6103         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Check`. For wxWidgets 
6106         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6108     def GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6110         GetSetEnabled(self) -> bool 
6112         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Enable`. For wxWidgets 
6115         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6117     def GetSetShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6119         GetSetShown(self) -> bool 
6121         Returns ``True`` if the application has called `Show`. For wxWidgets 
6124         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetSetShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6126     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6128         Check(self, bool check) 
6130         Check or uncheck the UI element. 
6132         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6134     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6136         Enable(self, bool enable) 
6138         Enable or disable the UI element. 
6140         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6142     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6144         Show(self, bool show) 
6146         Show or hide the UI element. 
6148         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6150     def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6152         SetText(self, String text) 
6154         Sets the text for this UI element. 
6156         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6158     def SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6160         SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) 
6162         Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to 
6163         disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The 
6166         Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your 
6167         application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or 
6168         greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` 
6169         at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is 
6172         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6174     SetUpdateInterval 
= staticmethod(SetUpdateInterval
) 
6175     def GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6177         GetUpdateInterval() -> long 
6179         Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1 
6180         disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible. 
6182         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6184     GetUpdateInterval 
= staticmethod(GetUpdateInterval
) 
6185     def CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6187         CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool 
6189         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events 
6192         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`), 
6193         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update 
6194         events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to 
6195         determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default 
6196         this will always return true because the update mode is initially 
6197         wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update 
6198         events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency 
6199         that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update 
6203         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6205     CanUpdate 
= staticmethod(CanUpdate
) 
6206     def ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6210         Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It 
6211         is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this 
6212         is called at the end of idle processing. 
6214         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6216     ResetUpdateTime 
= staticmethod(ResetUpdateTime
) 
6217     def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6221         Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only 
6222         to those which specify that they will process the events. 
6224         The mode may be one of the following values: 
6226             =============================   ========================================== 
6227             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This 
6228                                             is the default setting. 
6229             wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that 
6230                                             have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra 
6232             =============================   ========================================== 
6235         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6237     SetMode 
= staticmethod(SetMode
) 
6238     def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6242         Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to 
6243         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6246         return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6248     GetMode 
= staticmethod(GetMode
) 
6249     Checked 
= property(GetChecked
,Check
,doc
="See `GetChecked`")  
6250     Enabled 
= property(GetEnabled
,Enable
,doc
="See `GetEnabled`")  
6251     Shown 
= property(GetShown
,Show
,doc
="See `GetShown`")  
6252     Text 
= property(GetText
,SetText
,doc
="See `GetText` and `SetText`")  
6253 _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_swigregister(UpdateUIEvent
) 
6255 def UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6257     UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(long updateInterval) 
6259     Sets the interval between updates in milliseconds. Set to -1 to 
6260     disable updates, or to 0 to update as frequently as possible. The 
6263     Use this to reduce the overhead of UI update events if your 
6264     application has a lot of windows. If you set the value to -1 or 
6265     greater than 0, you may also need to call `wx.Window.UpdateWindowUI` 
6266     at appropriate points in your application, such as when a dialog is 
6269   return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetUpdateInterval(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6271 def UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
): 
6273     UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval() -> long 
6275     Returns the current interval between updates in milliseconds. -1 
6276     disables updates, 0 updates as frequently as possible. 
6278   return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetUpdateInterval(*args
) 
6280 def UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6282     UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(Window win) -> bool 
6284     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to update (send UI update events 
6287     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode`), 
6288     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UPDATE_EVENTS flag in window, the time update 
6289     events were last sent in idle time, and the update interval, to 
6290     determine whether events should be sent to this window now. By default 
6291     this will always return true because the update mode is initially 
6292     wx.UPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL and the interval is set to 0; so update 
6293     events will be sent as often as possible. You can reduce the frequency 
6294     that events are sent by changing the mode and/or setting an update 
6298   return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_CanUpdate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6300 def UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
): 
6302     UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime() 
6304     Used internally to reset the last-updated time to the current time. It 
6305     is assumed that update events are normally sent in idle time, so this 
6306     is called at the end of idle processing. 
6308   return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_ResetUpdateTime(*args
) 
6310 def UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6312     UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(int mode) 
6314     Specify how wxWidgets will send update events: to all windows, or only 
6315     to those which specify that they will process the events. 
6317     The mode may be one of the following values: 
6319         =============================   ========================================== 
6320         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_ALL         Send UI update events to all windows.  This 
6321                                         is the default setting. 
6322         wxUPDATE_UI_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send UI update events only to windows that 
6323                                         have the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_UI_UPDATES extra 
6325         =============================   ========================================== 
6328   return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6330 def UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
): 
6332     UpdateUIEvent_GetMode() -> int 
6334     Returns a value specifying how wxWidgets will send update events: to 
6335     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6338   return _core_
.UpdateUIEvent_GetMode(*args
) 
6340 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6342 class SysColourChangedEvent(Event
): 
6344     This class is used for EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED, which are generated 
6345     when the user changes the colour settings using the control 
6346     panel. This is only applicable under Windows. 
6348     The default event handler for this event propagates the event to child 
6349     windows, since Windows only sends the events to top-level windows. If 
6350     intercepting this event for a top-level window, remember to call 
6351     `Skip` so the the base class handler will still be executed, or to 
6352     pass the event on to the window's children explicitly. 
6355     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6356     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6357     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6359         __init__(self) -> SysColourChangedEvent 
6363         _core_
.SysColourChangedEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_SysColourChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6364 _core_
.SysColourChangedEvent_swigregister(SysColourChangedEvent
) 
6366 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6368 class MouseCaptureChangedEvent(Event
): 
6370     An mouse capture changed event (EVT_MOUSE_CAPTURE_CHANGED) is sent to 
6371     a window that loses its mouse capture. This is called even if 
6372     `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` was called by the application code. Handling 
6373     this event allows an application to cater for unexpected capture 
6374     releases which might otherwise confuse mouse handling code. 
6376     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6378     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6379     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6380     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6382         __init__(self, int winid=0, Window gainedCapture=None) -> MouseCaptureChangedEvent 
6386         _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MouseCaptureChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6387     def GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6389         GetCapturedWindow(self) -> Window 
6391         Returns the window that gained the capture, or ``None`` if it was a 
6392         non-wxWidgets window. 
6394         return _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_GetCapturedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6396     CapturedWindow 
= property(GetCapturedWindow
,doc
="See `GetCapturedWindow`")  
6397 _core_
.MouseCaptureChangedEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureChangedEvent
) 
6399 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6401 class MouseCaptureLostEvent(Event
): 
6403     A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse 
6404     capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for 
6405     example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures 
6408     If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the 
6409     capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but 
6410     didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent 
6411     if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or 
6414     This event is currently emitted under Windows only. 
6417     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6418     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6419     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6421         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> MouseCaptureLostEvent 
6423         A mouse capture lost event is sent to a window that obtained mouse 
6424         capture, which was subsequently loss due to "external" event, for 
6425         example when a dialog box is shown or if another application captures 
6428         If this happens, this event is sent to all windows that are on the 
6429         capture stack (i.e. a window that called `wx.Window.CaptureMouse`, but 
6430         didn't call `wx.Window.ReleaseMouse` yet). The event is *not* sent 
6431         if the capture changes because of a call to CaptureMouse or 
6434         This event is currently emitted under Windows only. 
6437         _core_
.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MouseCaptureLostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6438 _core_
.MouseCaptureLostEvent_swigregister(MouseCaptureLostEvent
) 
6440 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6442 class DisplayChangedEvent(Event
): 
6444     An EVT_DISPLAY_CHANGED event is sent to all windows when the display 
6445     resolution has changed. 
6447     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6449     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6450     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6451     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6452         """__init__(self) -> DisplayChangedEvent""" 
6453         _core_
.DisplayChangedEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_DisplayChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6454 _core_
.DisplayChangedEvent_swigregister(DisplayChangedEvent
) 
6456 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6458 class PaletteChangedEvent(Event
): 
6460     An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has 
6461     changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to 
6464     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6466     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6467     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6468     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6470         __init__(self, int id=0) -> PaletteChangedEvent 
6472         An EVT_PALETTE_CHANGED event is sent when the system palette has 
6473         changed, thereby giving each window a chance to redo their own to 
6476         This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6478         _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PaletteChangedEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6479     def SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6480         """SetChangedWindow(self, Window win)""" 
6481         return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_SetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6483     def GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6484         """GetChangedWindow(self) -> Window""" 
6485         return _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_GetChangedWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6487     ChangedWindow 
= property(GetChangedWindow
,SetChangedWindow
,doc
="See `GetChangedWindow` and `SetChangedWindow`")  
6488 _core_
.PaletteChangedEvent_swigregister(PaletteChangedEvent
) 
6490 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6492 class QueryNewPaletteEvent(Event
): 
6494     An EVT_QUERY_NEW_PALETE event indicates the window is getting keyboard 
6495     focus and should re-do its palette. 
6497     This event is implemented under Windows only. 
6499     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6500     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6501     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6503         __init__(self, int winid=0) -> QueryNewPaletteEvent 
6507         _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_QueryNewPaletteEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6508     def SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6510         SetPaletteRealized(self, bool realized) 
6512         App should set this if it changes the palette. 
6514         return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_SetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6516     def GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6517         """GetPaletteRealized(self) -> bool""" 
6518         return _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_GetPaletteRealized(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6520     PaletteRealized 
= property(GetPaletteRealized
,SetPaletteRealized
,doc
="See `GetPaletteRealized` and `SetPaletteRealized`")  
6521 _core_
.QueryNewPaletteEvent_swigregister(QueryNewPaletteEvent
) 
6523 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6525 class NavigationKeyEvent(Event
): 
6527     EVT_NAVIGATION_KEY events are used to control moving the focus between 
6528     widgets, otherwise known as tab-traversal.  You woudl normally not 
6529     catch navigation events in applications as there are already 
6530     appropriate handlers in `wx.Dialog` and `wx.Panel`, but you may find 
6531     it useful to send navigation events in certain situations to change 
6532     the focus in certain ways, although it's probably easier to just call 
6533     `wx.Window.Navigate`. 
6535     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6536     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6537     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6538         """__init__(self) -> NavigationKeyEvent""" 
6539         _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_NavigationKeyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6540     def GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6542         GetDirection(self) -> bool 
6544         Returns ``True`` if the direction is forward, ``False`` otherwise. 
6546         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6548     def SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6550         SetDirection(self, bool forward) 
6552         Specify the direction that the navigation should take.  Usually the 
6553         difference between using Tab and Shift-Tab. 
6555         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6557     def IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6559         IsWindowChange(self) -> bool 
6561         Returns ``True`` if window change is allowed. 
6563         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6565     def SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6567         SetWindowChange(self, bool ischange) 
6569         Specify if the navigation should be able to change parent windows. 
6570         For example, changing notebook pages, etc. This is usually implemented 
6571         by using Control-Tab. 
6573         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetWindowChange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6575     def IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6577         IsFromTab(self) -> bool 
6579         Returns ``True`` if the navigation event is originated from the Tab 
6582         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6584     def SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6586         SetFromTab(self, bool bIs) 
6588         Set to true under MSW if the event was generated using the tab key. 
6589         This is required for proper navogation over radio buttons. 
6591         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFromTab(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6593     def SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6595         SetFlags(self, long flags) 
6597         Set the navigation flags to a combination of the following: 
6599             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsBackward 
6600             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward 
6601             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.WinChange 
6602             * wx.NavigationKeyEvent.FromTab 
6605         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6607     def GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6609         GetCurrentFocus(self) -> Window 
6611         Returns the child window which currenty has the focus.  May be 
6614         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_GetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6616     def SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6618         SetCurrentFocus(self, Window win) 
6620         Set the window that has the focus. 
6622         return _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_SetCurrentFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6624     IsBackward 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsBackward
 
6625     IsForward 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_IsForward
 
6626     WinChange 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_WinChange
 
6627     FromTab 
= _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_FromTab
 
6628     CurrentFocus 
= property(GetCurrentFocus
,SetCurrentFocus
,doc
="See `GetCurrentFocus` and `SetCurrentFocus`")  
6629     Direction 
= property(GetDirection
,SetDirection
,doc
="See `GetDirection` and `SetDirection`")  
6630 _core_
.NavigationKeyEvent_swigregister(NavigationKeyEvent
) 
6632 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6634 class WindowCreateEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6636     The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the 
6637     underlying GUI object) exists. 
6639     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6640     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6641     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6643         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowCreateEvent 
6645         The EVT_WINDOW_CREATE event is sent as soon as the window object (the 
6646         underlying GUI object) exists. 
6648         _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_WindowCreateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6649     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6651         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
6653         Returns the window that this event refers to. 
6655         return _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6657     Window 
= property(GetWindow
,doc
="See `GetWindow`")  
6658 _core_
.WindowCreateEvent_swigregister(WindowCreateEvent
) 
6660 class WindowDestroyEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6662     The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor 
6663     when the GUI window is destroyed. 
6665     When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will 
6666     have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event 
6667     will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is 
6668     received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to 
6669     handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get 
6670     notification of the destruction of another window. 
6672     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6673     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6674     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6676         __init__(self, Window win=None) -> WindowDestroyEvent 
6678         The EVT_WINDOW_DESTROY event is sent from the `wx.Window` destructor 
6679         when the GUI window is destroyed. 
6681         When a class derived from `wx.Window` is destroyed its destructor will 
6682         have already run by the time this event is sent. Therefore this event 
6683         will not usually be received at all by the window itself.  Since it is 
6684         received after the destructor has run, an object should not try to 
6685         handle its own wx.WindowDestroyEvent, but it can be used to get 
6686         notification of the destruction of another window. 
6688         _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_WindowDestroyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6689     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6691         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
6693         Returns the window that this event refers to. 
6695         return _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6697     Window 
= property(GetWindow
,doc
="See `GetWindow`")  
6698 _core_
.WindowDestroyEvent_swigregister(WindowDestroyEvent
) 
6700 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6702 class ContextMenuEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6704     This class is used for context menu events (EVT_CONTECT_MENU,) sent to 
6705     give the application a chance to show a context (popup) menu. 
6707     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6708     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6709     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6711         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0, Point pt=DefaultPosition) -> ContextMenuEvent 
6715         _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ContextMenuEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6716     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6718         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
6720         Returns the position (in screen coordinants) at which the menu should 
6723         return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6725     def SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6727         SetPosition(self, Point pos) 
6729         Sets the position at which the menu should be shown. 
6731         return _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_SetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6733     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,SetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")  
6734 _core_
.ContextMenuEvent_swigregister(ContextMenuEvent
) 
6736 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6738 IDLE_PROCESS_ALL 
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL
 
6739 IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED
 
6740 class IdleEvent(Event
): 
6742     This class is used for EVT_IDLE events, which are generated and sent 
6743     when the application *becomes* idle.  In other words, the when the 
6744     event queue becomes empty then idle events are sent to all windows (by 
6745     default) and as long as none of them call `RequestMore` then there are 
6746     no more idle events until after the system event queue has some normal 
6747     events and then becomes empty again. 
6749     By default, idle events are sent to all windows. If this is causing a 
6750     significant overhead in your application, you can call 
6751     `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode` with the value wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED, and 
6752     set the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style for every window 
6753     which should receive idle events.  Then idle events will only be sent 
6754     to those windows and not to any others. 
6756     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6757     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6758     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6760         __init__(self) -> IdleEvent 
6764         _core_
.IdleEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_IdleEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6765     def RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6767         RequestMore(self, bool needMore=True) 
6769         Tells wxWidgets that more processing is required. This function can be 
6770         called by an EVT_IDLE handler for a window to indicate that the 
6771         application should forward the EVT_IDLE event once more to the 
6772         application windows. If no window calls this function during its 
6773         EVT_IDLE handler, then the application will remain in a passive event 
6774         loop until a new event is posted to the application by the windowing 
6777         return _core_
.IdleEvent_RequestMore(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6779     def MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6781         MoreRequested(self) -> bool 
6783         Returns ``True`` if the OnIdle function processing this event 
6784         requested more processing time. 
6786         return _core_
.IdleEvent_MoreRequested(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6788     def SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6792         Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to 
6793         all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6796         The mode can be one of the following values: 
6798             =========================   ======================================== 
6799             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows 
6800             wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have 
6801                                         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style 
6803             =========================   ======================================== 
6806         return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6808     SetMode 
= staticmethod(SetMode
) 
6809     def GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6813         Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send 
6814         idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they 
6815         will process the events. 
6817         return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6819     GetMode 
= staticmethod(GetMode
) 
6820     def CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6822         CanSend(Window win) -> bool 
6824         Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this 
6827         This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and 
6828         the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle 
6829         events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always 
6830         return ``True`` because the update mode is initially 
6831         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events 
6832         to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set. 
6834         return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6836     CanSend 
= staticmethod(CanSend
) 
6837 _core_
.IdleEvent_swigregister(IdleEvent
) 
6839 def IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6841     IdleEvent_SetMode(int mode) 
6843     Static method for specifying how wxWidgets will send idle events: to 
6844     all windows, or only to those which specify that they will process the 
6847     The mode can be one of the following values: 
6849         =========================   ======================================== 
6850         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL         Send idle events to all windows 
6851         wx.IDLE_PROCESS_SPECIFIED   Send idle events only to windows that have 
6852                                     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra style 
6854         =========================   ======================================== 
6857   return _core_
.IdleEvent_SetMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6859 def IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
): 
6861     IdleEvent_GetMode() -> int 
6863     Static method returning a value specifying how wxWidgets will send 
6864     idle events: to all windows, or only to those which specify that they 
6865     will process the events. 
6867   return _core_
.IdleEvent_GetMode(*args
) 
6869 def IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6871     IdleEvent_CanSend(Window win) -> bool 
6873     Returns ``True`` if it is appropriate to send idle events to this 
6876     This function looks at the mode used (see `wx.IdleEvent.SetMode`), and 
6877     the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE style in window to determine whether idle 
6878     events should be sent to this window now. By default this will always 
6879     return ``True`` because the update mode is initially 
6880     wx.IDLE_PROCESS_ALL. You can change the mode to only send idle events 
6881     to windows with the wx.WS_EX_PROCESS_IDLE extra window style set. 
6883   return _core_
.IdleEvent_CanSend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6885 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6887 class ClipboardTextEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6889     A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text 
6890     copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data 
6891     from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a 
6892     popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT* 
6893     generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control. 
6895     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6896     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6897     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6899         __init__(self, EventType type=wxEVT_NULL, int winid=0) -> ClipboardTextEvent 
6901         A Clipboard Text event is sent when a window intercepts a text 
6902         copy/cut/paste message, i.e. the user has cut/copied/pasted data 
6903         from/into a text control via ctrl-C/X/V, ctrl/shift-del/insert, a 
6904         popup menu command, etc.  NOTE : under windows these events are *NOT* 
6905         generated automatically for a Rich Edit text control. 
6907         _core_
.ClipboardTextEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_ClipboardTextEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6908 _core_
.ClipboardTextEvent_swigregister(ClipboardTextEvent
) 
6910 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
6912 class PyEvent(Event
): 
6914     wx.PyEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom event 
6915     types in Python.  You should derived from this class instead of 
6916     `wx.Event` because this class is Python-aware and is able to transport 
6917     its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event system and have 
6918     them still be there when the event handler is invoked. 
6920     :see: `wx.PyCommandEvent` 
6923     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6924     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6925     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6926         """__init__(self, int winid=0, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL) -> PyEvent""" 
6927         _core_
.PyEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PyEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6930     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_PyEvent
 
6931     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
6932     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6933         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
6934         return _core_
.PyEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6936     def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6937         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject""" 
6938         return _core_
.PyEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6940 _core_
.PyEvent_swigregister(PyEvent
) 
6942 class PyCommandEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6944     wx.PyCommandEvent can be used as a base class for implementing custom 
6945     event types in Python, where the event shoudl travel up to parent 
6946     windows looking for a handler.  You should derived from this class 
6947     instead of `wx.CommandEvent` because this class is Python-aware and is 
6948     able to transport its Python bits safely through the wxWidgets event 
6949     system and have them still be there when the event handler is invoked. 
6954     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6955     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6956     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6957         """__init__(self, EventType eventType=wxEVT_NULL, int id=0) -> PyCommandEvent""" 
6958         _core_
.PyCommandEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PyCommandEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6961     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_PyCommandEvent
 
6962     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
6963     def _SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6964         """_SetSelf(self, PyObject self)""" 
6965         return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__SetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6967     def _GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6968         """_GetSelf(self) -> PyObject""" 
6969         return _core_
.PyCommandEvent__GetSelf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6971 _core_
.PyCommandEvent_swigregister(PyCommandEvent
) 
6973 class DateEvent(CommandEvent
): 
6975     This event class holds information about a date change event and is 
6976     used together with `wx.DatePickerCtrl`. It also serves as a base class 
6977     for `wx.calendar.CalendarEvent`.  Bind these event types with 
6980     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
6981     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
6982     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
6983         """__init__(self, Window win, DateTime dt, EventType type) -> DateEvent""" 
6984         _core_
.DateEvent_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_DateEvent(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
6985     def GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6987         GetDate(self) -> DateTime 
6991         return _core_
.DateEvent_GetDate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
6993     def SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
6995         SetDate(self, DateTime date) 
6997         Sets the date carried by the event, normally only used by the library 
7000         return _core_
.DateEvent_SetDate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7002     Date 
= property(GetDate
,SetDate
,doc
="See `GetDate` and `SetDate`")  
7003 _core_
.DateEvent_swigregister(DateEvent
) 
7005 wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED 
= _core_
.wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
 
7006 EVT_DATE_CHANGED 
= wx
.PyEventBinder( wxEVT_DATE_CHANGED
, 1 ) 
7008 class EventBlocker(EvtHandler
): 
7009     """Helper class to temporarily disable event handling for a window.""" 
7010     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
7011     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
7012     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
7014         __init__(self, Window win, EventType type=wxEVT_ANY) -> EventBlocker 
7016         Helper class to temporarily disable event handling for a window. 
7018         _core_
.EventBlocker_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_EventBlocker(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
7019     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_EventBlocker
 
7020     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
7021     def Block(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7022         """Block(self, EventType type)""" 
7023         return _core_
.EventBlocker_Block(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7025 _core_
.EventBlocker_swigregister(EventBlocker
) 
7027 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7029 PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_SUPPRESS
 
7030 PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_EXCEPTION
 
7031 PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_DIALOG
 
7032 PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG 
= _core_
.PYAPP_ASSERT_LOG
 
7033 PRINT_WINDOWS 
= _core_
.PRINT_WINDOWS
 
7034 PRINT_POSTSCRIPT 
= _core_
.PRINT_POSTSCRIPT
 
7035 class PyApp(EvtHandler
): 
7037     The ``wx.PyApp`` class is an *implementation detail*, please use the 
7038     `wx.App` class (or some other derived class) instead. 
7040     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
7041     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
7042     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
7044         __init__(self) -> PyApp 
7046         Create a new application object, starting the bootstrap process. 
7048         _core_
.PyApp_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PyApp(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
7049         self
._setOORInfo
(self
, False);PyApp
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, self
, PyApp
) 
7051     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_PyApp
 
7052     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
7053     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7054         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, bool incref=False)""" 
7055         return _core_
.PyApp__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7057     def GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7059         GetAppName(self) -> String 
7061         Get the application name. 
7063         return _core_
.PyApp_GetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7065     def SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7067         SetAppName(self, String name) 
7069         Set the application name. This value may be used automatically by 
7070         `wx.Config` and such. 
7072         return _core_
.PyApp_SetAppName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7074     def GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7076         GetClassName(self) -> String 
7078         Get the application's class name. 
7080         return _core_
.PyApp_GetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7082     def SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7084         SetClassName(self, String name) 
7086         Set the application's class name. This value may be used for 
7087         X-resources if applicable for the platform 
7089         return _core_
.PyApp_SetClassName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7091     def GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7093         GetVendorName(self) -> String 
7095         Get the application's vendor name. 
7097         return _core_
.PyApp_GetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7099     def SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7101         SetVendorName(self, String name) 
7103         Set the application's vendor name. This value may be used 
7104         automatically by `wx.Config` and such. 
7106         return _core_
.PyApp_SetVendorName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7108     def GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7110         GetTraits(self) -> wxAppTraits 
7112         Return (and create if necessary) the app traits object to which we 
7113         delegate for everything which either should be configurable by the 
7114         user (then he can change the default behaviour simply by overriding 
7115         CreateTraits() and returning his own traits object) or which is 
7116         GUI/console dependent as then wx.AppTraits allows us to abstract the 
7117         differences behind the common facade. 
7119         :todo: Add support for overriding CreateAppTraits in wxPython. 
7121         return _core_
.PyApp_GetTraits(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7123     def ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7125         ProcessPendingEvents(self) 
7127         Process all events in the Pending Events list -- it is necessary to 
7128         call this function to process posted events. This normally happens 
7129         during each event loop iteration. 
7131         return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessPendingEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7133     def Yield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7135         Yield(self, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool 
7137         Process all currently pending events right now, instead of waiting 
7138         until return to the event loop.  It is an error to call ``Yield`` 
7139         recursively unless the value of ``onlyIfNeeded`` is True. 
7141         :warning: This function is dangerous as it can lead to unexpected 
7142               reentrancies (i.e. when called from an event handler it may 
7143               result in calling the same event handler again), use with 
7144               extreme care or, better, don't use at all! 
7146         :see: `wx.Yield`, `wx.YieldIfNeeded`, `wx.SafeYield` 
7149         return _core_
.PyApp_Yield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7151     def WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7155         Make sure that idle events are sent again. 
7156         :see: `wx.WakeUpIdle` 
7158         return _core_
.PyApp_WakeUpIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7160     def IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7162         IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool 
7164         Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can 
7165         currently be dispatched. 
7167         return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7169     IsMainLoopRunning 
= staticmethod(IsMainLoopRunning
) 
7170     def MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7172         MainLoop(self) -> int 
7174         Execute the main GUI loop, the function doesn't normally return until 
7175         all top level windows have been closed and destroyed. 
7177         return _core_
.PyApp_MainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7179     def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7183         Exit the main loop thus terminating the application. 
7186         return _core_
.PyApp_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7188     def GetLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7190         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int 
7192         Return the layout direction for the current locale. 
7194         return _core_
.PyApp_GetLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7196     def ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7200         Exit the main GUI loop during the next iteration of the main 
7201         loop, (i.e. it does not stop the program immediately!) 
7203         return _core_
.PyApp_ExitMainLoop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7205     def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7207         Pending(self) -> bool 
7209         Returns True if there are unprocessed events in the event queue. 
7211         return _core_
.PyApp_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7213     def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7215         Dispatch(self) -> bool 
7217         Process the first event in the event queue (blocks until an event 
7218         appears if there are none currently) 
7220         return _core_
.PyApp_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7222     def ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7224         ProcessIdle(self) -> bool 
7226         Called from the MainLoop when the application becomes idle (there are 
7227         no pending events) and sends a `wx.IdleEvent` to all interested 
7228         parties.  Returns True if more idle events are needed, False if not. 
7230         return _core_
.PyApp_ProcessIdle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7232     def SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7234         SendIdleEvents(self, Window win, IdleEvent event) -> bool 
7236         Send idle event to window and all subwindows.  Returns True if more 
7237         idle time is requested. 
7239         return _core_
.PyApp_SendIdleEvents(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7241     def IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7243         IsActive(self) -> bool 
7245         Return True if our app has focus. 
7247         return _core_
.PyApp_IsActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7249     def SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7251         SetTopWindow(self, Window win) 
7253         Set the *main* top level window 
7255         return _core_
.PyApp_SetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7257     def GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7259         GetTopWindow(self) -> Window 
7261         Return the *main* top level window (if it hadn't been set previously 
7262         with SetTopWindow(), will return just some top level window and, if 
7263         there not any, will return None) 
7265         return _core_
.PyApp_GetTopWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7267     def SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7269         SetExitOnFrameDelete(self, bool flag) 
7271         Control the exit behaviour: by default, the program will exit the main 
7272         loop (and so, usually, terminate) when the last top-level program 
7273         window is deleted.  Beware that if you disable this behaviour (with 
7274         SetExitOnFrameDelete(False)), you'll have to call ExitMainLoop() 
7275         explicitly from somewhere. 
7277         return _core_
.PyApp_SetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7279     def GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7281         GetExitOnFrameDelete(self) -> bool 
7283         Get the current exit behaviour setting. 
7285         return _core_
.PyApp_GetExitOnFrameDelete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7287     def SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7289         SetUseBestVisual(self, bool flag, bool forceTrueColour=False) 
7291         Set whether the app should try to use the best available visual on 
7292         systems where more than one is available, (Sun, SGI, XFree86 4, etc.) 
7294         return _core_
.PyApp_SetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7296     def GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7298         GetUseBestVisual(self) -> bool 
7300         Get current UseBestVisual setting. 
7302         return _core_
.PyApp_GetUseBestVisual(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7304     def SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7305         """SetPrintMode(self, int mode)""" 
7306         return _core_
.PyApp_SetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7308     def GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7309         """GetPrintMode(self) -> int""" 
7310         return _core_
.PyApp_GetPrintMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7312     def SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7314         SetAssertMode(self, int mode) 
7316         Set the OnAssert behaviour for debug and hybrid builds. 
7318         return _core_
.PyApp_SetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7320     def GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7322         GetAssertMode(self) -> int 
7324         Get the current OnAssert behaviour setting. 
7326         return _core_
.PyApp_GetAssertMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7328     def GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7329         """GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool""" 
7330         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7332     GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= staticmethod(GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
) 
7333     def GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7334         """GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7335         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7337     GetMacAboutMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacAboutMenuItemId
) 
7338     def GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7339         """GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7340         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7342     GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
) 
7343     def GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7344         """GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7345         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7347     GetMacExitMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(GetMacExitMenuItemId
) 
7348     def GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7349         """GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String""" 
7350         return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7352     GetMacHelpMenuTitleName 
= staticmethod(GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
) 
7353     def SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7354         """SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)""" 
7355         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7357     SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= staticmethod(SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
) 
7358     def SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7359         """SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7360         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7362     SetMacAboutMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacAboutMenuItemId
) 
7363     def SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7364         """SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7365         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7367     SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
) 
7368     def SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7369         """SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7370         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7372     SetMacExitMenuItemId 
= staticmethod(SetMacExitMenuItemId
) 
7373     def SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7374         """SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)""" 
7375         return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7377     SetMacHelpMenuTitleName 
= staticmethod(SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
) 
7378     def _BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7382         For internal use only 
7384         return _core_
.PyApp__BootstrapApp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7386     def GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7388         GetComCtl32Version() -> int 
7390         Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if 
7391         it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms. 
7393         return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7395     GetComCtl32Version 
= staticmethod(GetComCtl32Version
) 
7396     def IsDisplayAvailable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7398         IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool 
7400         Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment. 
7401         This will mean different things on the different platforms. 
7403            * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is 
7404              not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen 
7405              if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly. 
7407            * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not 
7408              able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in 
7409              remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead 
7410              of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.) 
7415         return _core_
.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7417     IsDisplayAvailable 
= staticmethod(IsDisplayAvailable
) 
7418     AppName 
= property(GetAppName
,SetAppName
,doc
="See `GetAppName` and `SetAppName`")  
7419     AssertMode 
= property(GetAssertMode
,SetAssertMode
,doc
="See `GetAssertMode` and `SetAssertMode`")  
7420     ClassName 
= property(GetClassName
,SetClassName
,doc
="See `GetClassName` and `SetClassName`")  
7421     ExitOnFrameDelete 
= property(GetExitOnFrameDelete
,SetExitOnFrameDelete
,doc
="See `GetExitOnFrameDelete` and `SetExitOnFrameDelete`")  
7422     LayoutDirection 
= property(GetLayoutDirection
,doc
="See `GetLayoutDirection`")  
7423     PrintMode 
= property(GetPrintMode
,SetPrintMode
,doc
="See `GetPrintMode` and `SetPrintMode`")  
7424     TopWindow 
= property(GetTopWindow
,SetTopWindow
,doc
="See `GetTopWindow` and `SetTopWindow`")  
7425     Traits 
= property(GetTraits
,doc
="See `GetTraits`")  
7426     UseBestVisual 
= property(GetUseBestVisual
,SetUseBestVisual
,doc
="See `GetUseBestVisual` and `SetUseBestVisual`")  
7427     VendorName 
= property(GetVendorName
,SetVendorName
,doc
="See `GetVendorName` and `SetVendorName`")  
7428     Active 
= property(IsActive
)  
7429 _core_
.PyApp_swigregister(PyApp
) 
7431 def PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
): 
7433     PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning() -> bool 
7435     Returns True if we're running the main loop, i.e. if the events can 
7436     currently be dispatched. 
7438   return _core_
.PyApp_IsMainLoopRunning(*args
) 
7440 def PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
): 
7441   """PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts() -> bool""" 
7442   return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
) 
7444 def PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
): 
7445   """PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7446   return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
) 
7448 def PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
): 
7449   """PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7450   return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
) 
7452 def PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
): 
7453   """PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId() -> long""" 
7454   return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
) 
7456 def PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
): 
7457   """PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName() -> String""" 
7458   return _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
) 
7460 def PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7461   """PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(bool val)""" 
7462   return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7464 def PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7465   """PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7466   return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7468 def PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7469   """PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7470   return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7472 def PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7473   """PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(long val)""" 
7474   return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7476 def PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7477   """PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(String val)""" 
7478   return _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7480 def PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
): 
7482     PyApp_GetComCtl32Version() -> int 
7484     Returns 400, 470, 471, etc. for comctl32.dll 4.00, 4.70, 4.71 or 0 if 
7485     it wasn't found at all.  Raises an exception on non-Windows platforms. 
7487   return _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version(*args
) 
7489 def PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args
): 
7491     PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable() -> bool 
7493     Tests if it is possible to create a GUI in the current environment. 
7494     This will mean different things on the different platforms. 
7496        * On X Windows systems this function will return ``False`` if it is 
7497          not able to open a connection to the X display, which can happen 
7498          if $DISPLAY is not set, or is not set correctly. 
7500        * On Mac OS X a ``False`` return value will mean that wx is not 
7501          able to access the window manager, which can happen if logged in 
7502          remotely or if running from the normal version of python instead 
7503          of the framework version, (i.e., pythonw.) 
7508   return _core_
.PyApp_IsDisplayAvailable(*args
) 
7510 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7517     Force an exit of the application.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Exit() 
7519   return _core_
.Exit(*args
) 
7525     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield() 
7527   return _core_
.Yield(*args
) 
7529 def YieldIfNeeded(*args
): 
7531     YieldIfNeeded() -> bool 
7533     Yield to other apps/messages.  Convenience for wx.GetApp().Yield(True) 
7535   return _core_
.YieldIfNeeded(*args
) 
7537 def SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7539     SafeYield(Window win=None, bool onlyIfNeeded=False) -> bool 
7541     This function is similar to `wx.Yield`, except that it disables the 
7542     user input to all program windows before calling `wx.Yield` and 
7543     re-enables it again afterwards. If ``win`` is not None, this window 
7544     will remain enabled, allowing the implementation of some limited user 
7547     :Returns: the result of the call to `wx.Yield`. 
7549   return _core_
.SafeYield(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7551 def WakeUpIdle(*args
): 
7555     Cause the message queue to become empty again, so idle events will be 
7558   return _core_
.WakeUpIdle(*args
) 
7560 def PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7562     PostEvent(EvtHandler dest, Event event) 
7564     Send an event to a window or other wx.EvtHandler to be processed 
7567   return _core_
.PostEvent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7569 def App_CleanUp(*args
): 
7573     For internal use only, it is used to cleanup after wxWidgets when 
7576   return _core_
.App_CleanUp(*args
) 
7582     Return a reference to the current wx.App object. 
7584   return _core_
.GetApp(*args
) 
7586 def SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7588     SetDefaultPyEncoding(string encoding) 
7590     Sets the encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to convert a 
7591     Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString. 
7593     The default encoding is the value of ``locale.getdefaultlocale()[1]`` 
7594     but please be aware that the default encoding within the same locale 
7595     may be slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please 
7596     see http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences 
7597     between the common latin/roman encodings. 
7599   return _core_
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7601 def GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
): 
7603     GetDefaultPyEncoding() -> string 
7605     Gets the current encoding that wxPython will use when it needs to 
7606     convert a Python string or unicode object to or from a wxString. 
7608   return _core_
.GetDefaultPyEncoding(*args
) 
7609 #---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7611 class PyOnDemandOutputWindow
: 
7613     A class that can be used for redirecting Python's stdout and 
7614     stderr streams.  It will do nothing until something is wrriten to 
7615     the stream at which point it will create a Frame with a text area 
7616     and write the text there. 
7618     def __init__(self
, title 
= "wxPython: stdout/stderr"): 
7621         self
.pos    
= wx
.DefaultPosition
 
7622         self
.size   
= (450, 300) 
7625     def SetParent(self
, parent
): 
7626         """Set the window to be used as the popup Frame's parent.""" 
7627         self
.parent 
= parent
 
7630     def CreateOutputWindow(self
, st
): 
7631         self
.frame 
= wx
.Frame(self
.parent
, -1, self
.title
, self
.pos
, self
.size
, 
7632                               style
=wx
.DEFAULT_FRAME_STYLE
) 
7633         self
.text  
= wx
.TextCtrl(self
.frame
, -1, "", 
7634                                  style
=wx
.TE_MULTILINE|wx
.TE_READONLY
) 
7635         self
.text
.AppendText(st
) 
7636         self
.frame
.Show(True) 
7637         self
.frame
.Bind(wx
.EVT_CLOSE
, self
.OnCloseWindow
) 
7640     def OnCloseWindow(self
, event
): 
7641         if self
.frame 
is not None: 
7642             self
.frame
.Destroy() 
7647     # These methods provide the file-like output behaviour. 
7648     def write(self
, text
): 
7650         Create the output window if needed and write the string to it. 
7651         If not called in the context of the gui thread then uses 
7652         CallAfter to do the work there. 
7654         if self
.frame 
is None: 
7655             if not wx
.Thread_IsMain(): 
7656                 wx
.CallAfter(self
.CreateOutputWindow
, text
) 
7658                 self
.CreateOutputWindow(text
) 
7660             if not wx
.Thread_IsMain(): 
7661                 wx
.CallAfter(self
.text
.AppendText
, text
) 
7663                 self
.text
.AppendText(text
) 
7667         if self
.frame 
is not None: 
7668             wx
.CallAfter(self
.frame
.Close
) 
7676 #---------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7678 _defRedirect 
= (wx
.Platform 
== '__WXMSW__' or wx
.Platform 
== '__WXMAC__') 
7680 class App(wx
.PyApp
): 
7682     The ``wx.App`` class represents the application and is used to: 
7684       * bootstrap the wxPython system and initialize the underlying 
7686       * set and get application-wide properties 
7687       * implement the windowing system main message or event loop, 
7688         and to dispatch events to window instances 
7691     Every application must have a ``wx.App`` instance, and all 
7692     creation of UI objects should be delayed until after the 
7693     ``wx.App`` object has been created in order to ensure that the gui 
7694     platform and wxWidgets have been fully initialized. 
7696     Normally you would derive from this class and implement an 
7697     ``OnInit`` method that creates a frame and then calls 
7698     ``self.SetTopWindow(frame)``. 
7700     :see: `wx.PySimpleApp` for a simpler app class that can be used 
7704     outputWindowClass 
= PyOnDemandOutputWindow
 
7706     def __init__(self
, redirect
=_defRedirect
, filename
=None, 
7707                  useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True): 
7709         Construct a ``wx.App`` object.   
7711         :param redirect: Should ``sys.stdout`` and ``sys.stderr`` be 
7712             redirected?  Defaults to True on Windows and Mac, False 
7713             otherwise.  If `filename` is None then output will be 
7714             redirected to a window that pops up as needed.  (You can 
7715             control what kind of window is created for the output by 
7716             resetting the class variable ``outputWindowClass`` to a 
7717             class of your choosing.) 
7719         :param filename: The name of a file to redirect output to, if 
7722         :param useBestVisual: Should the app try to use the best 
7723             available visual provided by the system (only relevant on 
7724             systems that have more than one visual.)  This parameter 
7725             must be used instead of calling `SetUseBestVisual` later 
7726             on because it must be set before the underlying GUI 
7727             toolkit is initialized. 
7729         :param clearSigInt: Should SIGINT be cleared?  This allows the 
7730             app to terminate upon a Ctrl-C in the console like other 
7733         :note: You should override OnInit to do applicaition 
7734             initialization to ensure that the system, toolkit and 
7735             wxWidgets are fully initialized. 
7738         wx
.PyApp
.__init
__(self
) 
7740         # make sure we can create a GUI 
7741         if not self
.IsDisplayAvailable(): 
7743             if wx
.Platform 
== "__WXMAC__": 
7744                 msg 
= """This program needs access to the screen. 
7745 Please run with 'pythonw', not 'python', and only when you are logged 
7746 in on the main display of your Mac.""" 
7748             elif wx
.Platform 
== "__WXGTK__": 
7749                 msg 
="Unable to access the X Display, is $DISPLAY set properly?" 
7752                 msg 
= "Unable to create GUI" 
7753                 # TODO: more description is needed for wxMSW... 
7755             raise SystemExit(msg
) 
7757         # This has to be done before OnInit 
7758         self
.SetUseBestVisual(useBestVisual
) 
7760         # Set the default handler for SIGINT.  This fixes a problem 
7761         # where if Ctrl-C is pressed in the console that started this 
7762         # app then it will not appear to do anything, (not even send 
7763         # KeyboardInterrupt???)  but will later segfault on exit.  By 
7764         # setting the default handler then the app will exit, as 
7765         # expected (depending on platform.) 
7769                 signal
.signal(signal
.SIGINT
, signal
.SIG_DFL
) 
7773         # Save and redirect the stdio to a window? 
7774         self
.stdioWin 
= None 
7775         self
.saveStdio 
= (_sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr
) 
7777             self
.RedirectStdio(filename
) 
7779         # Use Python's install prefix as the default   
7780         wx
.StandardPaths
.Get().SetInstallPrefix(_sys
.prefix
) 
7782         # Until the new native control for wxMac is up to par, still use the generic one. 
7783         wx
.SystemOptions
.SetOptionInt("mac.listctrl.always_use_generic", 1) 
7785         # This finishes the initialization of wxWindows and then calls 
7786         # the OnInit that should be present in the derived class 
7787         self
._BootstrapApp
() 
7790     def OnPreInit(self
): 
7792         Things that must be done after _BootstrapApp has done its 
7793         thing, but would be nice if they were already done by the time 
7794         that OnInit is called. 
7796         wx
.StockGDI
._initStockObjects
() 
7799     def __del__(self
, destroy
=wx
.PyApp
.__del
__): 
7800         self
.RestoreStdio()  # Just in case the MainLoop was overridden 
7804         self
.this
.own(False) 
7805         wx
.PyApp
.Destroy(self
) 
7807     def SetTopWindow(self
, frame
): 
7808         """Set the \"main\" top level window""" 
7810             self
.stdioWin
.SetParent(frame
) 
7811         wx
.PyApp
.SetTopWindow(self
, frame
) 
7815         """Execute the main GUI event loop""" 
7816         wx
.PyApp
.MainLoop(self
) 
7820     def RedirectStdio(self
, filename
=None): 
7821         """Redirect sys.stdout and sys.stderr to a file or a popup window.""" 
7823             _sys
.stdout 
= _sys
.stderr 
= open(filename
, 'a') 
7825             self
.stdioWin 
= self
.outputWindowClass() 
7826             _sys
.stdout 
= _sys
.stderr 
= self
.stdioWin
 
7829     def RestoreStdio(self
): 
7831             _sys
.stdout
, _sys
.stderr 
= self
.saveStdio
 
7836     def SetOutputWindowAttributes(self
, title
=None, pos
=None, size
=None): 
7838         Set the title, position and/or size of the output window if 
7839         the stdio has been redirected.  This should be called before 
7840         any output would cause the output window to be created. 
7843             if title 
is not None: 
7844                 self
.stdioWin
.title 
= title
 
7846                 self
.stdioWin
.pos 
= pos
 
7847             if size 
is not None: 
7848                 self
.stdioWin
.size 
= size
 
7853 # change from wx.PyApp_XX to wx.App_XX 
7854 App_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
 
7855 App_GetMacAboutMenuItemId        
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacAboutMenuItemId
 
7856 App_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
 
7857 App_GetMacExitMenuItemId         
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacExitMenuItemId
 
7858 App_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName      
= _core_
.PyApp_GetMacHelpMenuTitleName
 
7859 App_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts 
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacSupportPCMenuShortcuts
 
7860 App_SetMacAboutMenuItemId        
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacAboutMenuItemId
 
7861 App_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId  
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacPreferencesMenuItemId
 
7862 App_SetMacExitMenuItemId         
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacExitMenuItemId
 
7863 App_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName      
= _core_
.PyApp_SetMacHelpMenuTitleName
 
7864 App_GetComCtl32Version           
= _core_
.PyApp_GetComCtl32Version
 
7866 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7868 class PySimpleApp(wx
.App
): 
7870     A simple application class.  You can just create one of these and 
7871     then then make your top level windows later, and not have to worry 
7872     about OnInit.  For example:: 
7874         app = wx.PySimpleApp() 
7875         frame = wx.Frame(None, title='Hello World') 
7882     def __init__(self
, redirect
=False, filename
=None, 
7883                  useBestVisual
=False, clearSigInt
=True): 
7885         :see: `wx.App.__init__` 
7887         wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, redirect
, filename
, useBestVisual
, clearSigInt
) 
7894 # Is anybody using this one? 
7895 class PyWidgetTester(wx
.App
): 
7896     def __init__(self
, size 
= (250, 100)): 
7898         wx
.App
.__init
__(self
, 0) 
7901         self
.frame 
= wx
.Frame(None, -1, "Widget Tester", pos
=(0,0), size
=self
.size
) 
7902         self
.SetTopWindow(self
.frame
) 
7905     def SetWidget(self
, widgetClass
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
7906         w 
= widgetClass(self
.frame
, *args
, **kwargs
) 
7907         self
.frame
.Show(True) 
7909 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7910 # DO NOT hold any other references to this object.  This is how we 
7911 # know when to cleanup system resources that wxWidgets is holding.  When 
7912 # the sys module is unloaded, the refcount on sys.__wxPythonCleanup 
7913 # goes to zero and it calls the wx.App_CleanUp function. 
7915 class __wxPyCleanup
: 
7917         self
.cleanup 
= _core_
.App_CleanUp
 
7921 _sys
.__wxPythonCleanup 
= __wxPyCleanup() 
7923 ## # another possible solution, but it gets called too early... 
7925 ## atexit.register(_core_.wxApp_CleanUp) 
7928 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7930 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7932 class EventLoop(object): 
7933     """Proxy of C++ EventLoop class""" 
7934     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
7935     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
7936     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
7937         """__init__(self) -> EventLoop""" 
7938         _core_
.EventLoop_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_EventLoop(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
7939     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_EventLoop
 
7940     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
7941     def Run(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7942         """Run(self) -> int""" 
7943         return _core_
.EventLoop_Run(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7945     def Exit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7946         """Exit(self, int rc=0)""" 
7947         return _core_
.EventLoop_Exit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7949     def Pending(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7950         """Pending(self) -> bool""" 
7951         return _core_
.EventLoop_Pending(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7953     def Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7954         """Dispatch(self) -> bool""" 
7955         return _core_
.EventLoop_Dispatch(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7957     def IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7958         """IsRunning(self) -> bool""" 
7959         return _core_
.EventLoop_IsRunning(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7961     def GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7962         """GetActive() -> EventLoop""" 
7963         return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7965     GetActive 
= staticmethod(GetActive
) 
7966     def SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7967         """SetActive(EventLoop loop)""" 
7968         return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7970     SetActive 
= staticmethod(SetActive
) 
7971 _core_
.EventLoop_swigregister(EventLoop
) 
7973 def EventLoop_GetActive(*args
): 
7974   """EventLoop_GetActive() -> EventLoop""" 
7975   return _core_
.EventLoop_GetActive(*args
) 
7977 def EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
): 
7978   """EventLoop_SetActive(EventLoop loop)""" 
7979   return _core_
.EventLoop_SetActive(*args
, **kwargs
) 
7981 class EventLoopActivator(object): 
7982     """Proxy of C++ EventLoopActivator class""" 
7983     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
7984     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
7985     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
7986         """__init__(self, EventLoop evtLoop) -> EventLoopActivator""" 
7987         _core_
.EventLoopActivator_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_EventLoopActivator(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
7988     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_EventLoopActivator
 
7989     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
7990 _core_
.EventLoopActivator_swigregister(EventLoopActivator
) 
7992 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
7994 ACCEL_ALT 
= _core_
.ACCEL_ALT
 
7995 ACCEL_CTRL 
= _core_
.ACCEL_CTRL
 
7996 ACCEL_SHIFT 
= _core_
.ACCEL_SHIFT
 
7997 ACCEL_NORMAL 
= _core_
.ACCEL_NORMAL
 
7998 ACCEL_CMD 
= _core_
.ACCEL_CMD
 
7999 class AcceleratorEntry(object): 
8001     A class used to define items in an `wx.AcceleratorTable`.  wxPython 
8002     programs can choose to use wx.AcceleratorEntry objects, but using a 
8003     list of 3-tuple of integers (flags, keyCode, cmdID) usually works just 
8004     as well.  See `__init__` for  of the tuple values. 
8006     :see: `wx.AcceleratorTable` 
8008     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
8009     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
8010     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
8012         __init__(self, int flags=0, int keyCode=0, int cmdID=0) -> AcceleratorEntry 
8014         Construct a wx.AcceleratorEntry. 
8016         _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_AcceleratorEntry(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
8017     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_AcceleratorEntry
 
8018     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
8019     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8021         Set(self, int flags, int keyCode, int cmd) 
8023         (Re)set the attributes of a wx.AcceleratorEntry. 
8026         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8028     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8030         Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry 
8032         Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if 
8033         it coulnd't be parsed. 
8035         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8037     Create 
= staticmethod(Create
) 
8038     def GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8040         GetFlags(self) -> int 
8042         Get the AcceleratorEntry's flags. 
8044         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetFlags(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8046     def GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8048         GetKeyCode(self) -> int 
8050         Get the AcceleratorEntry's keycode. 
8052         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetKeyCode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8054     def GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8056         GetCommand(self) -> int 
8058         Get the AcceleratorEntry's command ID. 
8060         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_GetCommand(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8062     def IsOk(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8063         """IsOk(self) -> bool""" 
8064         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_IsOk(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8066     def ToString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8068         ToString(self) -> String 
8070         Returns a string representation for the this accelerator.  The string 
8071         is formatted using the <flags>-<keycode> format where <flags> maybe a 
8072         hyphen-separed list of "shift|alt|ctrl" 
8075         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_ToString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8077     def FromString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8079         FromString(self, String str) -> bool 
8081         Returns true if the given string correctly initialized this object. 
8083         return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_FromString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8085     Command 
= property(GetCommand
,doc
="See `GetCommand`")  
8086     Flags 
= property(GetFlags
,doc
="See `GetFlags`")  
8087     KeyCode 
= property(GetKeyCode
,doc
="See `GetKeyCode`")  
8088 _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_swigregister(AcceleratorEntry
) 
8090 def AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8092     AcceleratorEntry_Create(String str) -> AcceleratorEntry 
8094     Create accelerator corresponding to the specified string, or None if 
8095     it coulnd't be parsed. 
8097   return _core_
.AcceleratorEntry_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8099 class AcceleratorTable(Object
): 
8101     An accelerator table allows the application to specify a table of 
8102     keyboard shortcuts for menus or other commands. On Windows, menu or 
8103     button commands are supported; on GTK, only menu commands are 
8106     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
8107     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
8108     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
8110         __init__(entries) -> AcceleratorTable 
8112         Construct an AcceleratorTable from a list of `wx.AcceleratorEntry` 
8113         items or or of 3-tuples (flags, keyCode, cmdID) 
8115         :see: `wx.AcceleratorEntry` 
8117         _core_
.AcceleratorTable_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_AcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
8118     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_AcceleratorTable
 
8119     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
8120     def IsOk(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8121         """IsOk(self) -> bool""" 
8122         return _core_
.AcceleratorTable_IsOk(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8125 _core_
.AcceleratorTable_swigregister(AcceleratorTable
) 
8128 def GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8129   """GetAccelFromString(String label) -> AcceleratorEntry""" 
8130   return _core_
.GetAccelFromString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8131 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
8133 class VisualAttributes(object): 
8134     """struct containing all the visual attributes of a control""" 
8135     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
8136     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
8137     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
8139         __init__(self) -> VisualAttributes 
8141         struct containing all the visual attributes of a control 
8143         _core_
.VisualAttributes_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_VisualAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
8144     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_VisualAttributes
 
8145     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
8146     font 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_font_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_font_set
) 
8147     colFg 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colFg_set
) 
8148     colBg 
= property(_core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_get
, _core_
.VisualAttributes_colBg_set
) 
8149 _core_
.VisualAttributes_swigregister(VisualAttributes
) 
8150 NullAcceleratorTable 
= cvar
.NullAcceleratorTable
 
8151 PanelNameStr 
= cvar
.PanelNameStr
 
8153 WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL
 
8154 WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_SMALL
 
8155 WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MINI
 
8156 WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_LARGE
 
8157 WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX 
= _core_
.WINDOW_VARIANT_MAX
 
8158 class Window(EvtHandler
): 
8160     wx.Window is the base class for all windows and represents any visible 
8161     object on the screen. All controls, top level windows and so on are 
8162     wx.Windows. Sizers and device contexts are not however, as they don't 
8163     appear on screen themselves. 
8166     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
8167     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
8168     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
8170         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
8171             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> Window 
8173         Construct and show a generic Window. 
8175         _core_
.Window_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Window(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
8176         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
8178     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8180         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
8181             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, String name=PanelNameStr) -> bool 
8183         Create the GUI part of the Window for 2-phase creation mode. 
8185         return _core_
.Window_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8187     def Close(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8189         Close(self, bool force=False) -> bool 
8191         This function simply generates a EVT_CLOSE event whose handler usually 
8192         tries to close the window. It doesn't close the window itself, 
8193         however.  If force is False (the default) then the window's close 
8194         handler will be allowed to veto the destruction of the window. 
8196         return _core_
.Window_Close(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8198     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8200         Destroy(self) -> bool 
8202         Destroys the window safely.  Frames and dialogs are not destroyed 
8203         immediately when this function is called -- they are added to a list 
8204         of windows to be deleted on idle time, when all the window's events 
8205         have been processed. This prevents problems with events being sent to 
8206         non-existent windows. 
8208         Returns True if the window has either been successfully deleted, or it 
8209         has been added to the list of windows pending real deletion. 
8211         args
[0].this
.own(False) 
8212         return _core_
.Window_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8214     def DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8216         DestroyChildren(self) -> bool 
8218         Destroys all children of a window. Called automatically by the 
8221         return _core_
.Window_DestroyChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8223     def IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8225         IsBeingDeleted(self) -> bool 
8227         Is the window in the process of being deleted? 
8229         return _core_
.Window_IsBeingDeleted(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8231     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8233         SetLabel(self, String label) 
8235         Set the text which the window shows in its label if applicable. 
8237         return _core_
.Window_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8239     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8241         GetLabel(self) -> String 
8243         Generic way of getting a label from any window, for identification 
8244         purposes.  The interpretation of this function differs from class to 
8245         class. For frames and dialogs, the value returned is the title. For 
8246         buttons or static text controls, it is the button text. This function 
8247         can be useful for meta-programs such as testing tools or special-needs 
8248         access programs)which need to identify windows by name. 
8250         return _core_
.Window_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8252     def SetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8254         SetName(self, String name) 
8256         Sets the window's name.  The window name is used for ressource setting 
8257         in X, it is not the same as the window title/label 
8259         return _core_
.Window_SetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8261     def GetName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8263         GetName(self) -> String 
8265         Returns the windows name.  This name is not guaranteed to be unique; 
8266         it is up to the programmer to supply an appropriate name in the window 
8267         constructor or via wx.Window.SetName. 
8269         return _core_
.Window_GetName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8271     def SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8273         SetWindowVariant(self, int variant) 
8275         Sets the variant of the window/font size to use for this window, if 
8276         the platform supports variants, for example, wxMac. 
8278         return _core_
.Window_SetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8280     def GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8281         """GetWindowVariant(self) -> int""" 
8282         return _core_
.Window_GetWindowVariant(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8284     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8286         SetId(self, int winid) 
8288         Sets the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer 
8289         identifier. If the application has not provided one, an identifier 
8290         will be generated. Normally, the identifier should be provided on 
8291         creation and should not be modified subsequently. 
8293         return _core_
.Window_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8295     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8299         Returns the identifier of the window.  Each window has an integer 
8300         identifier. If the application has not provided one (or the default Id 
8301         -1 is used) then an unique identifier with a negative value will be 
8304         return _core_
.Window_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8306     def NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8308         NewControlId() -> int 
8310         Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one. 
8312         return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8314     NewControlId 
= staticmethod(NewControlId
) 
8315     def NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8317         NextControlId(int winid) -> int 
8319         Get the id of the control following the one with the given 
8322         return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8324     NextControlId 
= staticmethod(NextControlId
) 
8325     def PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8327         PrevControlId(int winid) -> int 
8329         Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given 
8332         return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8334     PrevControlId 
= staticmethod(PrevControlId
) 
8335     def GetLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8337         GetLayoutDirection(self) -> int 
8339         Get the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window.  Returns 
8340         ``wx.Layout_Default`` if layout direction is not supported. 
8342         return _core_
.Window_GetLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8344     def SetLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8346         SetLayoutDirection(self, int dir) 
8348         Set the layout direction (LTR or RTL) for this window. 
8350         return _core_
.Window_SetLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8352     def AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8354         AdjustForLayoutDirection(self, int x, int width, int widthTotal) -> int 
8356         Mirror coordinates for RTL layout if this window uses it and if the 
8357         mirroring is not done automatically like Win32. 
8359         return _core_
.Window_AdjustForLayoutDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8361     def SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8363         SetSize(self, Size size) 
8365         Sets the size of the window in pixels. 
8367         return _core_
.Window_SetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8369     def SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8371         SetDimensions(self, int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO) 
8373         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels.  The sizeFlags 
8374         parameter indicates the interpretation of the other params if they are 
8377             ========================  ====================================== 
8378             wx.SIZE_AUTO              A -1 indicates that a class-specific 
8379                                       default should be used. 
8380             wx.SIZE_USE_EXISTING      Axisting dimensions should be used if 
8381                                       -1 values are supplied. 
8382             wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE    Allow dimensions of -1 and less to be 
8383                                       interpreted as real dimensions, not 
8385             ========================  ====================================== 
8388         return _core_
.Window_SetDimensions(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8390     def SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8392         SetRect(self, Rect rect, int sizeFlags=SIZE_AUTO) 
8394         Sets the position and size of the window in pixels using a wx.Rect. 
8396         return _core_
.Window_SetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8398     def SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8400         SetSizeWH(self, int width, int height) 
8402         Sets the size of the window in pixels. 
8404         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8406     def Move(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8408         Move(self, Point pt, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING) 
8410         Moves the window to the given position. 
8412         return _core_
.Window_Move(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8415     def MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8417         MoveXY(self, int x, int y, int flags=SIZE_USE_EXISTING) 
8419         Moves the window to the given position. 
8421         return _core_
.Window_MoveXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8423     def SetInitialSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8425         SetInitialSize(self, Size size=DefaultSize) 
8427         A 'Smart' SetSize that will fill in default size components with the 
8428         window's *best size* values.  Also set's the minsize for use with sizers. 
8430         return _core_
.Window_SetInitialSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8432     SetBestFittingSize 
= wx
._deprecated
(SetInitialSize
, 'Use `SetInitialSize`')  
8433     def Raise(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8437         Raises the window to the top of the window hierarchy.  In current 
8438         version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows. 
8440         return _core_
.Window_Raise(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8442     def Lower(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8446         Lowers the window to the bottom of the window hierarchy.  In current 
8447         version of wxWidgets this works both for managed and child windows. 
8449         return _core_
.Window_Lower(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8451     def SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8453         SetClientSize(self, Size size) 
8455         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8456         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8457         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8458         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8459         around panel items, for example. 
8461         return _core_
.Window_SetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8463     def SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8465         SetClientSizeWH(self, int width, int height) 
8467         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8468         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8469         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8470         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8471         around panel items, for example. 
8473         return _core_
.Window_SetClientSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8475     def SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8477         SetClientRect(self, Rect rect) 
8479         This sets the size of the window client area in pixels. Using this 
8480         function to size a window tends to be more device-independent than 
8481         wx.Window.SetSize, since the application need not worry about what 
8482         dimensions the border or title bar have when trying to fit the window 
8483         around panel items, for example. 
8485         return _core_
.Window_SetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8487     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8489         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
8491         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client 
8492         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level 
8493         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all 
8496         return _core_
.Window_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8498     def GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8500         GetPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
8502         Get the window's position.  Notice that the position is in client 
8503         coordinates for child windows and screen coordinates for the top level 
8504         ones, use `GetScreenPosition` if you need screen coordinates for all 
8507         return _core_
.Window_GetPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8509     def GetScreenPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8511         GetScreenPosition(self) -> Point 
8513         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes. 
8515         return _core_
.Window_GetScreenPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8517     def GetScreenPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8519         GetScreenPositionTuple() -> (x,y) 
8521         Get the position of the window in screen coordinantes. 
8523         return _core_
.Window_GetScreenPositionTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8525     def GetScreenRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8527         GetScreenRect(self) -> Rect 
8529         Returns the size and position of the window in screen coordinantes as 
8532         return _core_
.Window_GetScreenRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8534     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8536         GetSize(self) -> Size 
8538         Get the window size. 
8540         return _core_
.Window_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8542     def GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8544         GetSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8546         Get the window size. 
8548         return _core_
.Window_GetSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8550     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8552         GetRect(self) -> Rect 
8554         Returns the size and position of the window as a `wx.Rect` object. 
8556         return _core_
.Window_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8558     def GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8560         GetClientSize(self) -> Size 
8562         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client 
8563         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding 
8564         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc. 
8566         return _core_
.Window_GetClientSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8568     def GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8570         GetClientSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8572         This gets the size of the window's 'client area' in pixels. The client 
8573         area is the area which may be drawn on by the programmer, excluding 
8574         title bar, border, scrollbars, etc. 
8576         return _core_
.Window_GetClientSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8578     def GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8580         GetClientAreaOrigin(self) -> Point 
8582         Get the origin of the client area of the window relative to the 
8583         window's top left corner (the client area may be shifted because of 
8584         the borders, scrollbars, other decorations...) 
8586         return _core_
.Window_GetClientAreaOrigin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8588     def GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8590         GetClientRect(self) -> Rect 
8592         Get the client area position and size as a `wx.Rect` object. 
8594         return _core_
.Window_GetClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8596     def GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8598         GetBestSize(self) -> Size 
8600         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the 
8601         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will 
8602         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For 
8603         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by 
8604         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had 
8607         return _core_
.Window_GetBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8609     def GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8611         GetBestSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8613         This function returns the best acceptable minimal size for the 
8614         window, if applicable. For example, for a static text control, it will 
8615         be the minimal size such that the control label is not truncated. For 
8616         windows containing subwindows (suzh aswx.Panel), the size returned by 
8617         this function will be the same as the size the window would have had 
8620         return _core_
.Window_GetBestSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8622     def InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8624         InvalidateBestSize(self) 
8626         Reset the cached best size value so it will be recalculated the next 
8629         return _core_
.Window_InvalidateBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8631     def CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8633         CacheBestSize(self, Size size) 
8635         Cache the best size so it doesn't need to be calculated again, (at least until 
8636         some properties of the window change.) 
8638         return _core_
.Window_CacheBestSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8640     def GetEffectiveMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8642         GetEffectiveMinSize(self) -> Size 
8644         This function will merge the window's best size into the window's 
8645         minimum size, giving priority to the min size components, and returns 
8649         return _core_
.Window_GetEffectiveMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8651     GetBestFittingSize 
= wx
._deprecated
(GetEffectiveMinSize
, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.')  
8652     def GetAdjustedBestSize(self
): 
8653         s 
= self
.GetBestSize() 
8654         return wx
.Size(max(s
.width
,  self
.GetMinWidth()), 
8655                        max(s
.height
, self
.GetMinHeight())) 
8656     GetAdjustedBestSize 
= wx
._deprecated
(GetAdjustedBestSize
, 'Use `GetEffectiveMinSize` instead.') 
8658     def Center(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8660         Center(self, int direction=BOTH) 
8662         Centers the window.  The parameter specifies the direction for 
8663         cetering, and may be wx.HORIZONTAL, wx.VERTICAL or wx.BOTH. It may 
8664         also include wx.CENTER_ON_SCREEN flag if you want to center the window 
8665         on the entire screen and not on its parent window.  If it is a 
8666         top-level window and has no parent then it will always be centered 
8667         relative to the screen. 
8669         return _core_
.Window_Center(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8672     def CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8674         CenterOnParent(self, int dir=BOTH) 
8676         Center with respect to the the parent window 
8678         return _core_
.Window_CenterOnParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8680     CentreOnParent 
= CenterOnParent 
 
8681     def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8685         Sizes the window so that it fits around its subwindows. This function 
8686         won't do anything if there are no subwindows and will only really work 
8687         correctly if sizers are used for the subwindows layout. Also, if the 
8688         window has exactly one subwindow it is better (faster and the result 
8689         is more precise as Fit adds some margin to account for fuzziness of 
8690         its calculations) to call window.SetClientSize(child.GetSize()) 
8691         instead of calling Fit. 
8693         return _core_
.Window_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8695     def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8699         Similar to Fit, but sizes the interior (virtual) size of a 
8700         window. Mainly useful with scrolled windows to reset scrollbars after 
8701         sizing changes that do not trigger a size event, and/or scrolled 
8702         windows without an interior sizer. This function similarly won't do 
8703         anything if there are no subwindows. 
8705         return _core_
.Window_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8707     def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8709         SetSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1, int incW=-1,  
8712         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window 
8713         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the 
8714         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user 
8715         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is 
8716         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size 
8717         and will use that value if set when calculating layout. 
8719         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt. 
8721         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8723     def SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8725         SetSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize, Size incSize=DefaultSize) 
8727         Allows specification of minimum and maximum window sizes, and window 
8728         size increments. If a pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the 
8729         default values will be used.  If this function is called, the user 
8730         will not be able to size the window outside the given bounds (if it is 
8731         a top-level window.)  Sizers will also inspect the minimum window size 
8732         and will use that value if set when calculating layout. 
8734         The resizing increments are only significant under Motif or Xt. 
8736         return _core_
.Window_SetSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8738     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8740         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, int minW, int minH, int maxW=-1, int maxH=-1) 
8742         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a 
8743         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be 
8744         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size 
8745         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds. 
8747         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8749     def SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8751         SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(self, Size minSize, Size maxSize=DefaultSize) 
8753         Allows specification of minimum and maximum virtual window sizes. If a 
8754         pair of values is not set (or set to -1), the default values will be 
8755         used.  If this function is called, the user will not be able to size 
8756         the virtual area of the window outside the given bounds. 
8758         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeHintsSz(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8760     def GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8761         """GetMaxSize(self) -> Size""" 
8762         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8764     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8765         """GetMinSize(self) -> Size""" 
8766         return _core_
.Window_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8768     def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8770         SetMinSize(self, Size minSize) 
8772         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the 
8775         return _core_
.Window_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8777     def SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8779         SetMaxSize(self, Size maxSize) 
8781         A more convenient method than `SetSizeHints` for setting just the 
8784         return _core_
.Window_SetMaxSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8786     def GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8787         """GetMinWidth(self) -> int""" 
8788         return _core_
.Window_GetMinWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8790     def GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8791         """GetMinHeight(self) -> int""" 
8792         return _core_
.Window_GetMinHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8794     def GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8795         """GetMaxWidth(self) -> int""" 
8796         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8798     def GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8799         """GetMaxHeight(self) -> int""" 
8800         return _core_
.Window_GetMaxHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8802     def SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8804         SetVirtualSize(self, Size size) 
8806         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this 
8807         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8808         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8810         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8812     def SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8814         SetVirtualSizeWH(self, int w, int h) 
8816         Set the the virtual size of a window in pixels.  For most windows this 
8817         is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8818         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8820         return _core_
.Window_SetVirtualSizeWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8822     def GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8824         GetVirtualSize(self) -> Size 
8826         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows 
8827         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8828         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8830         return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8832     def GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8834         GetVirtualSizeTuple() -> (width, height) 
8836         Get the the virtual size of the window in pixels.  For most windows 
8837         this is just the client area of the window, but for some like scrolled 
8838         windows it is more or less independent of the screen window size. 
8840         return _core_
.Window_GetVirtualSizeTuple(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8842     def GetWindowBorderSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8844         GetWindowBorderSize(self) -> Size 
8846         Return the size of the left/right and top/bottom borders. 
8848         return _core_
.Window_GetWindowBorderSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8850     def GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8852         GetBestVirtualSize(self) -> Size 
8854         Return the largest of ClientSize and BestSize (as determined by a 
8855         sizer, interior children, or other means) 
8857         return _core_
.Window_GetBestVirtualSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8859     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8861         Show(self, bool show=True) -> bool 
8863         Shows or hides the window. You may need to call Raise for a top level 
8864         window if you want to bring it to top, although this is not needed if 
8865         Show is called immediately after the frame creation.  Returns True if 
8866         the window has been shown or hidden or False if nothing was done 
8867         because it already was in the requested state. 
8869         return _core_
.Window_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8871     def Hide(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8875         Equivalent to calling Show(False). 
8877         return _core_
.Window_Hide(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8879     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8881         Enable(self, bool enable=True) -> bool 
8883         Enable or disable the window for user input. Note that when a parent 
8884         window is disabled, all of its children are disabled as well and they 
8885         are reenabled again when the parent is.  Returns true if the window 
8886         has been enabled or disabled, false if nothing was done, i.e. if the 
8887         window had already been in the specified state. 
8889         return _core_
.Window_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8891     def Disable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8893         Disable(self) -> bool 
8895         Disables the window, same as Enable(false). 
8897         return _core_
.Window_Disable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8899     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8901         IsShown(self) -> bool 
8903         Returns true if the window is shown, false if it has been hidden. 
8905         return _core_
.Window_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8907     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8909         IsEnabled(self) -> bool 
8911         Returns true if the window is enabled for input, false otherwise. 
8913         return _core_
.Window_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8915     def IsShownOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8917         IsShownOnScreen(self) -> bool 
8919         Returns ``True`` if the window is physically visible on the screen, 
8920         i.e. it is shown and all its parents up to the toplevel window are 
8923         return _core_
.Window_IsShownOnScreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8925     def SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8927         SetWindowStyleFlag(self, long style) 
8929         Sets the style of the window. Please note that some styles cannot be 
8930         changed after the window creation and that Refresh() might need to be 
8931         called after changing the others for the change to take place 
8934         return _core_
.Window_SetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8936     def GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8938         GetWindowStyleFlag(self) -> long 
8940         Gets the window style that was passed to the constructor or Create 
8943         return _core_
.Window_GetWindowStyleFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8945     SetWindowStyle 
= SetWindowStyleFlag
; GetWindowStyle 
= GetWindowStyleFlag 
 
8946     def HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8948         HasFlag(self, int flag) -> bool 
8950         Test if the given style is set for this window. 
8952         return _core_
.Window_HasFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8954     def IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8956         IsRetained(self) -> bool 
8958         Returns true if the window is retained, false otherwise.  Retained 
8959         windows are only available on X platforms. 
8961         return _core_
.Window_IsRetained(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8963     def ToggleWindowStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8965         ToggleWindowStyle(self, int flag) -> bool 
8967         Turn the flag on if it had been turned off before and vice versa, 
8968         returns True if the flag is turned on by this function call. 
8970         return _core_
.Window_ToggleWindowStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8972     def SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8974         SetExtraStyle(self, long exStyle) 
8976         Sets the extra style bits for the window.  Extra styles are the less 
8977         often used style bits which can't be set with the constructor or with 
8978         SetWindowStyleFlag() 
8980         return _core_
.Window_SetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8982     def GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8984         GetExtraStyle(self) -> long 
8986         Returns the extra style bits for the window. 
8988         return _core_
.Window_GetExtraStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
8990     def MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
): 
8992         MakeModal(self, bool modal=True) 
8994         Disables all other windows in the application so that the user can 
8995         only interact with this window.  Passing False will reverse this 
8998         return _core_
.Window_MakeModal(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9000     def SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9002         SetThemeEnabled(self, bool enableTheme) 
9004         This function tells a window if it should use the system's "theme" 
9005          code to draw the windows' background instead if its own background 
9006          drawing code. This will only have an effect on platforms that support 
9007          the notion of themes in user defined windows. One such platform is 
9008          GTK+ where windows can have (very colourful) backgrounds defined by a 
9009          user's selected theme. 
9011         Dialogs, notebook pages and the status bar have this flag set to true 
9012         by default so that the default look and feel is simulated best. 
9014         return _core_
.Window_SetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9016     def GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9018         GetThemeEnabled(self) -> bool 
9020         Return the themeEnabled flag. 
9022         return _core_
.Window_GetThemeEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9024     def SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9028         Set's the focus to this window, allowing it to receive keyboard input. 
9030         return _core_
.Window_SetFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9032     def SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9034         SetFocusFromKbd(self) 
9036         Set focus to this window as the result of a keyboard action.  Normally 
9037         only called internally. 
9039         return _core_
.Window_SetFocusFromKbd(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9041     def FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9043         FindFocus() -> Window 
9045         Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus, 
9048         return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9050     FindFocus 
= staticmethod(FindFocus
) 
9051     def AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9053         AcceptsFocus(self) -> bool 
9055         Can this window have focus? 
9057         return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9059     def AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9061         AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(self) -> bool 
9063         Can this window be given focus by keyboard navigation? if not, the 
9064         only way to give it focus (provided it accepts it at all) is to click 
9067         return _core_
.Window_AcceptsFocusFromKeyboard(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9069     def Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9071         Navigate(self, int flags=NavigationKeyEvent.IsForward) -> bool 
9073         Does keyboard navigation from this window to another, by sending a 
9074         `wx.NavigationKeyEvent`. 
9076         return _core_
.Window_Navigate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9078     def MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9080         MoveAfterInTabOrder(self, Window win) 
9082         Moves this window in the tab navigation order after the specified 
9083         sibling window.  This means that when the user presses the TAB key on 
9084         that other window, the focus switches to this window. 
9086         The default tab order is the same as creation order.  This function 
9087         and `MoveBeforeInTabOrder` allow to change it after creating all the 
9091         return _core_
.Window_MoveAfterInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9093     def MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9095         MoveBeforeInTabOrder(self, Window win) 
9097         Same as `MoveAfterInTabOrder` except that it inserts this window just 
9098         before win instead of putting it right after it. 
9100         return _core_
.Window_MoveBeforeInTabOrder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9102     def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9104         GetChildren(self) -> PyObject 
9106         Returns a list of the window's children.  NOTE: Currently this is a 
9107         copy of the child window list maintained by the window, so the return 
9108         value of this function is only valid as long as the window's children 
9111         return _core_
.Window_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9113     def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9115         GetParent(self) -> Window 
9117         Returns the parent window of this window, or None if there isn't one. 
9119         return _core_
.Window_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9121     def GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9123         GetGrandParent(self) -> Window 
9125         Returns the parent of the parent of this window, or None if there 
9128         return _core_
.Window_GetGrandParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9130     def IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9132         IsTopLevel(self) -> bool 
9134         Returns true if the given window is a top-level one. Currently all 
9135         frames and dialogs are always considered to be top-level windows (even 
9136         if they have a parent window). 
9138         return _core_
.Window_IsTopLevel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9140     def Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9142         Reparent(self, Window newParent) -> bool 
9144         Reparents the window, i.e the window will be removed from its current 
9145         parent window (e.g. a non-standard toolbar in a wxFrame) and then 
9146         re-inserted into another. Available on Windows and GTK.  Returns True 
9147         if the parent was changed, False otherwise (error or newParent == 
9150         return _core_
.Window_Reparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9152     def AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9154         AddChild(self, Window child) 
9156         Adds a child window. This is called automatically by window creation 
9157         functions so should not be required by the application programmer. 
9159         return _core_
.Window_AddChild(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9161     def RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9163         RemoveChild(self, Window child) 
9165         Removes a child window. This is called automatically by window 
9166         deletion functions so should not be required by the application 
9169         return _core_
.Window_RemoveChild(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9171     def SetDoubleBuffered(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9173         SetDoubleBuffered(self, bool on) 
9175         Currently wxGTK2 only. 
9177         return _core_
.Window_SetDoubleBuffered(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9179     def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9181         FindWindowById(self, long winid) -> Window 
9183         Find a chld of this window by window ID 
9185         return _core_
.Window_FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9187     def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9189         FindWindowByName(self, String name) -> Window 
9191         Find a child of this window by name 
9193         return _core_
.Window_FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9195     def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9197         GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler 
9199         Returns the event handler for this window. By default, the window is 
9200         its own event handler. 
9202         return _core_
.Window_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9204     def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9206         SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) 
9208         Sets the event handler for this window.  An event handler is an object 
9209         that is capable of processing the events sent to a window.  (In other 
9210         words, is able to dispatch the events to handler function.)  By 
9211         default, the window is its own event handler, but an application may 
9212         wish to substitute another, for example to allow central 
9213         implementation of event-handling for a variety of different window 
9216         It is usually better to use `wx.Window.PushEventHandler` since this sets 
9217         up a chain of event handlers, where an event not handled by one event 
9218         handler is handed off to the next one in the chain. 
9220         return _core_
.Window_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9222     def PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9224         PushEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) 
9226         Pushes this event handler onto the event handler stack for the window. 
9227         An event handler is an object that is capable of processing the events 
9228         sent to a window.  (In other words, is able to dispatch the events to 
9229         handler function.)  By default, the window is its own event handler, 
9230         but an application may wish to substitute another, for example to 
9231         allow central implementation of event-handling for a variety of 
9232         different window classes. 
9234         wx.Window.PushEventHandler allows an application to set up a chain of 
9235         event handlers, where an event not handled by one event handler is 
9236         handed to the next one in the chain.  Use `wx.Window.PopEventHandler` 
9237         to remove the event handler.  Ownership of the handler is *not* given 
9238         to the window, so you should be sure to pop the handler before the 
9239         window is destroyed and either let PopEventHandler destroy it, or call 
9240         its Destroy method yourself. 
9242         return _core_
.Window_PushEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9244     def PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9246         PopEventHandler(self, bool deleteHandler=False) -> EvtHandler 
9248         Removes and returns the top-most event handler on the event handler 
9249         stack.  If deleteHandler is True then the wx.EvtHandler object will be 
9250         destroyed after it is popped, and ``None`` will be returned instead. 
9252         return _core_
.Window_PopEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9254     def RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9256         RemoveEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler) -> bool 
9258         Find the given handler in the event handler chain and remove (but not 
9259         delete) it from the event handler chain, returns True if it was found 
9260         and False otherwise (this also results in an assert failure so this 
9261         function should only be called when the handler is supposed to be 
9264         return _core_
.Window_RemoveEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9266     def SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9268         SetValidator(self, Validator validator) 
9270         Deletes the current validator (if any) and sets the window validator, 
9271         having called wx.Validator.Clone to create a new validator of this 
9274         return _core_
.Window_SetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9276     def GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9278         GetValidator(self) -> Validator 
9280         Returns a pointer to the current validator for the window, or None if 
9283         return _core_
.Window_GetValidator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9285     def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9287         Validate(self) -> bool 
9289         Validates the current values of the child controls using their 
9290         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra 
9291         style flag set, the method will also call Validate() of all child 
9292         windows.  Returns false if any of the validations failed. 
9294         return _core_
.Window_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9296     def TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9298         TransferDataToWindow(self) -> bool 
9300         Transfers values to child controls from data areas specified by their 
9301         validators.  If the window has wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra 
9302         style flag set, the method will also call TransferDataToWindow() of 
9305         return _core_
.Window_TransferDataToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9307     def TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9309         TransferDataFromWindow(self) -> bool 
9311         Transfers values from child controls to data areas specified by their 
9312         validators. Returns false if a transfer failed.  If the window has 
9313         wx.WS_EX_VALIDATE_RECURSIVELY extra style flag set, the method will 
9314         also call TransferDataFromWindow() of all child windows. 
9316         return _core_
.Window_TransferDataFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9318     def InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9322         Sends an EVT_INIT_DIALOG event, whose handler usually transfers data 
9323         to the dialog via validators. 
9325         return _core_
.Window_InitDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9327     def SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9329         SetAcceleratorTable(self, AcceleratorTable accel) 
9331         Sets the accelerator table for this window. 
9333         return _core_
.Window_SetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9335     def GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9337         GetAcceleratorTable(self) -> AcceleratorTable 
9339         Gets the accelerator table for this window. 
9341         return _core_
.Window_GetAcceleratorTable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9343     def RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9345         RegisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode) -> bool 
9347         Registers a system wide hotkey. Every time the user presses the hotkey 
9348         registered here, this window will receive a hotkey event. It will 
9349         receive the event even if the application is in the background and 
9350         does not have the input focus because the user is working with some 
9351         other application.  To bind an event handler function to this hotkey 
9352         use EVT_HOTKEY with an id equal to hotkeyId.  Returns True if the 
9353         hotkey was registered successfully. 
9355         return _core_
.Window_RegisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9357     def UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9359         UnregisterHotKey(self, int hotkeyId) -> bool 
9361         Unregisters a system wide hotkey. 
9363         return _core_
.Window_UnregisterHotKey(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9365     def ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9367         ConvertDialogPointToPixels(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9369         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9370         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9371         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9372         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9373         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9376         return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogPointToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9378     def ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9380         ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(self, Size sz) -> Size 
9382         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9383         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9384         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9385         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9386         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9389         return _core_
.Window_ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9391     def DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9393         DLG_PNT(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9395         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9396         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9397         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9398         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9399         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9402         return _core_
.Window_DLG_PNT(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9404     def DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9406         DLG_SZE(self, Size sz) -> Size 
9408         Converts a point or size from dialog units to pixels.  Dialog units 
9409         are used for maintaining a dialog's proportions even if the font 
9410         changes. For the x dimension, the dialog units are multiplied by the 
9411         average character width and then divided by 4. For the y dimension, 
9412         the dialog units are multiplied by the average character height and 
9415         return _core_
.Window_DLG_SZE(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9417     def ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9418         """ConvertPixelPointToDialog(self, Point pt) -> Point""" 
9419         return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelPointToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9421     def ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9422         """ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(self, Size sz) -> Size""" 
9423         return _core_
.Window_ConvertPixelSizeToDialog(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9425     def WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9427         WarpPointer(self, int x, int y) 
9429         Moves the pointer to the given position on the window. 
9431         NOTE: This function is not supported under Mac because Apple Human 
9432         Interface Guidelines forbid moving the mouse cursor programmatically. 
9434         return _core_
.Window_WarpPointer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9436     def CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9440         Directs all mouse input to this window. Call wx.Window.ReleaseMouse to 
9441         release the capture. 
9443         Note that wxWindows maintains the stack of windows having captured the 
9444         mouse and when the mouse is released the capture returns to the window 
9445         which had had captured it previously and it is only really released if 
9446         there were no previous window. In particular, this means that you must 
9447         release the mouse as many times as you capture it, unless the window 
9448         receives the `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` event. 
9450         Any application which captures the mouse in the beginning of some 
9451         operation *must* handle `wx.MouseCaptureLostEvent` and cancel this 
9452         operation when it receives the event. The event handler must not 
9455         return _core_
.Window_CaptureMouse(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9457     def ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9461         Releases mouse input captured with wx.Window.CaptureMouse. 
9463         return _core_
.Window_ReleaseMouse(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9465     def GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9467         GetCapture() -> Window 
9469         Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None 
9471         return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9473     GetCapture 
= staticmethod(GetCapture
) 
9474     def HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9476         HasCapture(self) -> bool 
9478         Returns true if this window has the current mouse capture. 
9480         return _core_
.Window_HasCapture(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9482     def Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9484         Refresh(self, bool eraseBackground=True, Rect rect=None) 
9486         Mark the specified rectangle (or the whole window) as "dirty" so it 
9487         will be repainted.  Causes an EVT_PAINT event to be generated and sent 
9490         return _core_
.Window_Refresh(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9492     def RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9494         RefreshRect(self, Rect rect, bool eraseBackground=True) 
9496         Redraws the contents of the given rectangle: the area inside it will 
9497         be repainted.  This is the same as Refresh but has a nicer syntax. 
9499         return _core_
.Window_RefreshRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9501     def Update(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9505         Calling this method immediately repaints the invalidated area of the 
9506         window instead of waiting for the EVT_PAINT event to happen, (normally 
9507         this would usually only happen when the flow of control returns to the 
9508         event loop.)  Notice that this function doesn't refresh the window and 
9509         does nothing if the window has been already repainted.  Use `Refresh` 
9510         first if you want to immediately redraw the window (or some portion of 
9511         it) unconditionally. 
9513         return _core_
.Window_Update(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9515     def ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9517         ClearBackground(self) 
9519         Clears the window by filling it with the current background 
9520         colour. Does not cause an erase background event to be generated. 
9522         return _core_
.Window_ClearBackground(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9524     def Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9528         Freezes the window or, in other words, prevents any updates from 
9529         taking place on screen, the window is not redrawn at all. Thaw must be 
9530         called to reenable window redrawing.  Calls to Freeze/Thaw may be 
9531         nested, with the actual Thaw being delayed until all the nesting has 
9534         This method is useful for visual appearance optimization (for example, 
9535         it is a good idea to use it before inserting large amount of text into 
9536         a wxTextCtrl under wxGTK) but is not implemented on all platforms nor 
9537         for all controls so it is mostly just a hint to wxWindows and not a 
9538         mandatory directive. 
9540         return _core_
.Window_Freeze(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9542     def IsFrozen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9544         IsFrozen(self) -> bool 
9546         Returns ``True`` if the window has been frozen and not thawed yet. 
9548         :see: `Freeze` and `Thaw` 
9550         return _core_
.Window_IsFrozen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9552     def Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9556         Reenables window updating after a previous call to Freeze.  Calls to 
9557         Freeze/Thaw may be nested, so Thaw must be called the same number of 
9558         times that Freeze was before the window will be updated. 
9560         return _core_
.Window_Thaw(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9562     def PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9564         PrepareDC(self, DC dc) 
9566         Call this function to prepare the device context for drawing a 
9567         scrolled image. It sets the device origin according to the current 
9570         return _core_
.Window_PrepareDC(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9572     def IsDoubleBuffered(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9574         IsDoubleBuffered(self) -> bool 
9576         Returns ``True`` if the window contents is double-buffered by the 
9577         system, i.e. if any drawing done on the window is really done on a 
9578         temporary backing surface and transferred to the screen all at once 
9581         return _core_
.Window_IsDoubleBuffered(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9583     def GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9585         GetUpdateRegion(self) -> Region 
9587         Returns the region specifying which parts of the window have been 
9588         damaged. Should only be called within an EVT_PAINT handler. 
9590         return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateRegion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9592     def GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9594         GetUpdateClientRect(self) -> Rect 
9596         Get the update rectangle region bounding box in client coords. 
9598         return _core_
.Window_GetUpdateClientRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9600     def IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9602         IsExposed(self, int x, int y, int w=1, int h=1) -> bool 
9604         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9605         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9606         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9609         return _core_
.Window_IsExposed(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9611     def IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9613         IsExposedPoint(self, Point pt) -> bool 
9615         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9616         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9617         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9620         return _core_
.Window_IsExposedPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9622     def IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9624         IsExposedRect(self, Rect rect) -> bool 
9626         Returns true if the given point or rectangle area has been exposed 
9627         since the last repaint. Call this in an paint event handler to 
9628         optimize redrawing by only redrawing those areas, which have been 
9631         return _core_
.Window_IsExposedRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9633     def GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9635         GetDefaultAttributes(self) -> VisualAttributes 
9637         Get the default attributes for an instance of this class.  This is 
9638         useful if you want to use the same font or colour in your own control 
9639         as in a standard control -- which is a much better idea than hard 
9640         coding specific colours or fonts which might look completely out of 
9641         place on the user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
9643         return _core_
.Window_GetDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9645     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9647         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
9649         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
9650         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
9651         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
9652         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
9653         user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
9655         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
9656         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
9657         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
9660         return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9662     GetClassDefaultAttributes 
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
) 
9663     def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9665         SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool 
9667         Sets the background colour of the window.  Returns True if the colour 
9668         was changed.  The background colour is usually painted by the default 
9669         EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND event handler function under Windows and 
9670         automatically under GTK.  Using `wx.NullColour` will reset the window 
9671         to the default background colour. 
9673         Note that setting the background colour may not cause an immediate 
9674         refresh, so you may wish to call `ClearBackground` or `Refresh` after 
9675         calling this function. 
9677         Using this function will disable attempts to use themes for this 
9678         window, if the system supports them.  Use with care since usually the 
9679         themes represent the appearance chosen by the user to be used for all 
9680         applications on the system. 
9682         return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9684     def SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9685         """SetOwnBackgroundColour(self, Colour colour)""" 
9686         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9688     def SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9690         SetForegroundColour(self, Colour colour) -> bool 
9692         Sets the foreground colour of the window.  Returns True is the colour 
9693         was changed.  The interpretation of foreground colour is dependent on 
9694         the window class; it may be the text colour or other colour, or it may 
9697         return _core_
.Window_SetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9699     def SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9700         """SetOwnForegroundColour(self, Colour colour)""" 
9701         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9703     def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9705         GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour 
9707         Returns the background colour of the window. 
9709         return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9711     def GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9713         GetForegroundColour(self) -> Colour 
9715         Returns the foreground colour of the window.  The interpretation of 
9716         foreground colour is dependent on the window class; it may be the text 
9717         colour or other colour, or it may not be used at all. 
9719         return _core_
.Window_GetForegroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9721     def InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9722         """InheritsBackgroundColour(self) -> bool""" 
9723         return _core_
.Window_InheritsBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9725     def UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9726         """UseBgCol(self) -> bool""" 
9727         return _core_
.Window_UseBgCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9729     def SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9731         SetBackgroundStyle(self, int style) -> bool 
9733         Returns the background style of the window. The background style 
9734         indicates how the background of the window is drawn. 
9736             ======================  ======================================== 
9737             wx.BG_STYLE_SYSTEM      The background colour or pattern should 
9738                                     be determined by the system 
9739             wx.BG_STYLE_COLOUR      The background should be a solid colour 
9740             wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM      The background will be implemented by the 
9742             ======================  ======================================== 
9744         On GTK+, use of wx.BG_STYLE_CUSTOM allows the flicker-free drawing of 
9745         a custom background, such as a tiled bitmap. Currently the style has 
9746         no effect on other platforms. 
9748         :see: `GetBackgroundStyle`, `SetBackgroundColour` 
9750         return _core_
.Window_SetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9752     def GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9754         GetBackgroundStyle(self) -> int 
9756         Returns the background style of the window. 
9758         :see: `SetBackgroundStyle` 
9760         return _core_
.Window_GetBackgroundStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9762     def HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9764         HasTransparentBackground(self) -> bool 
9766         Returns True if this window's background is transparent (as, for 
9767         example, for `wx.StaticText`) and should show the parent window's 
9770         This method is mostly used internally by the library itself and you 
9771         normally shouldn't have to call it. You may, however, have to override 
9772         it in your custom control classes to ensure that background is painted 
9775         return _core_
.Window_HasTransparentBackground(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9777     def SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9779         SetCursor(self, Cursor cursor) -> bool 
9781         Sets the window's cursor. Notice that the window cursor also sets it 
9782         for the children of the window implicitly. 
9784         The cursor may be wx.NullCursor in which case the window cursor will 
9785         be reset back to default. 
9787         return _core_
.Window_SetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9789     def GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9791         GetCursor(self) -> Cursor 
9793         Return the cursor associated with this window. 
9795         return _core_
.Window_GetCursor(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9797     def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9799         SetFont(self, Font font) -> bool 
9801         Sets the font for this window. 
9803         return _core_
.Window_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9805     def SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9806         """SetOwnFont(self, Font font)""" 
9807         return _core_
.Window_SetOwnFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9809     def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9811         GetFont(self) -> Font 
9813         Returns the default font used for this window. 
9815         return _core_
.Window_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9817     def SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9819         SetCaret(self, Caret caret) 
9821         Sets the caret associated with the window. 
9823         return _core_
.Window_SetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9825     def GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9827         GetCaret(self) -> Caret 
9829         Returns the caret associated with the window. 
9831         return _core_
.Window_GetCaret(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9833     def GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9835         GetCharHeight(self) -> int 
9837         Get the (average) character size for the current font. 
9839         return _core_
.Window_GetCharHeight(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9841     def GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9843         GetCharWidth(self) -> int 
9845         Get the (average) character size for the current font. 
9847         return _core_
.Window_GetCharWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9849     def GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9851         GetTextExtent(String string) -> (width, height) 
9853         Get the width and height of the text using the current font. 
9855         return _core_
.Window_GetTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9857     def GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9859         GetFullTextExtent(String string, Font font=None) -> 
9860            (width, height, descent, externalLeading) 
9862         Get the width, height, decent and leading of the text using the 
9863         current or specified font. 
9865         return _core_
.Window_GetFullTextExtent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9867     def ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9869         ClientToScreenXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y) 
9871         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window. 
9873         return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreenXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9875     def ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9877         ScreenToClientXY(int x, int y) -> (x,y) 
9879         Converts from screen to client window coordinates. 
9881         return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClientXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9883     def ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9885         ClientToScreen(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9887         Converts to screen coordinates from coordinates relative to this window. 
9889         return _core_
.Window_ClientToScreen(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9891     def ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9893         ScreenToClient(self, Point pt) -> Point 
9895         Converts from screen to client window coordinates. 
9897         return _core_
.Window_ScreenToClient(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9899     def HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9901         HitTestXY(self, int x, int y) -> int 
9903         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies 
9905         return _core_
.Window_HitTestXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9907     def HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9909         HitTest(self, Point pt) -> int 
9911         Test where the given (in client coords) point lies 
9913         return _core_
.Window_HitTest(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9915     def GetBorder(*args
): 
9917         GetBorder(self, long flags) -> int 
9918         GetBorder(self) -> int 
9920         Get border for the flags of this window 
9922         return _core_
.Window_GetBorder(*args
) 
9924     def UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9926         UpdateWindowUI(self, long flags=UPDATE_UI_NONE) 
9928         This function sends EVT_UPDATE_UI events to the window. The particular 
9929         implementation depends on the window; for example a wx.ToolBar will 
9930         send an update UI event for each toolbar button, and a wx.Frame will 
9931         send an update UI event for each menubar menu item. You can call this 
9932         function from your application to ensure that your UI is up-to-date at 
9933         a particular point in time (as far as your EVT_UPDATE_UI handlers are 
9934         concerned). This may be necessary if you have called 
9935         `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetMode` or `wx.UpdateUIEvent.SetUpdateInterval` to 
9936         limit the overhead that wxWindows incurs by sending update UI events 
9939         return _core_
.Window_UpdateWindowUI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9941     def PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9943         PopupMenuXY(self, Menu menu, int x=-1, int y=-1) -> bool 
9945         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window, 
9946         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is 
9947         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as 
9948         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the 
9949         mouse cursor will be used. 
9951         return _core_
.Window_PopupMenuXY(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9953     def PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9955         PopupMenu(self, Menu menu, Point pos=DefaultPosition) -> bool 
9957         Pops up the given menu at the specified coordinates, relative to this window, 
9958         and returns control when the user has dismissed the menu. If a menu item is 
9959         selected, the corresponding menu event is generated and will be processed as 
9960         usual.  If the default position is given then the current position of the 
9961         mouse cursor will be used. 
9963         return _core_
.Window_PopupMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9965     def HasMultiplePages(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9966         """HasMultiplePages(self) -> bool""" 
9967         return _core_
.Window_HasMultiplePages(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9969     def GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9971         GetHandle(self) -> long 
9973         Returns the platform-specific handle (as a long integer) of the 
9974         physical window.  Currently on wxMac it returns the handle of the 
9975         toplevel parent of the window. 
9977         return _core_
.Window_GetHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9979     def AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9981         AssociateHandle(self, long handle) 
9983         Associate the window with a new native handle 
9985         return _core_
.Window_AssociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9987     def DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9989         DissociateHandle(self) 
9991         Dissociate the current native handle from the window 
9993         return _core_
.Window_DissociateHandle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
9995     def HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
9997         HasScrollbar(self, int orient) -> bool 
9999         Does the window have the scrollbar for this orientation? 
10001         return _core_
.Window_HasScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10003     def SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10005         SetScrollbar(self, int orientation, int position, int thumbSize, int range,  
10008         Sets the scrollbar properties of a built-in scrollbar. 
10010         return _core_
.Window_SetScrollbar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10012     def SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10014         SetScrollPos(self, int orientation, int pos, bool refresh=True) 
10016         Sets the position of one of the built-in scrollbars. 
10018         return _core_
.Window_SetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10020     def GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10022         GetScrollPos(self, int orientation) -> int 
10024         Returns the built-in scrollbar position. 
10026         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10028     def GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10030         GetScrollThumb(self, int orientation) -> int 
10032         Returns the built-in scrollbar thumb size. 
10034         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollThumb(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10036     def GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10038         GetScrollRange(self, int orientation) -> int 
10040         Returns the built-in scrollbar range. 
10042         return _core_
.Window_GetScrollRange(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10044     def ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10046         ScrollWindow(self, int dx, int dy, Rect rect=None) 
10048         Physically scrolls the pixels in the window and move child windows 
10049         accordingly.  Use this function to optimise your scrolling 
10050         implementations, to minimise the area that must be redrawn. Note that 
10051         it is rarely required to call this function from a user program. 
10053         return _core_
.Window_ScrollWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10055     def ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10057         ScrollLines(self, int lines) -> bool 
10059         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by 
10060         the given number of lines down, if lines is positive, or up if lines 
10061         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was 
10062         already on top/bottom and nothing was done. 
10064         return _core_
.Window_ScrollLines(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10066     def ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10068         ScrollPages(self, int pages) -> bool 
10070         If the platform and window class supports it, scrolls the window by 
10071         the given number of pages down, if pages is positive, or up if pages 
10072         is negative.  Returns True if the window was scrolled, False if it was 
10073         already on top/bottom and nothing was done. 
10075         return _core_
.Window_ScrollPages(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10077     def LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10079         LineUp(self) -> bool 
10081         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(-1). 
10083         return _core_
.Window_LineUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10085     def LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10087         LineDown(self) -> bool 
10089         This is just a wrapper for ScrollLines(1). 
10091         return _core_
.Window_LineDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10093     def PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10095         PageUp(self) -> bool 
10097         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(-1). 
10099         return _core_
.Window_PageUp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10101     def PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10103         PageDown(self) -> bool 
10105         This is just a wrapper for ScrollPages(1). 
10107         return _core_
.Window_PageDown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10109     def SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10111         SetHelpText(self, String text) 
10113         Sets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this 
10114         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current 
10115         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself. 
10117         return _core_
.Window_SetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10119     def SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10121         SetHelpTextForId(self, String text) 
10123         Associate this help text with all windows with the same id as this 
10126         return _core_
.Window_SetHelpTextForId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10128     def GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10130         GetHelpTextAtPoint(self, Point pt, wxHelpEvent::Origin origin) -> String 
10132         Get the help string associated with the given position in this window. 
10134         Notice that pt may be invalid if event origin is keyboard or unknown 
10135         and this method should return the global window help text then 
10138         return _core_
.Window_GetHelpTextAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10140     def GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10142         GetHelpText(self) -> String 
10144         Gets the help text to be used as context-sensitive help for this 
10145         window.  Note that the text is actually stored by the current 
10146         `wx.HelpProvider` implementation, and not in the window object itself. 
10148         return _core_
.Window_GetHelpText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10150     def SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10152         SetToolTipString(self, String tip) 
10154         Attach a tooltip to the window. 
10156         return _core_
.Window_SetToolTipString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10158     def SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10160         SetToolTip(self, ToolTip tip) 
10162         Attach a tooltip to the window. 
10164         return _core_
.Window_SetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10166     def GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10168         GetToolTip(self) -> ToolTip 
10170         get the associated tooltip or None if none 
10172         return _core_
.Window_GetToolTip(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10174     def SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10176         SetDropTarget(self, DropTarget dropTarget) 
10178         Associates a drop target with this window.  If the window already has 
10179         a drop target, it is deleted. 
10181         return _core_
.Window_SetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10183     def GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10185         GetDropTarget(self) -> DropTarget 
10187         Returns the associated drop target, which may be None. 
10189         return _core_
.Window_GetDropTarget(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10191     def DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10193         DragAcceptFiles(self, bool accept) 
10195         Enables or disables eligibility for drop file events, EVT_DROP_FILES. 
10196         Only functional on Windows. 
10198         return _core_
.Window_DragAcceptFiles(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10200     def SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10202         SetConstraints(self, LayoutConstraints constraints) 
10204         Sets the window to have the given layout constraints. If an existing 
10205         layout constraints object is already owned by the window, it will be 
10206         deleted.  Pass None to disassociate and delete the window's current 
10209         You must call SetAutoLayout to tell a window to use the constraints 
10210         automatically in its default EVT_SIZE handler; otherwise, you must 
10211         handle EVT_SIZE yourself and call Layout() explicitly. When setting 
10212         both a wx.LayoutConstraints and a wx.Sizer, only the sizer will have 
10215         return _core_
.Window_SetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10217     def GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10219         GetConstraints(self) -> LayoutConstraints 
10221         Returns a pointer to the window's layout constraints, or None if there 
10224         return _core_
.Window_GetConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10226     def SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10228         SetAutoLayout(self, bool autoLayout) 
10230         Determines whether the Layout function will be called automatically 
10231         when the window is resized.  lease note that this only happens for the 
10232         windows usually used to contain children, namely `wx.Panel` and 
10233         `wx.TopLevelWindow` (and the classes deriving from them). 
10235         This method is called implicitly by `SetSizer` but if you use 
10236         `SetConstraints` you should call it manually or otherwise the window 
10237         layout won't be correctly updated when its size changes. 
10239         return _core_
.Window_SetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10241     def GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10243         GetAutoLayout(self) -> bool 
10245         Returns the current autoLayout setting 
10247         return _core_
.Window_GetAutoLayout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10249     def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10251         Layout(self) -> bool 
10253         Invokes the constraint-based layout algorithm or the sizer-based 
10254         algorithm for this window.  See SetAutoLayout: when auto layout is on, 
10255         this function gets called automatically by the default EVT_SIZE 
10256         handler when the window is resized. 
10258         return _core_
.Window_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10260     def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10262         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True) 
10264         Sets the window to have the given layout sizer. The window will then 
10265         own the object, and will take care of its deletion. If an existing 
10266         layout sizer object is already owned by the window, it will be deleted 
10267         if the deleteOld parameter is true. Note that this function will also 
10268         call SetAutoLayout implicitly with a True parameter if the sizer is 
10269         non-None, and False otherwise. 
10271         return _core_
.Window_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10273     def SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10275         SetSizerAndFit(self, Sizer sizer, bool deleteOld=True) 
10277         The same as SetSizer, except it also sets the size hints for the 
10278         window based on the sizer's minimum size. 
10280         return _core_
.Window_SetSizerAndFit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10282     def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10284         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer 
10286         Return the sizer associated with the window by a previous call to 
10287         SetSizer or None if there isn't one. 
10289         return _core_
.Window_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10291     def SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10293         SetContainingSizer(self, Sizer sizer) 
10295         This normally does not need to be called by application code. It is 
10296         called internally when a window is added to a sizer, and is used so 
10297         the window can remove itself from the sizer when it is destroyed. 
10299         return _core_
.Window_SetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10301     def GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10303         GetContainingSizer(self) -> Sizer 
10305         Return the sizer that this window is a member of, if any, otherwise None. 
10307         return _core_
.Window_GetContainingSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10309     def InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10311         InheritAttributes(self) 
10313         This function is (or should be, in case of custom controls) called 
10314         during window creation to intelligently set up the window visual 
10315         attributes, that is the font and the foreground and background 
10318         By 'intelligently' the following is meant: by default, all windows use 
10319         their own default attributes. However if some of the parent's 
10320         attributes are explicitly changed (that is, using SetFont and not 
10321         SetOwnFont) and if the corresponding attribute hadn't been 
10322         explicitly set for this window itself, then this window takes the same 
10323         value as used by the parent. In addition, if the window overrides 
10324         ShouldInheritColours to return false, the colours will not be changed 
10325         no matter what and only the font might. 
10327         This rather complicated logic is necessary in order to accommodate the 
10328         different usage scenarios. The most common one is when all default 
10329         attributes are used and in this case, nothing should be inherited as 
10330         in modern GUIs different controls use different fonts (and colours) 
10331         than their siblings so they can't inherit the same value from the 
10332         parent. However it was also deemed desirable to allow to simply change 
10333         the attributes of all children at once by just changing the font or 
10334         colour of their common parent, hence in this case we do inherit the 
10335         parents attributes. 
10338         return _core_
.Window_InheritAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10340     def ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10342         ShouldInheritColours(self) -> bool 
10344         Return true from here to allow the colours of this window to be 
10345         changed by InheritAttributes, returning false forbids inheriting them 
10346         from the parent window. 
10348         The base class version returns false, but this method is overridden in 
10349         wxControl where it returns true. 
10351         return _core_
.Window_ShouldInheritColours(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10353     def CanSetTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10355         CanSetTransparent(self) -> bool 
10357         Returns ``True`` if the platform supports setting the transparency for 
10358         this window.  Note that this method will err on the side of caution, 
10359         so it is possible that this will return ``False`` when it is in fact 
10360         possible to set the transparency. 
10362         NOTE: On X-windows systems the X server must have the composite 
10363         extension loaded, and there must be a composite manager program (such 
10364         as xcompmgr) running. 
10366         return _core_
.Window_CanSetTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10368     def SetTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10370         SetTransparent(self, byte alpha) -> bool 
10372         Attempt to set the transparency of this window to the ``alpha`` value, 
10373         returns True on success.  The ``alpha`` value is an integer in the 
10374         range of 0 to 255, where 0 is fully transparent and 255 is fully 
10377         return _core_
.Window_SetTransparent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10379     def PostCreate(self
, pre
): 
10381         Phase 3 of the 2-phase create <wink!> 
10382         Call this method after precreating the window with the 2-phase create method. 
10384         self
.this 
= pre
.this
 
10385         self
.thisown 
= pre
.thisown
 
10387         if hasattr(self
, '_setOORInfo'): 
10389                 self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10392         if hasattr(self
, '_setCallbackInfo'): 
10394                 self
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, pre
.__class
__) 
10398     def SendSizeEvent(self
): 
10399         self
.GetEventHandler().ProcessEvent(wx
.SizeEvent((-1,-1))) 
10401     AcceleratorTable 
= property(GetAcceleratorTable
,SetAcceleratorTable
,doc
="See `GetAcceleratorTable` and `SetAcceleratorTable`")  
10402     AutoLayout 
= property(GetAutoLayout
,SetAutoLayout
,doc
="See `GetAutoLayout` and `SetAutoLayout`")  
10403     BackgroundColour 
= property(GetBackgroundColour
,SetBackgroundColour
,doc
="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")  
10404     BackgroundStyle 
= property(GetBackgroundStyle
,SetBackgroundStyle
,doc
="See `GetBackgroundStyle` and `SetBackgroundStyle`")  
10405     EffectiveMinSize 
= property(GetEffectiveMinSize
,doc
="See `GetEffectiveMinSize`")  
10406     BestSize 
= property(GetBestSize
,doc
="See `GetBestSize`")  
10407     BestVirtualSize 
= property(GetBestVirtualSize
,doc
="See `GetBestVirtualSize`")  
10408     Border 
= property(GetBorder
,doc
="See `GetBorder`")  
10409     Caret 
= property(GetCaret
,SetCaret
,doc
="See `GetCaret` and `SetCaret`")  
10410     CharHeight 
= property(GetCharHeight
,doc
="See `GetCharHeight`")  
10411     CharWidth 
= property(GetCharWidth
,doc
="See `GetCharWidth`")  
10412     Children 
= property(GetChildren
,doc
="See `GetChildren`")  
10413     ClientAreaOrigin 
= property(GetClientAreaOrigin
,doc
="See `GetClientAreaOrigin`")  
10414     ClientRect 
= property(GetClientRect
,SetClientRect
,doc
="See `GetClientRect` and `SetClientRect`")  
10415     ClientSize 
= property(GetClientSize
,SetClientSize
,doc
="See `GetClientSize` and `SetClientSize`")  
10416     Constraints 
= property(GetConstraints
,SetConstraints
,doc
="See `GetConstraints` and `SetConstraints`")  
10417     ContainingSizer 
= property(GetContainingSizer
,SetContainingSizer
,doc
="See `GetContainingSizer` and `SetContainingSizer`")  
10418     Cursor 
= property(GetCursor
,SetCursor
,doc
="See `GetCursor` and `SetCursor`")  
10419     DefaultAttributes 
= property(GetDefaultAttributes
,doc
="See `GetDefaultAttributes`")  
10420     DropTarget 
= property(GetDropTarget
,SetDropTarget
,doc
="See `GetDropTarget` and `SetDropTarget`")  
10421     EventHandler 
= property(GetEventHandler
,SetEventHandler
,doc
="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")  
10422     ExtraStyle 
= property(GetExtraStyle
,SetExtraStyle
,doc
="See `GetExtraStyle` and `SetExtraStyle`")  
10423     Font 
= property(GetFont
,SetFont
,doc
="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")  
10424     ForegroundColour 
= property(GetForegroundColour
,SetForegroundColour
,doc
="See `GetForegroundColour` and `SetForegroundColour`")  
10425     GrandParent 
= property(GetGrandParent
,doc
="See `GetGrandParent`")  
10426     Handle 
= property(GetHandle
,doc
="See `GetHandle`")  
10427     HelpText 
= property(GetHelpText
,SetHelpText
,doc
="See `GetHelpText` and `SetHelpText`")  
10428     Id 
= property(GetId
,SetId
,doc
="See `GetId` and `SetId`")  
10429     Label 
= property(GetLabel
,SetLabel
,doc
="See `GetLabel` and `SetLabel`")  
10430     LayoutDirection 
= property(GetLayoutDirection
,SetLayoutDirection
,doc
="See `GetLayoutDirection` and `SetLayoutDirection`")  
10431     MaxHeight 
= property(GetMaxHeight
,doc
="See `GetMaxHeight`")  
10432     MaxSize 
= property(GetMaxSize
,SetMaxSize
,doc
="See `GetMaxSize` and `SetMaxSize`")  
10433     MaxWidth 
= property(GetMaxWidth
,doc
="See `GetMaxWidth`")  
10434     MinHeight 
= property(GetMinHeight
,doc
="See `GetMinHeight`")  
10435     MinSize 
= property(GetMinSize
,SetMinSize
,doc
="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")  
10436     MinWidth 
= property(GetMinWidth
,doc
="See `GetMinWidth`")  
10437     Name 
= property(GetName
,SetName
,doc
="See `GetName` and `SetName`")  
10438     Parent 
= property(GetParent
,doc
="See `GetParent`")  
10439     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,SetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition` and `SetPosition`")  
10440     Rect 
= property(GetRect
,SetRect
,doc
="See `GetRect` and `SetRect`")  
10441     ScreenPosition 
= property(GetScreenPosition
,doc
="See `GetScreenPosition`")  
10442     ScreenRect 
= property(GetScreenRect
,doc
="See `GetScreenRect`")  
10443     Size 
= property(GetSize
,SetSize
,doc
="See `GetSize` and `SetSize`")  
10444     Sizer 
= property(GetSizer
,SetSizer
,doc
="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")  
10445     ThemeEnabled 
= property(GetThemeEnabled
,SetThemeEnabled
,doc
="See `GetThemeEnabled` and `SetThemeEnabled`")  
10446     ToolTip 
= property(GetToolTip
,SetToolTip
,doc
="See `GetToolTip` and `SetToolTip`")  
10447     UpdateClientRect 
= property(GetUpdateClientRect
,doc
="See `GetUpdateClientRect`")  
10448     UpdateRegion 
= property(GetUpdateRegion
,doc
="See `GetUpdateRegion`")  
10449     Validator 
= property(GetValidator
,SetValidator
,doc
="See `GetValidator` and `SetValidator`")  
10450     VirtualSize 
= property(GetVirtualSize
,SetVirtualSize
,doc
="See `GetVirtualSize` and `SetVirtualSize`")  
10451     WindowStyle 
= property(GetWindowStyle
,SetWindowStyle
,doc
="See `GetWindowStyle` and `SetWindowStyle`")  
10452     WindowStyleFlag 
= property(GetWindowStyleFlag
,SetWindowStyleFlag
,doc
="See `GetWindowStyleFlag` and `SetWindowStyleFlag`")  
10453     WindowVariant 
= property(GetWindowVariant
,SetWindowVariant
,doc
="See `GetWindowVariant` and `SetWindowVariant`")  
10454     Shown 
= property(IsShown
,Show
,doc
="See `IsShown` and `Show`")  
10455     Enabled 
= property(IsEnabled
,Enable
,doc
="See `IsEnabled` and `Enable`")  
10456     TopLevel 
= property(IsTopLevel
,doc
="See `IsTopLevel`")  
10457 _core_
.Window_swigregister(Window
) 
10459 def PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10461     PreWindow() -> Window 
10463     Precreate a Window for 2-phase creation. 
10465     val 
= _core_
.new_PreWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10468 def Window_NewControlId(*args
): 
10470     Window_NewControlId() -> int 
10472     Generate a control id for the controls which were not given one. 
10474   return _core_
.Window_NewControlId(*args
) 
10476 def Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10478     Window_NextControlId(int winid) -> int 
10480     Get the id of the control following the one with the given 
10483   return _core_
.Window_NextControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10485 def Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10487     Window_PrevControlId(int winid) -> int 
10489     Get the id of the control preceding the one with the given 
10492   return _core_
.Window_PrevControlId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10494 def Window_FindFocus(*args
): 
10496     Window_FindFocus() -> Window 
10498     Returns the window or control that currently has the keyboard focus, 
10501   return _core_
.Window_FindFocus(*args
) 
10503 def Window_GetCapture(*args
): 
10505     Window_GetCapture() -> Window 
10507     Returns the window which currently captures the mouse or None 
10509   return _core_
.Window_GetCapture(*args
) 
10511 def Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10513     Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
10515     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
10516     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
10517     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
10518     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
10519     user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
10521     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
10522     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
10523     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
10526   return _core_
.Window_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10528 def DLG_PNT(win
, point_or_x
, y
=None): 
10530     Convenience function for converting a Point or (x,y) in 
10531     dialog units to pixel units. 
10534         return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(point_or_x
) 
10536         return win
.ConvertDialogPointToPixels(wx
.Point(point_or_x
, y
)) 
10538 def DLG_SZE(win
, size_width
, height
=None): 
10540     Convenience function for converting a Size or (w,h) in 
10541     dialog units to pixel units. 
10544         return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(size_width
) 
10546         return win
.ConvertDialogSizeToPixels(wx
.Size(size_width
, height
)) 
10549 def FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10551     FindWindowById(long id, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10553     Find the first window in the application with the given id. If parent 
10554     is None, the search will start from all top-level frames and dialog 
10555     boxes; if non-None, the search will be limited to the given window 
10556     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases. 
10558   return _core_
.FindWindowById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10560 def FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10562     FindWindowByName(String name, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10564     Find a window by its name (as given in a window constructor or Create 
10565     function call). If parent is None, the search will start from all 
10566     top-level frames and dialog boxes; if non-None, the search will be 
10567     limited to the given window hierarchy. The search is recursive in both 
10570     If no window with such name is found, wx.FindWindowByLabel is called. 
10572   return _core_
.FindWindowByName(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10574 def FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10576     FindWindowByLabel(String label, Window parent=None) -> Window 
10578     Find a window by its label. Depending on the type of window, the label 
10579     may be a window title or panel item label. If parent is None, the 
10580     search will start from all top-level frames and dialog boxes; if 
10581     non-None, the search will be limited to the given window 
10582     hierarchy. The search is recursive in both cases. 
10584   return _core_
.FindWindowByLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10586 def Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10587   """Window_FromHWND(Window parent, unsigned long _hWnd) -> Window""" 
10588   return _core_
.Window_FromHWND(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10590 def GetTopLevelWindows(*args
): 
10592     GetTopLevelWindows() -> PyObject 
10594     Returns a list of the the application's top-level windows, (frames, 
10595     dialogs, etc.)  NOTE: Currently this is a copy of the list maintained 
10596     by wxWidgets, and so it is only valid as long as no top-level windows 
10597     are closed or new top-level windows are created. 
10600   return _core_
.GetTopLevelWindows(*args
) 
10601 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10603 class Validator(EvtHandler
): 
10604     """Proxy of C++ Validator class""" 
10605     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
10606     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
10607     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
10608         """__init__(self) -> Validator""" 
10609         _core_
.Validator_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Validator(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
10610         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10612     def Clone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10613         """Clone(self) -> Validator""" 
10614         return _core_
.Validator_Clone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10616     def Validate(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10617         """Validate(self, Window parent) -> bool""" 
10618         return _core_
.Validator_Validate(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10620     def TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10621         """TransferToWindow(self) -> bool""" 
10622         return _core_
.Validator_TransferToWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10624     def TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10625         """TransferFromWindow(self) -> bool""" 
10626         return _core_
.Validator_TransferFromWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10628     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10629         """GetWindow(self) -> Window""" 
10630         return _core_
.Validator_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10632     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10633         """SetWindow(self, Window window)""" 
10634         return _core_
.Validator_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10636     def IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10637         """IsSilent() -> bool""" 
10638         return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10640     IsSilent 
= staticmethod(IsSilent
) 
10641     def SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10642         """SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)""" 
10643         return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10645     SetBellOnError 
= staticmethod(SetBellOnError
) 
10646     Window 
= property(GetWindow
,SetWindow
,doc
="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")  
10647 _core_
.Validator_swigregister(Validator
) 
10649 def Validator_IsSilent(*args
): 
10650   """Validator_IsSilent() -> bool""" 
10651   return _core_
.Validator_IsSilent(*args
) 
10653 def Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10654   """Validator_SetBellOnError(int doIt=True)""" 
10655   return _core_
.Validator_SetBellOnError(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10657 class PyValidator(Validator
): 
10658     """Proxy of C++ PyValidator class""" 
10659     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
10660     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
10661     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
10662         """__init__(self) -> PyValidator""" 
10663         _core_
.PyValidator_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PyValidator(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
10664         self
._setOORInfo
(self
);PyValidator
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, self
, PyValidator
) 
10666     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10667         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class, int incref=1)""" 
10668         return _core_
.PyValidator__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10670 _core_
.PyValidator_swigregister(PyValidator
) 
10672 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10674 class Menu(EvtHandler
): 
10675     """Proxy of C++ Menu class""" 
10676     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
10677     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
10678     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
10679         """__init__(self, String title=EmptyString, long style=0) -> Menu""" 
10680         _core_
.Menu_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Menu(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
10681         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10683     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10685         Append(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,  
10686             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem 
10688         return _core_
.Menu_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10690     def AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10691         """AppendSeparator(self) -> MenuItem""" 
10692         return _core_
.Menu_AppendSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10694     def AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10695         """AppendCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10696         return _core_
.Menu_AppendCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10698     def AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10699         """AppendRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10700         return _core_
.Menu_AppendRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10702     def AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10703         """AppendMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10704         return _core_
.Menu_AppendMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10706     def AppendSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10707         """AppendSubMenu(self, Menu submenu, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10708         return _core_
.Menu_AppendSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10710     def AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10711         """AppendItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10712         return _core_
.Menu_AppendItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10714     def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10715         """InsertItem(self, size_t pos, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10716         return _core_
.Menu_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10718     def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10719         """PrependItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10720         return _core_
.Menu_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10722     def Break(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10724         return _core_
.Menu_Break(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10726     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10728         Insert(self, size_t pos, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,  
10729             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem 
10731         return _core_
.Menu_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10733     def InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10734         """InsertSeparator(self, size_t pos) -> MenuItem""" 
10735         return _core_
.Menu_InsertSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10737     def InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10738         """InsertCheckItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10739         return _core_
.Menu_InsertCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10741     def InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10742         """InsertRadioItem(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10743         return _core_
.Menu_InsertRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10745     def InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10746         """InsertMenu(self, size_t pos, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10747         return _core_
.Menu_InsertMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10749     def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10751         Prepend(self, int id, String text=EmptyString, String help=EmptyString,  
10752             int kind=ITEM_NORMAL) -> MenuItem 
10754         return _core_
.Menu_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10756     def PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10757         """PrependSeparator(self) -> MenuItem""" 
10758         return _core_
.Menu_PrependSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10760     def PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10761         """PrependCheckItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10762         return _core_
.Menu_PrependCheckItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10764     def PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10765         """PrependRadioItem(self, int id, String text, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10766         return _core_
.Menu_PrependRadioItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10768     def PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10769         """PrependMenu(self, int id, String text, Menu submenu, String help=EmptyString) -> MenuItem""" 
10770         return _core_
.Menu_PrependMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10772     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10773         """Remove(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10774         return _core_
.Menu_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10776     def RemoveItem(self
, item
): 
10777         """RemoveItem(self, MenuItem item) -> MenuItem""" 
10778         #// The return object is always the parameter, so return that  
10779         #// proxy instead of the new one 
10780         val 
= _core_
.Menu_RemoveItem(self
, item
) 
10781         item
.this
.own(val
.this
.own()) 
10786     def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10787         """Delete(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10788         return _core_
.Menu_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10790     def DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10791         """DeleteItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool""" 
10792         return _core_
.Menu_DeleteItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10794     def Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10798         Deletes the C++ object this Python object is a proxy for. 
10800         args
[0].this
.own(False) 
10801         return _core_
.Menu_Destroy(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10803     def DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10804         """DestroyId(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10805         return _core_
.Menu_DestroyId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10807     def DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10808         """DestroyItem(self, MenuItem item) -> bool""" 
10809         return _core_
.Menu_DestroyItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10811     def GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10812         """GetMenuItemCount(self) -> size_t""" 
10813         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItemCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10815     def GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10816         """GetMenuItems(self) -> PyObject""" 
10817         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10819     def FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10820         """FindItem(self, String item) -> int""" 
10821         return _core_
.Menu_FindItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10823     def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10824         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10825         return _core_
.Menu_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10827     def FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10828         """FindItemByPosition(self, size_t position) -> MenuItem""" 
10829         return _core_
.Menu_FindItemByPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10831     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10832         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)""" 
10833         return _core_
.Menu_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10835     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10836         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10837         return _core_
.Menu_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10839     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10840         """Check(self, int id, bool check)""" 
10841         return _core_
.Menu_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10843     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10844         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool""" 
10845         return _core_
.Menu_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10847     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10848         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)""" 
10849         return _core_
.Menu_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10851     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10852         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String""" 
10853         return _core_
.Menu_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10855     def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10856         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)""" 
10857         return _core_
.Menu_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10859     def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10860         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String""" 
10861         return _core_
.Menu_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10863     def SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10864         """SetTitle(self, String title)""" 
10865         return _core_
.Menu_SetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10867     def GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10868         """GetTitle(self) -> String""" 
10869         return _core_
.Menu_GetTitle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10871     def SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10872         """SetEventHandler(self, EvtHandler handler)""" 
10873         return _core_
.Menu_SetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10875     def GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10876         """GetEventHandler(self) -> EvtHandler""" 
10877         return _core_
.Menu_GetEventHandler(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10879     def SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10880         """SetInvokingWindow(self, Window win)""" 
10881         return _core_
.Menu_SetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10883     def GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10884         """GetInvokingWindow(self) -> Window""" 
10885         return _core_
.Menu_GetInvokingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10887     def GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10888         """GetStyle(self) -> long""" 
10889         return _core_
.Menu_GetStyle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10891     def UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10892         """UpdateUI(self, EvtHandler source=None)""" 
10893         return _core_
.Menu_UpdateUI(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10895     def GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10896         """GetMenuBar(self) -> MenuBar""" 
10897         return _core_
.Menu_GetMenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10899     def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10900         """Attach(self, wxMenuBarBase menubar)""" 
10901         return _core_
.Menu_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10903     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10905         return _core_
.Menu_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10907     def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10908         """IsAttached(self) -> bool""" 
10909         return _core_
.Menu_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10911     def SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10912         """SetParent(self, Menu parent)""" 
10913         return _core_
.Menu_SetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10915     def GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10916         """GetParent(self) -> Menu""" 
10917         return _core_
.Menu_GetParent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10919     EventHandler 
= property(GetEventHandler
,SetEventHandler
,doc
="See `GetEventHandler` and `SetEventHandler`")  
10920     HelpString 
= property(GetHelpString
,SetHelpString
,doc
="See `GetHelpString` and `SetHelpString`")  
10921     InvokingWindow 
= property(GetInvokingWindow
,SetInvokingWindow
,doc
="See `GetInvokingWindow` and `SetInvokingWindow`")  
10922     MenuBar 
= property(GetMenuBar
,doc
="See `GetMenuBar`")  
10923     MenuItemCount 
= property(GetMenuItemCount
,doc
="See `GetMenuItemCount`")  
10924     MenuItems 
= property(GetMenuItems
,doc
="See `GetMenuItems`")  
10925     Parent 
= property(GetParent
,SetParent
,doc
="See `GetParent` and `SetParent`")  
10926     Style 
= property(GetStyle
,doc
="See `GetStyle`")  
10927     Title 
= property(GetTitle
,SetTitle
,doc
="See `GetTitle` and `SetTitle`")  
10928 _core_
.Menu_swigregister(Menu
) 
10929 DefaultValidator 
= cvar
.DefaultValidator
 
10931 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
10933 class MenuBar(Window
): 
10934     """Proxy of C++ MenuBar class""" 
10935     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
10936     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
10937     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
10938         """__init__(self, long style=0) -> MenuBar""" 
10939         _core_
.MenuBar_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MenuBar(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
10940         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
10942     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10943         """Append(self, Menu menu, String title) -> bool""" 
10944         return _core_
.MenuBar_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10946     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10947         """Insert(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> bool""" 
10948         return _core_
.MenuBar_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10950     def GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10951         """GetMenuCount(self) -> size_t""" 
10952         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenuCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10954     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10955         """GetMenu(self, size_t pos) -> Menu""" 
10956         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10958     def Replace(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10959         """Replace(self, size_t pos, Menu menu, String title) -> Menu""" 
10960         return _core_
.MenuBar_Replace(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10962     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10963         """Remove(self, size_t pos) -> Menu""" 
10964         return _core_
.MenuBar_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10966     def EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10967         """EnableTop(self, size_t pos, bool enable)""" 
10968         return _core_
.MenuBar_EnableTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10970     def IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10971         """IsEnabledTop(self, size_t pos) -> bool""" 
10972         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabledTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10974     def SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10975         """SetLabelTop(self, size_t pos, String label)""" 
10976         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10978     def GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10979         """GetLabelTop(self, size_t pos) -> String""" 
10980         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabelTop(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10982     def FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10983         """FindMenuItem(self, String menu, String item) -> int""" 
10984         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10986     def FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10987         """FindItemById(self, int id) -> MenuItem""" 
10988         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindItemById(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10990     def FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10991         """FindMenu(self, String title) -> int""" 
10992         return _core_
.MenuBar_FindMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10994     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10995         """Enable(self, int id, bool enable)""" 
10996         return _core_
.MenuBar_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
10998     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
10999         """Check(self, int id, bool check)""" 
11000         return _core_
.MenuBar_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11002     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11003         """IsChecked(self, int id) -> bool""" 
11004         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11006     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11007         """IsEnabled(self, int id) -> bool""" 
11008         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11010     def SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11011         """SetLabel(self, int id, String label)""" 
11012         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11014     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11015         """GetLabel(self, int id) -> String""" 
11016         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11018     def SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11019         """SetHelpString(self, int id, String helpString)""" 
11020         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11022     def GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11023         """GetHelpString(self, int id) -> String""" 
11024         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetHelpString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11026     def GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11027         """GetFrame(self) -> wxFrame""" 
11028         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetFrame(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11030     def IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11031         """IsAttached(self) -> bool""" 
11032         return _core_
.MenuBar_IsAttached(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11034     def Attach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11035         """Attach(self, wxFrame frame)""" 
11036         return _core_
.MenuBar_Attach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11038     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11040         return _core_
.MenuBar_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11042     def UpdateMenus(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11043         """UpdateMenus(self)""" 
11044         return _core_
.MenuBar_UpdateMenus(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11046     def SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11047         """SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)""" 
11048         return _core_
.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11050     SetAutoWindowMenu 
= staticmethod(SetAutoWindowMenu
) 
11051     def GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11052         """GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool""" 
11053         return _core_
.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11055     GetAutoWindowMenu 
= staticmethod(GetAutoWindowMenu
) 
11056     def GetMenus(self
): 
11057         """Return a list of (menu, label) items for the menus in the MenuBar. """ 
11058         return [(self
.GetMenu(i
), self
.GetLabelTop(i
))  
11059                 for i 
in range(self
.GetMenuCount())] 
11061     def SetMenus(self
, items
): 
11062         """Clear and add new menus to the MenuBar from a list of (menu, label) items. """ 
11063         for i 
in range(self
.GetMenuCount()-1, -1, -1): 
11068     Frame 
= property(GetFrame
,doc
="See `GetFrame`")  
11069     Menu 
= property(GetMenu
,doc
="See `GetMenu`")  
11070     MenuCount 
= property(GetMenuCount
,doc
="See `GetMenuCount`")  
11071     Menus 
= property(GetMenus
,SetMenus
,doc
="See `GetMenus` and `SetMenus`")  
11072 _core_
.MenuBar_swigregister(MenuBar
) 
11074 def MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11075   """MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(bool enable)""" 
11076   return _core_
.MenuBar_SetAutoWindowMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11078 def MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
): 
11079   """MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu() -> bool""" 
11080   return _core_
.MenuBar_GetAutoWindowMenu(*args
) 
11082 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11084 class MenuItem(Object
): 
11085     """Proxy of C++ MenuItem class""" 
11086     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
11087     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
11088     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
11090         __init__(self, Menu parentMenu=None, int id=ID_SEPARATOR, String text=EmptyString,  
11091             String help=EmptyString, int kind=ITEM_NORMAL,  
11092             Menu subMenu=None) -> MenuItem 
11094         _core_
.MenuItem_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_MenuItem(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
11095     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_MenuItem
 
11096     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
11097     def Destroy(self
): pass  
11098     def GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11099         """GetMenu(self) -> Menu""" 
11100         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11102     def SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11103         """SetMenu(self, Menu menu)""" 
11104         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11106     def SetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11107         """SetId(self, int id)""" 
11108         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11110     def GetId(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11111         """GetId(self) -> int""" 
11112         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetId(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11114     def IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11115         """IsSeparator(self) -> bool""" 
11116         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSeparator(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11118     def SetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11119         """SetText(self, String str)""" 
11120         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11122     def GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11123         """GetLabel(self) -> String""" 
11124         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11126     def GetText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11127         """GetText(self) -> String""" 
11128         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11130     def GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11131         """GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String""" 
11132         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11134     GetLabelFromText 
= staticmethod(GetLabelFromText
) 
11135     def GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11136         """GetKind(self) -> int""" 
11137         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetKind(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11139     def SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11140         """SetKind(self, int kind)""" 
11141         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetKind(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11143     def SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11144         """SetCheckable(self, bool checkable)""" 
11145         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11147     def IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11148         """IsCheckable(self) -> bool""" 
11149         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsCheckable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11151     def IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11152         """IsSubMenu(self) -> bool""" 
11153         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11155     def SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11156         """SetSubMenu(self, Menu menu)""" 
11157         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11159     def GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11160         """GetSubMenu(self) -> Menu""" 
11161         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetSubMenu(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11163     def Enable(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11164         """Enable(self, bool enable=True)""" 
11165         return _core_
.MenuItem_Enable(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11167     def IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11168         """IsEnabled(self) -> bool""" 
11169         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsEnabled(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11171     def Check(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11172         """Check(self, bool check=True)""" 
11173         return _core_
.MenuItem_Check(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11175     def IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11176         """IsChecked(self) -> bool""" 
11177         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsChecked(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11179     def Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11181         return _core_
.MenuItem_Toggle(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11183     def SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11184         """SetHelp(self, String str)""" 
11185         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11187     def GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11188         """GetHelp(self) -> String""" 
11189         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetHelp(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11191     def GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11192         """GetAccel(self) -> AcceleratorEntry""" 
11193         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11195     def SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11196         """SetAccel(self, AcceleratorEntry accel)""" 
11197         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetAccel(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11199     def SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11200         """SetBitmap(self, Bitmap bitmap)""" 
11201         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11203     def GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11204         """GetBitmap(self) -> Bitmap""" 
11205         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11207     def SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11208         """SetFont(self, Font font)""" 
11209         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11211     def GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11212         """GetFont(self) -> Font""" 
11213         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetFont(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11215     def SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11216         """SetTextColour(self, Colour colText)""" 
11217         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11219     def GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11220         """GetTextColour(self) -> Colour""" 
11221         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetTextColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11223     def SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11224         """SetBackgroundColour(self, Colour colBack)""" 
11225         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11227     def GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11228         """GetBackgroundColour(self) -> Colour""" 
11229         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetBackgroundColour(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11231     def SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11232         """SetBitmaps(self, Bitmap bmpChecked, Bitmap bmpUnchecked=wxNullBitmap)""" 
11233         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetBitmaps(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11235     def SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11236         """SetDisabledBitmap(self, Bitmap bmpDisabled)""" 
11237         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11239     def GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11240         """GetDisabledBitmap(self) -> Bitmap""" 
11241         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDisabledBitmap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11243     def SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11244         """SetMarginWidth(self, int nWidth)""" 
11245         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11247     def GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11248         """GetMarginWidth(self) -> int""" 
11249         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11251     def GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11252         """GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int""" 
11253         return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11255     GetDefaultMarginWidth 
= staticmethod(GetDefaultMarginWidth
) 
11256     def IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11257         """IsOwnerDrawn(self) -> bool""" 
11258         return _core_
.MenuItem_IsOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11260     def SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11261         """SetOwnerDrawn(self, bool ownerDrawn=True)""" 
11262         return _core_
.MenuItem_SetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11264     def ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11265         """ResetOwnerDrawn(self)""" 
11266         return _core_
.MenuItem_ResetOwnerDrawn(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11268     Accel 
= property(GetAccel
,SetAccel
,doc
="See `GetAccel` and `SetAccel`")  
11269     BackgroundColour 
= property(GetBackgroundColour
,SetBackgroundColour
,doc
="See `GetBackgroundColour` and `SetBackgroundColour`")  
11270     Bitmap 
= property(GetBitmap
,SetBitmap
,doc
="See `GetBitmap` and `SetBitmap`")  
11271     DisabledBitmap 
= property(GetDisabledBitmap
,SetDisabledBitmap
,doc
="See `GetDisabledBitmap` and `SetDisabledBitmap`")  
11272     Font 
= property(GetFont
,SetFont
,doc
="See `GetFont` and `SetFont`")  
11273     Help 
= property(GetHelp
,SetHelp
,doc
="See `GetHelp` and `SetHelp`")  
11274     Id 
= property(GetId
,SetId
,doc
="See `GetId` and `SetId`")  
11275     Kind 
= property(GetKind
,SetKind
,doc
="See `GetKind` and `SetKind`")  
11276     Label 
= property(GetLabel
,doc
="See `GetLabel`")  
11277     MarginWidth 
= property(GetMarginWidth
,SetMarginWidth
,doc
="See `GetMarginWidth` and `SetMarginWidth`")  
11278     Menu 
= property(GetMenu
,SetMenu
,doc
="See `GetMenu` and `SetMenu`")  
11279     SubMenu 
= property(GetSubMenu
,SetSubMenu
,doc
="See `GetSubMenu` and `SetSubMenu`")  
11280     Text 
= property(GetText
,SetText
,doc
="See `GetText` and `SetText`")  
11281     TextColour 
= property(GetTextColour
,SetTextColour
,doc
="See `GetTextColour` and `SetTextColour`")  
11282 _core_
.MenuItem_swigregister(MenuItem
) 
11284 def MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11285   """MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(String text) -> String""" 
11286   return _core_
.MenuItem_GetLabelFromText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11288 def MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
): 
11289   """MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth() -> int""" 
11290   return _core_
.MenuItem_GetDefaultMarginWidth(*args
) 
11292 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11294 class Control(Window
): 
11296     This is the base class for a control or 'widget'. 
11298     A control is generally a small window which processes user input 
11299     and/or displays one or more item of data. 
11301     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
11302     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
11303     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
11305         __init__(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
11306             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,  
11307             String name=ControlNameStr) -> Control 
11309         Create a Control.  Normally you should only call this from a subclass' 
11310         __init__ as a plain old wx.Control is not very useful. 
11312         _core_
.Control_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_Control(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
11313         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
11315     def Create(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11317         Create(self, Window parent, int id=-1, Point pos=DefaultPosition,  
11318             Size size=DefaultSize, long style=0, Validator validator=DefaultValidator,  
11319             String name=ControlNameStr) -> bool 
11321         Do the 2nd phase and create the GUI control. 
11323         return _core_
.Control_Create(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11325     def GetAlignment(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11327         GetAlignment(self) -> int 
11329         Get the control alignment (left/right/centre, top/bottom/centre) 
11331         return _core_
.Control_GetAlignment(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11333     def GetLabelText(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11335         GetLabelText(self) -> String 
11337         Get just the text of the label, without mnemonic characters ('&') 
11339         return _core_
.Control_GetLabelText(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11341     def Command(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11343         Command(self, CommandEvent event) 
11345         Simulates the effect of the user issuing a command to the item. 
11347         :see: `wx.CommandEvent` 
11350         return _core_
.Control_Command(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11352     def GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11354         GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
11356         Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
11357         to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
11358         control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
11359         colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
11360         user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
11362         The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
11363         ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
11364         the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
11367         return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11369     GetClassDefaultAttributes 
= staticmethod(GetClassDefaultAttributes
) 
11370     Alignment 
= property(GetAlignment
,doc
="See `GetAlignment`")  
11371     LabelText 
= property(GetLabelText
,doc
="See `GetLabelText`")  
11372 _core_
.Control_swigregister(Control
) 
11373 ControlNameStr 
= cvar
.ControlNameStr
 
11375 def PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11377     PreControl() -> Control 
11379     Precreate a Control control for 2-phase creation 
11381     val 
= _core_
.new_PreControl(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11384 def Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11386     Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(int variant=WINDOW_VARIANT_NORMAL) -> VisualAttributes 
11388     Get the default attributes for this class.  This is useful if you want 
11389     to use the same font or colour in your own control as in a standard 
11390     control -- which is a much better idea than hard coding specific 
11391     colours or fonts which might look completely out of place on the 
11392     user's system, especially if it uses themes. 
11394     The variant parameter is only relevant under Mac currently and is 
11395     ignore under other platforms. Under Mac, it will change the size of 
11396     the returned font. See `wx.Window.SetWindowVariant` for more about 
11399   return _core_
.Control_GetClassDefaultAttributes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11401 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11403 class ItemContainer(object): 
11405     The wx.ItemContainer class defines an interface which is implemented 
11406     by all controls which have string subitems, each of which may be 
11407     selected, such as `wx.ListBox`, `wx.CheckListBox`, `wx.Choice` as well 
11408     as `wx.ComboBox` which implements an extended interface deriving from 
11411     It defines the methods for accessing the control's items and although 
11412     each of the derived classes implements them differently, they still 
11413     all conform to the same interface. 
11415     The items in a wx.ItemContainer have (non empty) string labels and, 
11416     optionally, client data associated with them. 
11419     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
11420     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
11421     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
11422     def Append(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11424         Append(self, String item, PyObject clientData=None) -> int 
11426         Adds the item to the control, associating the given data with the item 
11427         if not None.  The return value is the index of the newly added item 
11428         which may be different from the last one if the control is sorted (e.g. 
11429         has wx.LB_SORT or wx.CB_SORT style). 
11431         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Append(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11433     def AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11435         AppendItems(self, List strings) 
11437         Apend several items at once to the control.  Notice that calling this 
11438         method may be much faster than appending the items one by one if you 
11439         need to add a lot of items. 
11441         return _core_
.ItemContainer_AppendItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11443     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11445         Insert(self, String item, int pos, PyObject clientData=None) -> int 
11447         Insert an item into the control before the item at the ``pos`` index, 
11448         optionally associating some data object with the item. 
11450         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11452     def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11456         Removes all items from the control. 
11458         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11460     def Delete(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11462         Delete(self, int n) 
11464         Deletes the item at the zero-based index 'n' from the control. Note 
11465         that it is an error (signalled by a `wx.PyAssertionError` exception if 
11466         enabled) to remove an item with the index negative or greater or equal 
11467         than the number of items in the control. 
11469         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Delete(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11471     def GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11473         GetClientData(self, int n) -> PyObject 
11475         Returns the client data associated with the given item, (if any.) 
11477         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11479     def SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11481         SetClientData(self, int n, PyObject clientData) 
11483         Associate the given client data with the item at position n. 
11485         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetClientData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11487     def GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11489         GetCount(self) -> int 
11491         Returns the number of items in the control. 
11493         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetCount(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11495     def IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11497         IsEmpty(self) -> bool 
11499         Returns True if the control is empty or False if it has some items. 
11501         return _core_
.ItemContainer_IsEmpty(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11503     def GetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11505         GetString(self, int n) -> String 
11507         Returns the label of the item with the given index. 
11509         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11511     def GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11512         """GetStrings(self) -> wxArrayString""" 
11513         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStrings(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11515     def SetString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11517         SetString(self, int n, String s) 
11519         Sets the label for the given item. 
11521         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11523     def FindString(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11525         FindString(self, String s) -> int 
11527         Finds an item whose label matches the given string.  Returns the 
11528         zero-based position of the item, or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if the string was not 
11531         return _core_
.ItemContainer_FindString(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11533     def SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11535         SetSelection(self, int n) 
11537         Sets the item at index 'n' to be the selected item. 
11539         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11541     def GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11543         GetSelection(self) -> int 
11545         Returns the index of the selected item or ``wx.NOT_FOUND`` if no item 
11548         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11550     def SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11551         """SetStringSelection(self, String s) -> bool""" 
11552         return _core_
.ItemContainer_SetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11554     def GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11556         GetStringSelection(self) -> String 
11558         Returns the label of the selected item or an empty string if no item 
11561         return _core_
.ItemContainer_GetStringSelection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11563     def Select(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11565         Select(self, int n) 
11567         This is the same as `SetSelection` and exists only because it is 
11568         slightly more natural for controls which support multiple selection. 
11570         return _core_
.ItemContainer_Select(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11572     def GetItems(self
): 
11573         """Return a list of the strings in the control""" 
11574         return [self
.GetString(i
) for i 
in xrange(self
.GetCount())] 
11576     def SetItems(self
, items
): 
11577         """Clear and set the strings in the control from a list""" 
11582     Count 
= property(GetCount
,doc
="See `GetCount`")  
11583     Items 
= property(GetItems
,SetItems
,doc
="See `GetItems` and `SetItems`")  
11584     Selection 
= property(GetSelection
,SetSelection
,doc
="See `GetSelection` and `SetSelection`")  
11585     StringSelection 
= property(GetStringSelection
,SetStringSelection
,doc
="See `GetStringSelection` and `SetStringSelection`")  
11586     Strings 
= property(GetStrings
,doc
="See `GetStrings`")  
11587 _core_
.ItemContainer_swigregister(ItemContainer
) 
11589 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11591 class ControlWithItems(Control
,ItemContainer
): 
11593     wx.ControlWithItems combines the ``wx.ItemContainer`` class with the 
11594     wx.Control class, and is used for the base class of various controls 
11597     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
11598     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
11599     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
11600 _core_
.ControlWithItems_swigregister(ControlWithItems
) 
11602 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
11604 class SizerItem(Object
): 
11606     The wx.SizerItem class is used to track the position, size and other 
11607     attributes of each item managed by a `wx.Sizer`. It is not usually 
11608     necessary to use this class because the sizer elements can also be 
11609     identified by their positions or window or sizer references but 
11610     sometimes it may be more convenient to use wx.SizerItem directly. 
11611     Also, custom classes derived from `wx.PySizer` will probably need to 
11612     use the collection of wx.SizerItems held by wx.Sizer when calculating 
11615     :see: `wx.Sizer`, `wx.GBSizerItem` 
11617     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
11618     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
11619     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
11621         __init__(self) -> SizerItem 
11623         Constructs an empty wx.SizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer 
11624         size will need to be set before this item can be used in a Sizer. 
11626         You will probably never need to create a wx.SizerItem directly as they 
11627         are created automatically when the sizer's Add, Insert or Prepend 
11628         methods are called. 
11630         :see: `wx.SizerItemSpacer`, `wx.SizerItemWindow`, `wx.SizerItemSizer` 
11632         _core_
.SizerItem_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_SizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
11633     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_SizerItem
 
11634     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
11635     def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11637         DeleteWindows(self) 
11639         Destroy the window or the windows in a subsizer, depending on the type 
11642         return _core_
.SizerItem_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11644     def DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11648         Enable deleting the SizerItem without destroying the contained sizer. 
11650         return _core_
.SizerItem_DetachSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11652     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11654         GetSize(self) -> Size 
11656         Get the current size of the item, as set in the last Layout. 
11658         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11660     def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11662         CalcMin(self) -> Size 
11664         Calculates the minimum desired size for the item, including any space 
11667         return _core_
.SizerItem_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11669     def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11671         SetDimension(self, Point pos, Size size) 
11673         Set the position and size of the space allocated for this item by the 
11674         sizer, and adjust the position and size of the item (window or 
11675         subsizer) to be within that space taking alignment and borders into 
11678         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11680     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11682         GetMinSize(self) -> Size 
11684         Get the minimum size needed for the item. 
11686         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11688     def GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11690         GetMinSizeWithBorder(self) -> Size 
11692         Get the minimum size needed for the item with space for the borders 
11695         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetMinSizeWithBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11697     def SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11698         """SetInitSize(self, int x, int y)""" 
11699         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetInitSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11701     def SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11703         SetRatioWH(self, int width, int height) 
11705         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11707         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioWH(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11709     def SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11711         SetRatioSize(self, Size size) 
11713         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11715         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatioSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11717     def SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11719         SetRatio(self, float ratio) 
11721         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11723         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11725     def GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11727         GetRatio(self) -> float 
11729         Set the ratio item attribute. 
11731         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRatio(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11733     def GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11735         GetRect(self) -> Rect 
11737         Returns the rectangle that the sizer item should occupy 
11739         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetRect(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11741     def IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11743         IsWindow(self) -> bool 
11745         Is this sizer item a window? 
11747         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11749     def IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11751         IsSizer(self) -> bool 
11753         Is this sizer item a subsizer? 
11755         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11757     def IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11759         IsSpacer(self) -> bool 
11761         Is this sizer item a spacer? 
11763         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11765     def SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11767         SetProportion(self, int proportion) 
11769         Set the proportion value for this item. 
11771         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11773     def GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11775         GetProportion(self) -> int 
11777         Get the proportion value for this item. 
11779         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetProportion(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11781     SetOption 
= wx
._deprecated
(SetProportion
, "Please use `SetProportion` instead.")  
11782     GetOption 
= wx
._deprecated
(GetProportion
, "Please use `GetProportion` instead.")  
11783     def SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11785         SetFlag(self, int flag) 
11787         Set the flag value for this item. 
11789         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11791     def GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11793         GetFlag(self) -> int 
11795         Get the flag value for this item. 
11797         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetFlag(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11799     def SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11801         SetBorder(self, int border) 
11803         Set the border value for this item. 
11805         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11807     def GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11809         GetBorder(self) -> int 
11811         Get the border value for this item. 
11813         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetBorder(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11815     def GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11817         GetWindow(self) -> Window 
11819         Get the window (if any) that is managed by this sizer item. 
11821         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11823     def SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11825         SetWindow(self, Window window) 
11827         Set the window to be managed by this sizer item. 
11829         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11831     def GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11833         GetSizer(self) -> Sizer 
11835         Get the subsizer (if any) that is managed by this sizer item. 
11837         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11839     def SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11841         SetSizer(self, Sizer sizer) 
11843         Set the subsizer to be managed by this sizer item. 
11845         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11847     def GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11849         GetSpacer(self) -> Size 
11851         Get the size of the spacer managed by this sizer item. 
11853         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11855     def SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11857         SetSpacer(self, Size size) 
11859         Set the size of the spacer to be managed by this sizer item. 
11861         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11863     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11865         Show(self, bool show) 
11867         Set the show item attribute, which sizers use to determine if the item 
11868         is to be made part of the layout or not. If the item is tracking a 
11869         window then it is shown or hidden as needed. 
11871         return _core_
.SizerItem_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11873     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11875         IsShown(self) -> bool 
11877         Is the item to be shown in the layout? 
11879         return _core_
.SizerItem_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11881     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11883         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
11885         Returns the current position of the item, as set in the last Layout. 
11887         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11889     def GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11891         GetUserData(self) -> PyObject 
11893         Returns the userData associated with this sizer item, or None if there 
11896         return _core_
.SizerItem_GetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11898     def SetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11900         SetUserData(self, PyObject userData) 
11902         Associate a Python object with this sizer item. 
11904         return _core_
.SizerItem_SetUserData(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11906     Border 
= property(GetBorder
,SetBorder
,doc
="See `GetBorder` and `SetBorder`")  
11907     Flag 
= property(GetFlag
,SetFlag
,doc
="See `GetFlag` and `SetFlag`")  
11908     MinSize 
= property(GetMinSize
,doc
="See `GetMinSize`")  
11909     MinSizeWithBorder 
= property(GetMinSizeWithBorder
,doc
="See `GetMinSizeWithBorder`")  
11910     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition`")  
11911     Proportion 
= property(GetProportion
,SetProportion
,doc
="See `GetProportion` and `SetProportion`")  
11912     Ratio 
= property(GetRatio
,SetRatio
,doc
="See `GetRatio` and `SetRatio`")  
11913     Rect 
= property(GetRect
,doc
="See `GetRect`")  
11914     Size 
= property(GetSize
,doc
="See `GetSize`")  
11915     Sizer 
= property(GetSizer
,SetSizer
,doc
="See `GetSizer` and `SetSizer`")  
11916     Spacer 
= property(GetSpacer
,SetSpacer
,doc
="See `GetSpacer` and `SetSpacer`")  
11917     UserData 
= property(GetUserData
,SetUserData
,doc
="See `GetUserData` and `SetUserData`")  
11918     Window 
= property(GetWindow
,SetWindow
,doc
="See `GetWindow` and `SetWindow`")  
11919 _core_
.SizerItem_swigregister(SizerItem
) 
11921 def SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11923     SizerItemWindow(Window window, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11924         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11926     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a window. 
11928     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11931 def SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11933     SizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11934         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11936     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a spacer. 
11938     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11941 def SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11943     SizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, int proportion, int flag, int border,  
11944         PyObject userData=None) -> SizerItem 
11946     Constructs a `wx.SizerItem` for tracking a subsizer 
11948     val 
= _core_
.new_SizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11951 class Sizer(Object
): 
11953     wx.Sizer is the abstract base class used for laying out subwindows in 
11954     a window.  You cannot use wx.Sizer directly; instead, you will have to 
11955     use one of the sizer classes derived from it such as `wx.BoxSizer`, 
11956     `wx.StaticBoxSizer`, `wx.GridSizer`, `wx.FlexGridSizer` and 
11959     The concept implemented by sizers in wxWidgets is closely related to 
11960     layout tools in other GUI toolkits, such as Java's AWT, the GTK 
11961     toolkit or the Qt toolkit. It is based upon the idea of the individual 
11962     subwindows reporting their minimal required size and their ability to 
11963     get stretched if the size of the parent window has changed. This will 
11964     most often mean that the programmer does not set the original size of 
11965     a dialog in the beginning, rather the dialog will assigned a sizer and 
11966     this sizer will be queried about the recommended size. The sizer in 
11967     turn will query its children, which can be normal windows or contorls, 
11968     empty space or other sizers, so that a hierarchy of sizers can be 
11969     constructed. Note that wxSizer does not derive from wxWindow and thus 
11970     do not interfere with tab ordering and requires very little resources 
11971     compared to a real window on screen. 
11973     What makes sizers so well fitted for use in wxWidgets is the fact that 
11974     every control reports its own minimal size and the algorithm can 
11975     handle differences in font sizes or different window (dialog item) 
11976     sizes on different platforms without problems. If for example the 
11977     standard font as well as the overall design of Mac widgets requires 
11978     more space than on Windows, then the initial size of a dialog using a 
11979     sizer will automatically be bigger on Mac than on Windows. 
11981     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
11982     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
11983     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
11984     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_Sizer
 
11985     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
11986     def _setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11987         """_setOORInfo(self, PyObject _self)""" 
11988         return _core_
.Sizer__setOORInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11990     def Add(*args
, **kwargs
): 
11992         Add(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
11993             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
11995         Appends a child item to the sizer. 
11997         return _core_
.Sizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
) 
11999     def Insert(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12001         Insert(self, int before, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
12002             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
12004         Inserts a new item into the list of items managed by this sizer before 
12005         the item at index *before*.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters. 
12007         return _core_
.Sizer_Insert(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12009     def Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12011         Prepend(self, item, int proportion=0, int flag=0, int border=0, 
12012             PyObject userData=None) -> wx.SizerItem 
12014         Adds a new item to the begining of the list of sizer items managed by 
12015         this sizer.  See `Add` for a description of the parameters. 
12017         return _core_
.Sizer_Prepend(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12019     def Remove(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12021         Remove(self, item) -> bool 
12023         Removes an item from the sizer and destroys it.  This method does not 
12024         cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to update 
12025         the layout on screen after removing a child from the sizer.  The 
12026         *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based 
12027         index of an item to remove.  Returns True if the child item was found 
12030         return _core_
.Sizer_Remove(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12032     def Detach(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12034         Detach(self, item) -> bool 
12036         Detaches an item from the sizer without destroying it.  This method 
12037         does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, call `Layout` to 
12038         do so.  The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the 
12039         zero-based index of the item to be detached.  Returns True if the child item 
12040         was found and detached. 
12042         return _core_
.Sizer_Detach(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12044     def GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12046         GetItem(self, item) -> wx.SizerItem 
12048         Returns the `wx.SizerItem` which holds the *item* given.  The *item* 
12049         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
12050         the item to be found. 
12052         return _core_
.Sizer_GetItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12054     def _SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12055         """_SetItemMinSize(self, PyObject item, Size size)""" 
12056         return _core_
.Sizer__SetItemMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12058     def _ReplaceWin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12059         """_ReplaceWin(self, Window oldwin, Window newwin, bool recursive=False) -> bool""" 
12060         return _core_
.Sizer__ReplaceWin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12062     def _ReplaceSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12063         """_ReplaceSizer(self, Sizer oldsz, Sizer newsz, bool recursive=False) -> bool""" 
12064         return _core_
.Sizer__ReplaceSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12066     def _ReplaceItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12067         """_ReplaceItem(self, size_t index, SizerItem newitem) -> bool""" 
12068         return _core_
.Sizer__ReplaceItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12070     def Replace(self
, olditem
, item
, recursive
=False): 
12072         Detaches the given ``olditem`` from the sizer and replaces it with 
12073         ``item`` which can be a window, sizer, or `wx.SizerItem`.  The 
12074         detached child is destroyed only if it is not a window, (because 
12075         windows are owned by their parent, not the sizer.)  The 
12076         ``recursive`` parameter can be used to search for the given 
12077         element recursivly in subsizers. 
12079         This method does not cause any layout or resizing to take place, 
12080         call `Layout` to do so. 
12082         Returns ``True`` if the child item was found and removed. 
12084         if isinstance(olditem
, wx
.Window
): 
12085             return self
._ReplaceWin
(olditem
, item
, recursive
) 
12086         elif isinstnace(olditem
, wx
.Sizer
): 
12087             return self
._ReplaceSizer
(olditem
, item
, recursive
) 
12088         elif isinstnace(olditem
, int): 
12089             return self
._ReplaceItem
(olditem
, item
) 
12091             raise TypeError("Expected Window, Sizer, or integer for first parameter.") 
12093     def SetContainingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12095         SetContainingWindow(self, Window window) 
12097         Set (or unset) the window this sizer is used in. 
12099         return _core_
.Sizer_SetContainingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12101     def GetContainingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12103         GetContainingWindow(self) -> Window 
12105         Get the window this sizer is used in. 
12107         return _core_
.Sizer_GetContainingWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12109     def SetItemMinSize(self
, item
, *args
): 
12111         SetItemMinSize(self, item, Size size) 
12113         Sets the minimum size that will be allocated for an item in the sizer. 
12114         The *item* parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the 
12115         zero-based index of the item.  If a window or sizer is given then it 
12116         will be searched for recursivly in subsizers if neccessary. 
12119             # for backward compatibility accept separate width,height args too 
12120             return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
) 
12122             return self
._SetItemMinSize
(item
, args
[0]) 
12124     def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12126         AddItem(self, SizerItem item) 
12128         Adds a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer. 
12130         return _core_
.Sizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12132     def InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12134         InsertItem(self, int index, SizerItem item) 
12136         Inserts a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer at the position given by *index*. 
12138         return _core_
.Sizer_InsertItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12140     def PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12142         PrependItem(self, SizerItem item) 
12144         Prepends a `wx.SizerItem` to the sizer. 
12146         return _core_
.Sizer_PrependItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12148     def AddMany(self
, items
): 
12150         AddMany is a convenience method for adding several items 
12151         to a sizer at one time.  Simply pass it a list of tuples, 
12152         where each tuple consists of the parameters that you 
12153         would normally pass to the `Add` method. 
12156             if type(item
) != type(()) or (len(item
) == 2 and type(item
[0]) == type(1)): 
12160     def AddSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12161         """AddSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem 
12163         Add a spacer that is (size,size) pixels. 
12165         if args 
and type(args
[0]) == int: 
12166             return self
.Add( (args
[0],args
[0] ), 0) 
12167         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old AddSpacer 
12168             return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
12169     def PrependSpacer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12170         """PrependSpacer(int size) --> SizerItem 
12172         Prepend a spacer that is (size, size) pixels.""" 
12173         if args 
and type(args
[0]) == int: 
12174             return self
.Prepend( (args
[0],args
[0] ), 0) 
12175         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old PrependSpacer 
12176             return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
12177     def InsertSpacer(self
, index
, *args
, **kw
): 
12178         """InsertSpacer(int index, int size) --> SizerItem 
12180         Insert a spacer at position index that is (size, size) pixels.""" 
12181         if args 
and type(args
[0]) == int: 
12182             return self
.Insert( index
, (args
[0],args
[0] ), 0) 
12183         else: # otherwise stay compatible with old InsertSpacer 
12184             return self
.Insert(index
, *args
, **kw
) 
12187     def AddStretchSpacer(self
, prop
=1): 
12188         """AddStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem 
12190         Add a stretchable spacer.""" 
12191         return self
.Add((0,0), prop
) 
12192     def PrependStretchSpacer(self
, prop
=1): 
12193         """PrependStretchSpacer(int prop=1) --> SizerItem 
12195         Prepend a stretchable spacer.""" 
12196         return self
.Prepend((0,0), prop
) 
12197     def InsertStretchSpacer(self
, index
, prop
=1): 
12198         """InsertStretchSpacer(int index, int prop=1) --> SizerItem 
12200         Insert a stretchable spacer.""" 
12201         return self
.Insert(index
, (0,0), prop
) 
12204     # for backwards compatibility only, please do not use in new code 
12205     def AddWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12206         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
12207         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
12208     def AddSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12209         """Compatibility alias for `Add`.""" 
12210         return self
.Add(*args
, **kw
) 
12212     def PrependWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12213         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
12214         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
12215     def PrependSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12216         """Compatibility alias for `Prepend`.""" 
12217         return self
.Prepend(*args
, **kw
) 
12219     def InsertWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12220         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
12221         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
12222     def InsertSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12223         """Compatibility alias for `Insert`.""" 
12224         return self
.Insert(*args
, **kw
) 
12226     def RemoveWindow(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12227         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
12228         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
12229     def RemoveSizer(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12230         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
12231         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
12232     def RemovePos(self
, *args
, **kw
): 
12233         """Compatibility alias for `Remove`.""" 
12234         return self
.Remove(*args
, **kw
) 
12237     def SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12239         SetDimension(self, int x, int y, int width, int height) 
12241         Call this to force the sizer to take the given dimension and thus 
12242         force the items owned by the sizer to resize themselves according to 
12243         the rules defined by the parameter in the `Add`, `Insert` or `Prepend` 
12246         return _core_
.Sizer_SetDimension(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12248     def SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12250         SetMinSize(self, Size size) 
12252         Call this to give the sizer a minimal size. Normally, the sizer will 
12253         calculate its minimal size based purely on how much space its children 
12254         need. After calling this method `GetMinSize` will return either the 
12255         minimal size as requested by its children or the minimal size set 
12256         here, depending on which is bigger. 
12258         return _core_
.Sizer_SetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12260     def GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12262         GetSize(self) -> Size 
12264         Returns the current size of the space managed by the sizer. 
12266         return _core_
.Sizer_GetSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12268     def GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12270         GetPosition(self) -> Point 
12272         Returns the current position of the sizer's managed space. 
12274         return _core_
.Sizer_GetPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12276     def GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12278         GetMinSize(self) -> Size 
12280         Returns the minimal size of the sizer. This is either the combined 
12281         minimal size of all the children and their borders or the minimal size 
12282         set by SetMinSize, depending on which is bigger. 
12284         return _core_
.Sizer_GetMinSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12286     def GetSizeTuple(self
): 
12287         return self
.GetSize().Get() 
12288     def GetPositionTuple(self
): 
12289         return self
.GetPosition().Get() 
12290     def GetMinSizeTuple(self
): 
12291         return self
.GetMinSize().Get() 
12293     def RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12297         Using the sizes calculated by `CalcMin` reposition and resize all the 
12298         items managed by this sizer.  You should not need to call this directly as 
12299         it is called by `Layout`. 
12301         return _core_
.Sizer_RecalcSizes(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12303     def CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12305         CalcMin(self) -> Size 
12307         This method is where the sizer will do the actual calculation of its 
12308         children's minimal sizes.  You should not need to call this directly as 
12309         it is called by `Layout`. 
12311         return _core_
.Sizer_CalcMin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12313     def Layout(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12317         This method will force the recalculation and layout of the items 
12318         controlled by the sizer using the current space allocated to the 
12319         sizer.  Normally this is called automatically from the owning window's 
12320         EVT_SIZE handler, but it is also useful to call it from user code when 
12321         one of the items in a sizer change size, or items are added or 
12324         return _core_
.Sizer_Layout(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12326     def Fit(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12328         Fit(self, Window window) -> Size 
12330         Tell the sizer to resize the *window* to match the sizer's minimal 
12331         size. This is commonly done in the constructor of the window itself in 
12332         order to set its initial size to match the needs of the children as 
12333         determined by the sizer.  Returns the new size. 
12335         For a top level window this is the total window size, not the client size. 
12337         return _core_
.Sizer_Fit(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12339     def FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12341         FitInside(self, Window window) 
12343         Tell the sizer to resize the *virtual size* of the *window* to match the 
12344         sizer's minimal size. This will not alter the on screen size of the 
12345         window, but may cause the addition/removal/alteration of scrollbars 
12346         required to view the virtual area in windows which manage it. 
12348         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars`, `SetVirtualSizeHints` 
12351         return _core_
.Sizer_FitInside(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12353     def SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12355         SetSizeHints(self, Window window) 
12357         Tell the sizer to set (and `Fit`) the minimal size of the *window* to 
12358         match the sizer's minimal size. This is commonly done in the 
12359         constructor of the window itself if the window is resizable (as are 
12360         many dialogs under Unix and frames on probably all platforms) in order 
12361         to prevent the window from being sized smaller than the minimal size 
12362         required by the sizer. 
12364         return _core_
.Sizer_SetSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12366     def SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12368         SetVirtualSizeHints(self, Window window) 
12370         Tell the sizer to set the minimal size of the window virtual area to 
12371         match the sizer's minimal size. For windows with managed scrollbars 
12372         this will set them appropriately. 
12374         :see: `wx.ScrolledWindow.SetScrollbars` 
12377         return _core_
.Sizer_SetVirtualSizeHints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12379     def Clear(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12381         Clear(self, bool deleteWindows=False) 
12383         Clear all items from the sizer, optionally destroying the window items 
12386         return _core_
.Sizer_Clear(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12388     def DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12390         DeleteWindows(self) 
12392         Destroy all windows managed by the sizer. 
12394         return _core_
.Sizer_DeleteWindows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12396     def GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12398         GetChildren(self) -> list 
12400         Returns a list of all the `wx.SizerItem` objects managed by the sizer. 
12402         return _core_
.Sizer_GetChildren(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12404     def Show(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12406         Show(self, item, bool show=True, bool recursive=false) -> bool 
12408         Shows or hides an item managed by the sizer.  To make a sizer item 
12409         disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item* 
12410         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
12411         the item.  Use the recursive parameter to show or hide an item in a 
12412         subsizer.  Returns True if the item was found. 
12414         return _core_
.Sizer_Show(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12416     def IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12418         IsShown(self, item) 
12420         Determines if the item is currently shown. To make a sizer 
12421         item disappear or reappear, use Show followed by `Layout`.  The *item* 
12422         parameter can be either a window, a sizer, or the zero-based index of 
12425         return _core_
.Sizer_IsShown(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12427     def Hide(self
, item
, recursive
=False): 
12429         A convenience method for `Show` (item, False, recursive). 
12431         return self
.Show(item
, False, recursive
) 
12433     def ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12435         ShowItems(self, bool show) 
12437         Recursively call `wx.SizerItem.Show` on all sizer items. 
12439         return _core_
.Sizer_ShowItems(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12441     Children 
= property(GetChildren
,doc
="See `GetChildren`")  
12442     ContainingWindow 
= property(GetContainingWindow
,SetContainingWindow
,doc
="See `GetContainingWindow` and `SetContainingWindow`")  
12443     MinSize 
= property(GetMinSize
,SetMinSize
,doc
="See `GetMinSize` and `SetMinSize`")  
12444     Position 
= property(GetPosition
,doc
="See `GetPosition`")  
12445     Size 
= property(GetSize
,doc
="See `GetSize`")  
12446 _core_
.Sizer_swigregister(Sizer
) 
12448 class PySizer(Sizer
): 
12450     wx.PySizer is a special version of `wx.Sizer` that has been 
12451     instrumented to allow the C++ virtual methods to be overloaded in 
12452     Python derived classes.  You would derive from this class if you are 
12453     wanting to implement a custom sizer in Python code.  Simply implement 
12454     `CalcMin` and `RecalcSizes` in the derived class and you're all set. 
12457         class MySizer(wx.PySizer): 
12458              def __init__(self): 
12459                  wx.PySizer.__init__(self) 
12462                  for item in self.GetChildren(): 
12463                       # calculate the total minimum width and height needed 
12464                       # by all items in the sizer according to this sizer's 
12465                       # layout algorithm. 
12467                  return wx.Size(width, height) 
12469               def RecalcSizes(self): 
12470                   # find the space allotted to this sizer 
12471                   pos = self.GetPosition() 
12472                   size = self.GetSize() 
12473                   for item in self.GetChildren(): 
12474                       # Recalculate (if necessary) the position and size of 
12475                       # each item and then call item.SetDimension to do the 
12476                       # actual positioning and sizing of the items within the 
12477                       # space alloted to this sizer. 
12479                       item.SetDimension(itemPos, itemSize) 
12482     When `Layout` is called it first calls `CalcMin` followed by 
12483     `RecalcSizes` so you can optimize a bit by saving the results of 
12484     `CalcMin` and reusing them in `RecalcSizes`. 
12486     :see: `wx.SizerItem`, `wx.Sizer.GetChildren` 
12490     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12491     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12492     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12494         __init__(self) -> PySizer 
12496         Creates a wx.PySizer.  Must be called from the __init__ in the derived 
12499         _core_
.PySizer_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_PySizer(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12500         self
._setOORInfo
(self
);PySizer
._setCallbackInfo
(self
, self
, PySizer
) 
12502     def _setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12503         """_setCallbackInfo(self, PyObject self, PyObject _class)""" 
12504         return _core_
.PySizer__setCallbackInfo(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12506 _core_
.PySizer_swigregister(PySizer
) 
12508 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12510 class BoxSizer(Sizer
): 
12512     The basic idea behind a box sizer is that windows will most often be 
12513     laid out in rather simple basic geometry, typically in a row or a 
12514     column or nested hierarchies of either.  A wx.BoxSizer will lay out 
12515     its items in a simple row or column, depending on the orientation 
12516     parameter passed to the constructor. 
12518     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12519     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12520     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12522         __init__(self, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> BoxSizer 
12524         Constructor for a wx.BoxSizer. *orient* may be one of ``wx.VERTICAL`` 
12525         or ``wx.HORIZONTAL`` for creating either a column sizer or a row 
12528         _core_
.BoxSizer_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_BoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12529         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12531     def GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12533         GetOrientation(self) -> int 
12535         Returns the current orientation of the sizer. 
12537         return _core_
.BoxSizer_GetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12539     def SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12541         SetOrientation(self, int orient) 
12543         Resets the orientation of the sizer. 
12545         return _core_
.BoxSizer_SetOrientation(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12547     Orientation 
= property(GetOrientation
,SetOrientation
,doc
="See `GetOrientation` and `SetOrientation`")  
12548 _core_
.BoxSizer_swigregister(BoxSizer
) 
12550 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12552 class StaticBoxSizer(BoxSizer
): 
12554     wx.StaticBoxSizer derives from and functions identically to the 
12555     `wx.BoxSizer` and adds a `wx.StaticBox` around the items that the sizer 
12556     manages.  Note that this static box must be created separately and 
12557     passed to the sizer constructor. 
12559     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12560     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12561     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12563         __init__(self, StaticBox box, int orient=HORIZONTAL) -> StaticBoxSizer 
12565         Constructor. It takes an associated static box and the orientation 
12566         *orient* as parameters - orient can be either of ``wx.VERTICAL`` or 
12569         _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_StaticBoxSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12570         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12572     def GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12574         GetStaticBox(self) -> StaticBox 
12576         Returns the static box associated with this sizer. 
12578         return _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_GetStaticBox(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12580     StaticBox 
= property(GetStaticBox
,doc
="See `GetStaticBox`")  
12581 _core_
.StaticBoxSizer_swigregister(StaticBoxSizer
) 
12583 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12585 class GridSizer(Sizer
): 
12587     A grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a 
12588     two-dimensional table with all cells having the same size.  In other 
12589     words, the width of each cell within the grid is the width of the 
12590     widest item added to the sizer and the height of each grid cell is the 
12591     height of the tallest item.  An optional vertical and/or horizontal 
12592     gap between items can also be specified (in pixels.) 
12594     Items are placed in the cells of the grid in the order they are added, 
12595     in row-major order.  In other words, the first row is filled first, 
12596     then the second, and so on until all items have been added. (If 
12597     neccessary, additional rows will be added as items are added.)  If you 
12598     need to have greater control over the cells that items are placed in 
12599     then use the `wx.GridBagSizer`. 
12602     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12603     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12604     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12606         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridSizer 
12608         Constructor for a wx.GridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the number 
12609         of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters is 
12610         zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in 
12611         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap* 
12612         define extra space between all children. 
12614         _core_
.GridSizer_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_GridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12615         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12617     def SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12619         SetCols(self, int cols) 
12621         Sets the number of columns in the sizer. 
12623         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetCols(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12625     def SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12627         SetRows(self, int rows) 
12629         Sets the number of rows in the sizer. 
12631         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetRows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12633     def SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12635         SetVGap(self, int gap) 
12637         Sets the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer. 
12639         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12641     def SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12643         SetHGap(self, int gap) 
12645         Sets the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer 
12647         return _core_
.GridSizer_SetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12649     def GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12651         GetCols(self) -> int 
12653         Returns the number of columns in the sizer. 
12655         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetCols(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12657     def GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12659         GetRows(self) -> int 
12661         Returns the number of rows in the sizer. 
12663         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetRows(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12665     def GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12667         GetVGap(self) -> int 
12669         Returns the vertical gap (in pixels) between the cells in the sizer. 
12671         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetVGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12673     def GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12675         GetHGap(self) -> int 
12677         Returns the horizontal gap (in pixels) between cells in the sizer. 
12679         return _core_
.GridSizer_GetHGap(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12681     def CalcRowsCols(self
): 
12683         CalcRowsCols() -> (rows, cols) 
12685         Calculates how many rows and columns will be in the sizer based 
12686         on the current number of items and also the rows, cols specified 
12687         in the constructor. 
12689         nitems 
= len(self
.GetChildren()) 
12690         rows 
= self
.GetRows() 
12691         cols 
= self
.GetCols() 
12692         assert rows 
!= 0 or cols 
!= 0, "Grid sizer must have either rows or columns fixed" 
12694             rows 
= (nitems 
+ cols 
- 1) / cols
 
12696             cols 
= (nitems 
+ rows 
- 1) / rows
 
12697         return (rows
, cols
) 
12699     Cols 
= property(GetCols
,SetCols
,doc
="See `GetCols` and `SetCols`")  
12700     HGap 
= property(GetHGap
,SetHGap
,doc
="See `GetHGap` and `SetHGap`")  
12701     Rows 
= property(GetRows
,SetRows
,doc
="See `GetRows` and `SetRows`")  
12702     VGap 
= property(GetVGap
,SetVGap
,doc
="See `GetVGap` and `SetVGap`")  
12703 _core_
.GridSizer_swigregister(GridSizer
) 
12705 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12707 FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE
 
12708 FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED
 
12709 FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL 
= _core_
.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL
 
12710 class FlexGridSizer(GridSizer
): 
12712     A flex grid sizer is a sizer which lays out its children in a 
12713     two-dimensional table with all table cells in one row having the same 
12714     height and all cells in one column having the same width, but all 
12715     rows or all columns are not necessarily the same height or width as in 
12716     the `wx.GridSizer`. 
12718     wx.FlexGridSizer can also size items equally in one direction but 
12719     unequally ("flexibly") in the other. If the sizer is only flexible 
12720     in one direction (this can be changed using `SetFlexibleDirection`), it 
12721     needs to be decided how the sizer should grow in the other ("non 
12722     flexible") direction in order to fill the available space. The 
12723     `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` method serves this purpose. 
12727     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12728     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12729     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12731         __init__(self, int rows=1, int cols=0, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> FlexGridSizer 
12733         Constructor for a wx.FlexGridSizer. *rows* and *cols* determine the 
12734         number of columns and rows in the sizer - if either of the parameters 
12735         is zero, it will be calculated to from the total number of children in 
12736         the sizer, thus making the sizer grow dynamically. *vgap* and *hgap* 
12737         define extra space between all children. 
12739         _core_
.FlexGridSizer_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_FlexGridSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12740         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
12742     def AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12744         AddGrowableRow(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0) 
12746         Specifies that row *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if there 
12747         is extra space available to the sizer. 
12749         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor 
12750         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all 
12751         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all). 
12753         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12755     def RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12757         RemoveGrowableRow(self, size_t idx) 
12759         Specifies that row *idx* is no longer growable. 
12761         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12763     def AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12765         AddGrowableCol(self, size_t idx, int proportion=0) 
12767         Specifies that column *idx* (starting from zero) should be grown if 
12768         there is extra space available to the sizer. 
12770         The *proportion* parameter has the same meaning as the stretch factor 
12771         for the box sizers except that if all proportions are 0, then all 
12772         columns are resized equally (instead of not being resized at all). 
12774         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_AddGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12776     def RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12778         RemoveGrowableCol(self, size_t idx) 
12780         Specifies that column *idx* is no longer growable. 
12782         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_RemoveGrowableCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12784     def SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12786         SetFlexibleDirection(self, int direction) 
12788         Specifies whether the sizer should flexibly resize its columns, rows, 
12789         or both. Argument *direction* can be one of the following values.  Any 
12790         other value is ignored. 
12792             ==============    ======================================= 
12793             wx.VERTICAL       Rows are flexibly sized. 
12794             wx.HORIZONTAL     Columns are flexibly sized. 
12795             wx.BOTH           Both rows and columns are flexibly sized 
12796                               (this is the default value). 
12797             ==============    ======================================= 
12799         Note that this method does not trigger relayout. 
12802         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12804     def GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12806         GetFlexibleDirection(self) -> int 
12808         Returns a value that specifies whether the sizer 
12809         flexibly resizes its columns, rows, or both (default). 
12811         :see: `SetFlexibleDirection` 
12813         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetFlexibleDirection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12815     def SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12817         SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self, int mode) 
12819         Specifies how the sizer should grow in the non-flexible direction if 
12820         there is one (so `SetFlexibleDirection` must have been called 
12821         previously). Argument *mode* can be one of the following values: 
12823             ==========================  ================================================= 
12824             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_NONE       Sizer doesn't grow in the non flexible direction. 
12825             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_SPECIFIED  Sizer honors growable columns/rows set with 
12826                                         `AddGrowableCol` and `AddGrowableRow`. In this 
12827                                         case equal sizing applies to minimum sizes of 
12828                                         columns or rows (this is the default value). 
12829             wx.FLEX_GROWMODE_ALL        Sizer equally stretches all columns or rows in 
12830                                         the non flexible direction, whether they are 
12831                                         growable or not in the flexbile direction. 
12832             ==========================  ================================================= 
12834         Note that this method does not trigger relayout. 
12836         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_SetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12838     def GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12840         GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(self) -> int 
12842         Returns the value that specifies how the sizer grows in the 
12843         non-flexible direction if there is one. 
12845         :see: `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode` 
12847         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetNonFlexibleGrowMode(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12849     def GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12851         GetRowHeights(self) -> list 
12853         Returns a list of integers representing the heights of each of the 
12856         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetRowHeights(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12858     def GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12860         GetColWidths(self) -> list 
12862         Returns a list of integers representing the widths of each of the 
12863         columns in the sizer. 
12865         return _core_
.FlexGridSizer_GetColWidths(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12867     ColWidths 
= property(GetColWidths
,doc
="See `GetColWidths`")  
12868     FlexibleDirection 
= property(GetFlexibleDirection
,SetFlexibleDirection
,doc
="See `GetFlexibleDirection` and `SetFlexibleDirection`")  
12869     NonFlexibleGrowMode 
= property(GetNonFlexibleGrowMode
,SetNonFlexibleGrowMode
,doc
="See `GetNonFlexibleGrowMode` and `SetNonFlexibleGrowMode`")  
12870     RowHeights 
= property(GetRowHeights
,doc
="See `GetRowHeights`")  
12871 _core_
.FlexGridSizer_swigregister(FlexGridSizer
) 
12873 class StdDialogButtonSizer(BoxSizer
): 
12875     A special sizer that knows how to order and position standard buttons 
12876     in order to conform to the current platform's standards.  You simply 
12877     need to add each `wx.Button` to the sizer, and be sure to create the 
12878     buttons using the standard ID's.  Then call `Realize` and the sizer 
12879     will take care of the rest. 
12882     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12883     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12884     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12885         """__init__(self) -> StdDialogButtonSizer""" 
12886         _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_StdDialogButtonSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12887     def AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12889         AddButton(self, wxButton button) 
12891         Use this to add the buttons to this sizer.  Do not use the `Add` 
12892         method in the base class. 
12894         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_AddButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12896     def Realize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12900         This funciton needs to be called after all the buttons have been added 
12901         to the sizer.  It will reorder them and position them in a platform 
12904         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_Realize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12906     def SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12907         """SetAffirmativeButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12908         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12910     def SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12911         """SetNegativeButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12912         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12914     def SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12915         """SetCancelButton(self, wxButton button)""" 
12916         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_SetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12918     def GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12919         """GetAffirmativeButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12920         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetAffirmativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12922     def GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12923         """GetApplyButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12924         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetApplyButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12926     def GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12927         """GetNegativeButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12928         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetNegativeButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12930     def GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12931         """GetCancelButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12932         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetCancelButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12934     def GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12935         """GetHelpButton(self) -> wxButton""" 
12936         return _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_GetHelpButton(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12938     AffirmativeButton 
= property(GetAffirmativeButton
,SetAffirmativeButton
,doc
="See `GetAffirmativeButton` and `SetAffirmativeButton`")  
12939     ApplyButton 
= property(GetApplyButton
,doc
="See `GetApplyButton`")  
12940     CancelButton 
= property(GetCancelButton
,SetCancelButton
,doc
="See `GetCancelButton` and `SetCancelButton`")  
12941     HelpButton 
= property(GetHelpButton
,doc
="See `GetHelpButton`")  
12942     NegativeButton 
= property(GetNegativeButton
,SetNegativeButton
,doc
="See `GetNegativeButton` and `SetNegativeButton`")  
12943 _core_
.StdDialogButtonSizer_swigregister(StdDialogButtonSizer
) 
12945 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
12947 class GBPosition(object): 
12949     This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of 
12950     rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has 
12951     typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of 
12952     integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic 
12953     representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code. 
12955     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
12956     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
12957     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
12959         __init__(self, int row=0, int col=0) -> GBPosition 
12961         This class represents the position of an item in a virtual grid of 
12962         rows and columns managed by a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has 
12963         typemaps that will automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of 
12964         integers to a wx.GBPosition, so you can use the more pythonic 
12965         representation of the position nearly transparently in Python code. 
12967         _core_
.GBPosition_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_GBPosition(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
12968     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_GBPosition
 
12969     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
12970     def GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12971         """GetRow(self) -> int""" 
12972         return _core_
.GBPosition_GetRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12974     def GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12975         """GetCol(self) -> int""" 
12976         return _core_
.GBPosition_GetCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12978     def SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12979         """SetRow(self, int row)""" 
12980         return _core_
.GBPosition_SetRow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12982     def SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12983         """SetCol(self, int col)""" 
12984         return _core_
.GBPosition_SetCol(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12986     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12988         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
12990         Compare GBPosition for equality. 
12992         return _core_
.GBPosition___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
12994     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
12996         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
12998         Compare GBPosition for inequality. 
13000         return _core_
.GBPosition___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13002     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13003         """Set(self, int row=0, int col=0)""" 
13004         return _core_
.GBPosition_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13006     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13007         """Get(self) -> PyObject""" 
13008         return _core_
.GBPosition_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13010     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
13011     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
13012     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.GBPosition'+str(self
.Get()) 
13013     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
13014     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
13015     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
13016         if index 
== 0: self
.SetRow(val
) 
13017         elif index 
== 1: self
.SetCol(val
) 
13018         else: raise IndexError 
13019     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
13020     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
13021     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.GBPosition
, self
.Get()) 
13023     row 
= property(GetRow
, SetRow
) 
13024     col 
= property(GetCol
, SetCol
) 
13026 _core_
.GBPosition_swigregister(GBPosition
) 
13028 class GBSpan(object): 
13030     This class is used to hold the row and column spanning attributes of 
13031     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer`.  wxPython has typemaps that will 
13032     automatically convert from a 2-element sequence of integers to a 
13033     wx.GBSpan, so you can use the more pythonic representation of the span 
13034     nearly transparently in Python code. 
13037     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
13038     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
13039     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
13041         __init__(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1) -> GBSpan 
13043         Construct a new wxGBSpan, optionally setting the rowspan and 
13044         colspan. The default is (1,1). (Meaning that the item occupies one 
13045         cell in each direction. 
13047         _core_
.GBSpan_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_GBSpan(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
13048     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_GBSpan
 
13049     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
13050     def GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13051         """GetRowspan(self) -> int""" 
13052         return _core_
.GBSpan_GetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13054     def GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13055         """GetColspan(self) -> int""" 
13056         return _core_
.GBSpan_GetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13058     def SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13059         """SetRowspan(self, int rowspan)""" 
13060         return _core_
.GBSpan_SetRowspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13062     def SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13063         """SetColspan(self, int colspan)""" 
13064         return _core_
.GBSpan_SetColspan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13066     def __eq__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13068         __eq__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
13070         Compare wxGBSpan for equality. 
13072         return _core_
.GBSpan___eq__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13074     def __ne__(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13076         __ne__(self, PyObject other) -> bool 
13078         Compare GBSpan for inequality. 
13080         return _core_
.GBSpan___ne__(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13082     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13083         """Set(self, int rowspan=1, int colspan=1)""" 
13084         return _core_
.GBSpan_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13086     def Get(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13087         """Get(self) -> PyObject""" 
13088         return _core_
.GBSpan_Get(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13090     asTuple 
= wx
._deprecated
(Get
, "asTuple is deprecated, use `Get` instead") 
13091     def __str__(self
):                   return str(self
.Get()) 
13092     def __repr__(self
):                  return 'wx.GBSpan'+str(self
.Get()) 
13093     def __len__(self
):                   return len(self
.Get()) 
13094     def __getitem__(self
, index
):        return self
.Get()[index
] 
13095     def __setitem__(self
, index
, val
): 
13096         if index 
== 0: self
.SetRowspan(val
) 
13097         elif index 
== 1: self
.SetColspan(val
) 
13098         else: raise IndexError 
13099     def __nonzero__(self
):               return self
.Get() != (0,0) 
13100     __safe_for_unpickling__ 
= True 
13101     def __reduce__(self
):                return (wx
.GBSpan
, self
.Get()) 
13103     rowspan 
= property(GetRowspan
, SetRowspan
) 
13104     colspan 
= property(GetColspan
, SetColspan
) 
13106 _core_
.GBSpan_swigregister(GBSpan
) 
13108 class GBSizerItem(SizerItem
): 
13110     The wx.GBSizerItem class is used to track the additional data about 
13111     items in a `wx.GridBagSizer` such as the item's position in the grid 
13112     and how many rows or columns it spans. 
13115     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
13116     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
13117     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
13119         __init__(self) -> GBSizerItem 
13121         Constructs an empty wx.GBSizerItem.  Either a window, sizer or spacer 
13122         size will need to be set, as well as a position and span before this 
13123         item can be used in a Sizer. 
13125         You will probably never need to create a wx.GBSizerItem directly as they 
13126         are created automatically when the sizer's Add method is called. 
13128         _core_
.GBSizerItem_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_GBSizerItem(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
13129     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_GBSizerItem
 
13130     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
13131     def GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13133         GetPos(self) -> GBPosition 
13135         Get the grid position of the item 
13137         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13139     def GetPosTuple(self
): return self
.GetPos().Get()  
13140     def GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13142         GetSpan(self) -> GBSpan 
13144         Get the row and column spanning of the item 
13146         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13148     def GetSpanTuple(self
): return self
.GetSpan().Get()  
13149     def SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13151         SetPos(self, GBPosition pos) -> bool 
13153         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that 
13154         there is no other item that would intersect with this one at the new 
13155         position, then set the new position.  Returns True if the change is 
13156         successful and after the next Layout() the item will be moved. 
13158         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13160     def SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13162         SetSpan(self, GBSpan span) -> bool 
13164         If the item is already a member of a sizer then first ensure that 
13165         there is no other item that would intersect with this one with its new 
13166         spanning size, then set the new spanning.  Returns True if the change 
13167         is successful and after the next Layout() the item will be resized. 
13170         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetSpan(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13172     def Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13174         Intersects(self, GBSizerItem other) -> bool 
13176         Returns True if this item and the other item instersect. 
13178         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_Intersects(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13180     def IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13182         IntersectsPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span) -> bool 
13184         Returns True if the given pos/span would intersect with this item. 
13186         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_IntersectsPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13188     def GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13190         GetEndPos(self) -> GBPosition 
13192         Get the row and column of the endpoint of this item. 
13194         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetEndPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13196     def GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13198         GetGBSizer(self) -> GridBagSizer 
13200         Get the sizer this item is a member of. 
13202         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_GetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13204     def SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13206         SetGBSizer(self, GridBagSizer sizer) 
13208         Set the sizer this item is a member of. 
13210         return _core_
.GBSizerItem_SetGBSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13212     EndPos 
= property(GetEndPos
,doc
="See `GetEndPos`")  
13213     GBSizer 
= property(GetGBSizer
,SetGBSizer
,doc
="See `GetGBSizer` and `SetGBSizer`")  
13214     Pos 
= property(GetPos
,SetPos
,doc
="See `GetPos` and `SetPos`")  
13215     Span 
= property(GetSpan
,SetSpan
,doc
="See `GetSpan` and `SetSpan`")  
13216 _core_
.GBSizerItem_swigregister(GBSizerItem
) 
13217 DefaultSpan 
= cvar
.DefaultSpan
 
13219 def GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13221     GBSizerItemWindow(Window window, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,  
13222         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
13224     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a window. 
13226     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13229 def GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13231     GBSizerItemSizer(Sizer sizer, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, int flag,  
13232         int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
13234     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a sizer 
13236     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSizer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13239 def GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13241     GBSizerItemSpacer(int width, int height, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span,  
13242         int flag, int border, PyObject userData=None) -> GBSizerItem 
13244     Construct a `wx.GBSizerItem` for a spacer. 
13246     val 
= _core_
.new_GBSizerItemSpacer(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13249 class GridBagSizer(FlexGridSizer
): 
13251     A `wx.Sizer` that can lay out items in a virtual grid like a 
13252     `wx.FlexGridSizer` but in this case explicit positioning of the items 
13253     is allowed using `wx.GBPosition`, and items can optionally span more 
13254     than one row and/or column using `wx.GBSpan`.  The total size of the 
13255     virtual grid is determined by the largest row and column that items are 
13256     positioned at, adjusted for spanning. 
13259     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
13260     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
13261     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
13263         __init__(self, int vgap=0, int hgap=0) -> GridBagSizer 
13265         Constructor, with optional parameters to specify the gap between the 
13268         _core_
.GridBagSizer_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_GridBagSizer(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
13269         self
._setOORInfo
(self
) 
13271     def Add(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13273         Add(self, item, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span=DefaultSpan, int flag=0, 
13274         int border=0, userData=None) -> wx.GBSizerItem 
13276         Adds an item to the sizer at the grid cell *pos*, optionally spanning 
13277         more than one row or column as specified with *span*.  The remaining 
13278         args behave similarly to `wx.Sizer.Add`. 
13280         Returns True if the item was successfully placed at the given cell 
13281         position, False if something was already there. 
13284         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_Add(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13286     def AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13288         Add(self, GBSizerItem item) -> wx.GBSizerItem 
13290         Add an item to the sizer using a `wx.GBSizerItem`.  Returns True if 
13291         the item was successfully placed at its given cell position, False if 
13292         something was already there. 
13294         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_AddItem(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13296     def GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13298         GetCellSize(self, int row, int col) -> Size 
13300         Get the size of the specified cell, including hgap and 
13301         vgap.  Only valid after a Layout. 
13303         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13305     def GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13307         GetEmptyCellSize(self) -> Size 
13309         Get the size used for cells in the grid with no item. 
13311         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13313     def SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13315         SetEmptyCellSize(self, Size sz) 
13317         Set the size used for cells in the grid with no item. 
13319         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetEmptyCellSize(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13321     def GetItemPosition(*args
): 
13323         GetItemPosition(self, item) -> GBPosition 
13325         Get the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a 
13326         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based 
13329         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemPosition(*args
) 
13331     def SetItemPosition(*args
): 
13333         SetItemPosition(self, item, GBPosition pos) -> bool 
13335         Set the grid position of the specified *item* where *item* is either a 
13336         window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a zero-based 
13337         index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is not 
13338         allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned. 
13341         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemPosition(*args
) 
13343     def GetItemSpan(*args
): 
13345         GetItemSpan(self, item) -> GBSpan 
13347         Get the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is 
13348         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a 
13349         zero-based index of an item. 
13351         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_GetItemSpan(*args
) 
13353     def SetItemSpan(*args
): 
13355         SetItemSpan(self, item, GBSpan span) -> bool 
13357         Set the row/col spanning of the specified *item* where *item* is 
13358         either a window or subsizer that is a member of this sizer, or a 
13359         zero-based index of an item.  Returns True on success.  If the move is 
13360         not allowed (because an item is already there) then False is returned. 
13362         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_SetItemSpan(*args
) 
13364     def FindItem(*args
): 
13366         FindItem(self, item) -> GBSizerItem 
13368         Find the sizer item for the given window or subsizer, returns None if 
13369         not found. (non-recursive) 
13371         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItem(*args
) 
13373     def GetItem(self
, item
): 
13375         si 
= wx
.FlexGridSizer
.GetItem(self
, item
) 
13378         if type(item
) is not int: 
13379             gbsi 
= self
.FindItem(item
) 
13380         if gbsi
: return gbsi
 
13383     def FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13385         FindItemAtPosition(self, GBPosition pos) -> GBSizerItem 
13387         Return the sizer item for the given grid cell, or None if there is no 
13388         item at that position. (non-recursive) 
13390         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPosition(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13392     def FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13394         FindItemAtPoint(self, Point pt) -> GBSizerItem 
13396         Return the sizer item located at the point given in *pt*, or None if 
13397         there is no item at that point. The (x,y) coordinates in pt correspond 
13398         to the client coordinates of the window using the sizer for 
13399         layout. (non-recursive) 
13401         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_FindItemAtPoint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13403     def CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13405         CheckForIntersection(self, GBSizerItem item, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool 
13407         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the 
13408         given *item*.  Returns True if so, False if there would be no overlap. 
13409         If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked for 
13410         intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the 
13414         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersection(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13416     def CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13418         CheckForIntersectionPos(self, GBPosition pos, GBSpan span, GBSizerItem excludeItem=None) -> bool 
13420         Look at all items and see if any intersect (or would overlap) the 
13421         given position and span.  Returns True if so, False if there would be 
13422         no overlap.  If an *excludeItem* is given then it will not be checked 
13423         for intersection, for example it may be the item we are checking the 
13426         return _core_
.GridBagSizer_CheckForIntersectionPos(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13428 _core_
.GridBagSizer_swigregister(GridBagSizer
) 
13430 #--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13434 Right 
= _core_
.Right
 
13435 Bottom 
= _core_
.Bottom
 
13436 Width 
= _core_
.Width
 
13437 Height 
= _core_
.Height
 
13438 Centre 
= _core_
.Centre
 
13439 Center 
= _core_
.Center
 
13440 CentreX 
= _core_
.CentreX
 
13441 CentreY 
= _core_
.CentreY
 
13442 Unconstrained 
= _core_
.Unconstrained
 
13444 PercentOf 
= _core_
.PercentOf
 
13445 Above 
= _core_
.Above
 
13446 Below 
= _core_
.Below
 
13447 LeftOf 
= _core_
.LeftOf
 
13448 RightOf 
= _core_
.RightOf
 
13449 SameAs 
= _core_
.SameAs
 
13450 Absolute 
= _core_
.Absolute
 
13451 class IndividualLayoutConstraint(Object
): 
13453     Objects of this class are stored in the `wx.LayoutConstraints` class as 
13454     one of eight possible constraints that a window can be involved in. 
13455     You will never need to create an instance of 
13456     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, rather you should create a 
13457     `wx.LayoutConstraints` instance and use the individual contstraints 
13460     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
13461     def __init__(self
): raise AttributeError, "No constructor defined" 
13462     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
13463     def Set(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13465         Set(self, int rel, Window otherW, int otherE, int val=0, int marg=wxLAYOUT_DEFAULT_MARGIN) 
13467         Sets the properties of the constraint. Normally called by one of the 
13468         convenience functions such as Above, RightOf, SameAs. 
13470         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Set(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13472     def LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13474         LeftOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13476         Constrains this edge to be to the left of the given window, with an 
13477         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the left edge of the 
13480         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_LeftOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13482     def RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13484         RightOf(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13486         Constrains this edge to be to the right of the given window, with an 
13487         optional margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the right edge of the 
13490         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_RightOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13492     def Above(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13494         Above(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13496         Constrains this edge to be above the given window, with an optional 
13497         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the top edge of the other 
13500         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Above(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13502     def Below(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13504         Below(self, Window sibling, int marg=0) 
13506         Constrains this edge to be below the given window, with an optional 
13507         margin. Implicitly, this is relative to the bottom edge of the other 
13510         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Below(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13512     def SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13514         SameAs(self, Window otherW, int edge, int marg=0) 
13516         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to the same as the edge of the 
13517         given window, with an optional margin. 
13519         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SameAs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13521     def PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13523         PercentOf(self, Window otherW, int wh, int per) 
13525         Constrains this edge or dimension to be to a percentage of the given 
13526         window, with an optional margin. 
13528         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_PercentOf(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13530     def Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13532         Absolute(self, int val) 
13534         Constrains this edge or dimension to be the given absolute value. 
13536         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Absolute(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13538     def Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13540         Unconstrained(self) 
13542         Sets this edge or dimension to be unconstrained, that is, dependent on 
13543         other edges and dimensions from which this value can be deduced. 
13545         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_Unconstrained(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13547     def AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13551         Sets this edge or constraint to be whatever the window's value is at 
13552         the moment. If either of the width and height constraints are *as is*, 
13553         the window will not be resized, but moved instead. This is important 
13554         when considering panel items which are intended to have a default 
13555         size, such as a button, which may take its size from the size of the 
13558         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_AsIs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13560     def GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13561         """GetOtherWindow(self) -> Window""" 
13562         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherWindow(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13564     def GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13565         """GetMyEdge(self) -> int""" 
13566         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMyEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13568     def SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13569         """SetEdge(self, int which)""" 
13570         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13572     def SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13573         """SetValue(self, int v)""" 
13574         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13576     def GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13577         """GetMargin(self) -> int""" 
13578         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13580     def SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13581         """SetMargin(self, int m)""" 
13582         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetMargin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13584     def GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13585         """GetValue(self) -> int""" 
13586         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetValue(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13588     def GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13589         """GetPercent(self) -> int""" 
13590         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetPercent(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13592     def GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13593         """GetOtherEdge(self) -> int""" 
13594         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetOtherEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13596     def GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13597         """GetDone(self) -> bool""" 
13598         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetDone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13600     def SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13601         """SetDone(self, bool d)""" 
13602         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetDone(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13604     def GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13605         """GetRelationship(self) -> int""" 
13606         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13608     def SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13609         """SetRelationship(self, int r)""" 
13610         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SetRelationship(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13612     def ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13614         ResetIfWin(self, Window otherW) -> bool 
13616         Reset constraint if it mentions otherWin 
13618         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_ResetIfWin(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13620     def SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13622         SatisfyConstraint(self, LayoutConstraints constraints, Window win) -> bool 
13624         Try to satisfy constraint 
13626         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_SatisfyConstraint(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13628     def GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13630         GetEdge(self, int which, Window thisWin, Window other) -> int 
13632         Get the value of this edge or dimension, or if this 
13633         is not determinable, -1. 
13635         return _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_GetEdge(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13637     Done 
= property(GetDone
,SetDone
,doc
="See `GetDone` and `SetDone`")  
13638     Margin 
= property(GetMargin
,SetMargin
,doc
="See `GetMargin` and `SetMargin`")  
13639     MyEdge 
= property(GetMyEdge
,doc
="See `GetMyEdge`")  
13640     OtherEdge 
= property(GetOtherEdge
,doc
="See `GetOtherEdge`")  
13641     OtherWindow 
= property(GetOtherWindow
,doc
="See `GetOtherWindow`")  
13642     Percent 
= property(GetPercent
,doc
="See `GetPercent`")  
13643     Relationship 
= property(GetRelationship
,SetRelationship
,doc
="See `GetRelationship` and `SetRelationship`")  
13644     Value 
= property(GetValue
,SetValue
,doc
="See `GetValue` and `SetValue`")  
13645 _core_
.IndividualLayoutConstraint_swigregister(IndividualLayoutConstraint
) 
13647 class LayoutConstraints(Object
): 
13649     **Note:** constraints are now deprecated and you should use sizers 
13652     Objects of this class can be associated with a window to define its 
13653     layout constraints, with respect to siblings or its parent. 
13655     The class consists of the following eight constraints of class 
13656     wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint, some or all of which should be accessed 
13657     directly to set the appropriate constraints. 
13659         * left: represents the left hand edge of the window 
13660         * right: represents the right hand edge of the window 
13661         * top: represents the top edge of the window 
13662         * bottom: represents the bottom edge of the window 
13663         * width: represents the width of the window 
13664         * height: represents the height of the window 
13665         * centreX: represents the horizontal centre point of the window 
13666         * centreY: represents the vertical centre point of the window  
13668     Most constraints are initially set to have the relationship 
13669     wxUnconstrained, which means that their values should be calculated by 
13670     looking at known constraints. The exceptions are width and height, 
13671     which are set to wxAsIs to ensure that if the user does not specify a 
13672     constraint, the existing width and height will be used, to be 
13673     compatible with panel items which often have take a default size. If 
13674     the constraint is ``wx.AsIs``, the dimension will not be changed. 
13676     :see: `wx.IndividualLayoutConstraint`, `wx.Window.SetConstraints` 
13679     thisown 
= property(lambda x
: x
.this
.own(), lambda x
, v
: x
.this
.own(v
), doc
='The membership flag') 
13680     __repr__ 
= _swig_repr
 
13681     left 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_left_get
) 
13682     top 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_top_get
) 
13683     right 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_right_get
) 
13684     bottom 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_bottom_get
) 
13685     width 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_width_get
) 
13686     height 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_height_get
) 
13687     centreX 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreX_get
) 
13688     centreY 
= property(_core_
.LayoutConstraints_centreY_get
) 
13689     def __init__(self
, *args
, **kwargs
):  
13690         """__init__(self) -> LayoutConstraints""" 
13691         _core_
.LayoutConstraints_swiginit(self
,_core_
.new_LayoutConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
)) 
13692     __swig_destroy__ 
= _core_
.delete_LayoutConstraints
 
13693     __del__ 
= lambda self 
: None; 
13694     def SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13695         """SatisfyConstraints(Window win) -> (areSatisfied, noChanges)""" 
13696         return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_SatisfyConstraints(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13698     def AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
): 
13699         """AreSatisfied(self) -> bool""" 
13700         return _core_
.LayoutConstraints_AreSatisfied(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13702 _core_
.LayoutConstraints_swigregister(LayoutConstraints
) 
13704 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13706 # Use Python's bool constants if available, make some if not 
13710     __builtins__
.True = 1==1 
13711     __builtins__
.False = 1==0 
13712     def bool(value
): return not not value
 
13713     __builtins__
.bool = bool 
13717 # workarounds for bad wxRTTI names 
13718 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxGauge95']    = 'wxGauge' 
13719 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxSlider95']   = 'wxSlider' 
13720 __wxPyPtrTypeMap
['wxStatusBar95']   = 'wxStatusBar' 
13723 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13724 # Load version numbers from __version__...  Ensure that major and minor 
13725 # versions are the same for both wxPython and wxWidgets. 
13727 from __version__ 
import * 
13728 __version__ 
= VERSION_STRING
 
13730 assert MAJOR_VERSION 
== _core_
.MAJOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch" 
13731 assert MINOR_VERSION 
== _core_
.MINOR_VERSION
, "wxPython/wxWidgets version mismatch" 
13732 if RELEASE_VERSION 
!= _core_
.RELEASE_VERSION
: 
13734     warnings
.warn("wxPython/wxWidgets release number mismatch") 
13738     """Returns a string containing version and port info""" 
13739     ctype 
= wx
.USE_UNICODE 
and 'unicode' or 'ansi' 
13740     if wx
.Platform 
== '__WXMSW__': 
13742     elif wx
.Platform 
== '__WXMAC__': 
13744     elif wx
.Platform 
== '__WXGTK__': 
13746         if 'gtk2' in wx
.PlatformInfo
: 
13751     return "%s (%s-%s)" % (wx
.VERSION_STRING
, port
, ctype
) 
13754 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13756 # Set wxPython's default string<-->unicode conversion encoding from 
13757 # the locale, but only if Python's default hasn't been changed.  (We 
13758 # assume that if the user has customized it already then that is the 
13759 # encoding we need to use as well.) 
13761 # The encoding selected here is used when string or unicode objects 
13762 # need to be converted in order to pass them to wxWidgets.  Please be 
13763 # aware that the default encoding within the same locale may be 
13764 # slightly different on different platforms.  For example, please see 
13765 # http://www.alanwood.net/demos/charsetdiffs.html for differences 
13766 # between the common latin/roman encodings. 
13768 default 
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding() 
13769 if default 
== 'ascii': 
13773         if hasattr(locale
, 'getpreferredencoding'): 
13774             default 
= locale
.getpreferredencoding() 
13776             default 
= locale
.getdefaultlocale()[1] 
13777         codecs
.lookup(default
) 
13778     except (ValueError, LookupError, TypeError): 
13779         default 
= _sys
.getdefaultencoding() 
13783     wx
.SetDefaultPyEncoding(default
) 
13786 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13788 class PyDeadObjectError(AttributeError): 
13791 class _wxPyDeadObject(object): 
13793     Instances of wx objects that are OOR capable will have their __class__ 
13794     changed to this class when the C++ object is deleted.  This should help 
13795     prevent crashes due to referencing a bogus C++ pointer. 
13797     reprStr 
= "wxPython wrapper for DELETED %s object! (The C++ object no longer exists.)" 
13798     attrStr 
= "The C++ part of the %s object has been deleted, attribute access no longer allowed." 
13800     def __repr__(self
): 
13801         if not hasattr(self
, "_name"): 
13802             self
._name 
= "[unknown]" 
13803         return self
.reprStr 
% self
._name
 
13805     def __getattr__(self
, *args
): 
13806         if not hasattr(self
, "_name"): 
13807             self
._name 
= "[unknown]" 
13808         raise PyDeadObjectError(self
.attrStr 
% self
._name
) 
13810     def __nonzero__(self
): 
13815 class PyUnbornObjectError(AttributeError): 
13818 class _wxPyUnbornObject(object): 
13820     Some stock objects are created when the wx._core module is 
13821     imported, but their C++ instance is not created until the wx.App 
13822     object is created and initialized.  These object instances will 
13823     temporarily have their __class__ changed to this class so an 
13824     exception will be raised if they are used before the C++ instance 
13828     reprStr 
= "wxPython wrapper for UNBORN object! (The C++ object is not initialized yet.)" 
13829     attrStr 
= "The C++ part of this object has not been initialized, attribute access not allowed." 
13831     def __repr__(self
): 
13832         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"): 
13833         #    self._name = "[unknown]" 
13834         return self
.reprStr 
#% self._name 
13836     def __getattr__(self
, *args
): 
13837         #if not hasattr(self, "_name"): 
13838         #    self._name = "[unknown]" 
13839         raise PyUnbornObjectError(self
.attrStr
) # % self._name ) 
13841     def __nonzero__(self
): 
13845 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13847 def CallAfter(callable, *args
, **kw
): 
13849     Call the specified function after the current and pending event 
13850     handlers have been completed.  This is also good for making GUI 
13851     method calls from non-GUI threads.  Any extra positional or 
13852     keyword args are passed on to the callable when it is called. 
13854     :see: `wx.CallLater` 
13857     assert app 
is not None, 'No wx.App created yet' 
13859     if not hasattr(app
, "_CallAfterId"): 
13860         app
._CallAfterId 
= wx
.NewEventType() 
13861         app
.Connect(-1, -1, app
._CallAfterId
, 
13862                     lambda event
: event
.callable(*event
.args
, **event
.kw
) ) 
13864     evt
.SetEventType(app
._CallAfterId
) 
13865     evt
.callable = callable 
13868     wx
.PostEvent(app
, evt
) 
13870 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13875     A convenience class for `wx.Timer`, that calls the given callable 
13876     object once after the given amount of milliseconds, passing any 
13877     positional or keyword args.  The return value of the callable is 
13878     availbale after it has been run with the `GetResult` method. 
13880     If you don't need to get the return value or restart the timer 
13881     then there is no need to hold a reference to this object.  It will 
13882     hold a reference to itself while the timer is running (the timer 
13883     has a reference to self.Notify) but the cycle will be broken when 
13884     the timer completes, automatically cleaning up the wx.CallLater 
13887     :see: `wx.CallAfter` 
13889     def __init__(self
, millis
, callable, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13890         self
.millis 
= millis
 
13891         self
.callable = callable 
13892         self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13894         self
.running 
= False 
13895         self
.hasRun 
= False 
13904     def Start(self
, millis
=None, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13906         (Re)start the timer 
13908         self
.hasRun 
= False 
13909         if millis 
is not None: 
13910             self
.millis 
= millis
 
13912             self
.SetArgs(*args
, **kwargs
) 
13914         self
.timer 
= wx
.PyTimer(self
.Notify
) 
13915         self
.timer
.Start(self
.millis
, wx
.TIMER_ONE_SHOT
) 
13916         self
.running 
= True 
13922         Stop and destroy the timer. 
13924         if self
.timer 
is not None: 
13929     def GetInterval(self
): 
13930         if self
.timer 
is not None: 
13931             return self
.timer
.GetInterval() 
13936     def IsRunning(self
): 
13937         return self
.timer 
is not None and self
.timer
.IsRunning() 
13940     def SetArgs(self
, *args
, **kwargs
): 
13942         (Re)set the args passed to the callable object.  This is 
13943         useful in conjunction with Restart if you want to schedule a 
13944         new call to the same callable object but with different 
13948         self
.kwargs 
= kwargs
 
13954     def GetResult(self
): 
13959         The timer has expired so call the callable. 
13961         if self
.callable and getattr(self
.callable, 'im_self', True): 
13963             self
.running 
= False 
13964             self
.result 
= self
.callable(*self
.args
, **self
.kwargs
) 
13966         if not self
.running
: 
13967             # if it wasn't restarted, then cleanup 
13968             wx
.CallAfter(self
.Stop
) 
13970     Interval 
= property(GetInterval
) 
13971     Result 
= property(GetResult
) 
13974 class FutureCall(CallLater
): 
13975     """A compatibility alias for `CallLater`.""" 
13977 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
13978 # Control which items in this module should be documented by epydoc. 
13979 # We allow only classes and functions, which will help reduce the size 
13980 # of the docs by filtering out the zillions of constants, EVT objects, 
13981 # and etc that don't make much sense by themselves, but are instead 
13982 # documented (or will be) as part of the classes/functions/methods 
13983 # where they should be used. 
13987     A filter for epydoc that only allows non-Ptr classes and 
13988     functions, in order to reduce the clutter in the API docs. 
13990     def __init__(self
, globals): 
13991         self
._globals 
= globals 
13993     def __call__(self
, name
): 
13995         obj 
= self
._globals
.get(name
, None) 
13997         # only document classes and function 
13998         if type(obj
) not in [type, types
.ClassType
, types
.FunctionType
, types
.BuiltinFunctionType
]: 
14001         # skip other things that are private or will be documented as part of somethign else 
14002         if name
.startswith('_') or name
.startswith('EVT') or name
.endswith('_swigregister')  or name
.endswith('Ptr') : 
14005         # skip functions that are duplicates of static functions in a class 
14006         if name
.find('_') != -1: 
14007             cls 
= self
._globals
.get(name
.split('_')[0], None) 
14008             methname 
= name
.split('_')[1] 
14009             if hasattr(cls
, methname
) and type(getattr(cls
, methname
)) is types
.FunctionType
: 
14014 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
14015 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
14017 # Import other modules in this package that should show up in the 
14018 # "core" wx namespace 
14020 from _windows 
import * 
14021 from _controls 
import * 
14022 from _misc 
import * 
14024 #---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
14025 #----------------------------------------------------------------------------